PROCEEDINGS OF The Academy of Natural Sciences OF PHILADELPHIA VOLUME LXXIV 1922 philadelphia: The Academy of Natural Sciences 1923 / PUBLICATION COMMITTEE 1 1 i:\ky Skinner, M.D., Sc.D., Witmer Stone, A.M., Sc.D., Henry A. Pilsbry, Sc.D., William J. Fox, Milton J. Greenman, M.D. The President, John Cadwalader, A.M., LL.D., ex-officio. EDITOR: William J. Fox. k CONTENTS For Announcements, etc., see General Index. PAGE Baker, H. Burrington. Notes on the Radula of the Helicinidae. Published August 8, 1922 29 Berry, S. Stillman. Notes on the Mollusks of the Colorado Desert -I. Published August 18, 1922 69 Fowler, Henry W. Records of Fishes for the Southern and Eastern United States. Published July 28, 1922 1 Gordon, Samuel G. Keeleyite, a New Sulfantimonite from Oruro, Bolivia. Published October 14, 1922 101 Crystallographic Notes on Glaucochroite, Willemite, Celestite, and Calcite, from Franklin. New Jersey. Published October 14, 1922 105 Crystallographic Notes on Wavellite from Bolivia, Pennsylvania, Arkansas, and Bohemia. Published October 14, 1922 113 Hebard, Morgan. Studies in Malayan, Melanesian, and Australian Tettigoniidae (Orthoptera). Published De- cember iq, 1922 121 Abstracts of the Minutes of the Proceedings 301 / ? / 7f PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 1922 RECORDS OF FISHES FOR THE EASTERN AND SOUTHERN UNITED STATES. By Henry W. Fowler. The present paper is a report on the collections obtained for the Academy, chiefly during 1921. The materials and notes for the Middle Atlantic States are given first. They contain some inter- esting and unusual items of more local distribution. It is, however, chiefly in the streams of the Southern Alleghanies that the greater results were gathered. These were largely from collections made by the writer with Mr. Edwin Fowler, for the Fowler-Academy Expedition of October 1921. Eight rare or little-known species were rediscovered. The American Museum of Natural History in New York City, through Mr. John T. Nichols, very kindly submitted the collections made in Virginia and North Carolina by Mr. E. R. Dunn. As they contain two very interesting species, they are noted accordingly. A duplicate set of specimens had been generously donated to the Academy for the services rendered in the study of this material. Ten figures, representing the rare species hitherto unfigured, are given. New York. During the summer Mr. George W. Goudy sent the following fishes from Indian Lake in the Adirondacks. (1) PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXXIV tostomus emu an rsonnii (Lacepede). The largest of four males, is 200 mm. long. Scales (32 in lateral line to caudal base and 4 more on latter. The lower half of the caudal and all the anal rays tuber- culate. This evidently represents the nominal C.utawana Mather, a dwarfed form from the Adirondack^ said to reach less than 130 mm. in length. I have found a very wide range in the maturity of this species, in New Jersey and Pennsylvania. Examples when but 75 mm. long were found with perfectly developed roe and milt, similar to examples 600 mm. The fully adorned male shows the pearl organs on the upper part of the body till level with the axils of the paired fins, and the entire upper surface of the head minutely tuberculated. The dorsal rays, at least anteriorly and basally, lower caudal lobe with its rays, anal rays and inner or upper surfaces of pectoral and ventral all with series of tubercles. On pectoral and ventral tubercles usually a little weaker than elsewhere. The tuberculated males most always have the lower surface of the caudal peduncle rough. I have examined males only 100 mm. with tuberculate anals, also lower caudal lobe and under surface of caudal peduncle rough. Other males 500 mm. were less ornate. Some males show the head more or less tuberculate over parts of its surface. Esox lucius Linne\ Two heads sent September 29, the larger from a seven pound fish 792 mm. long. The smaller was nearly two pounds and is of interest in showing a pair of bony spines, splint- like, covered with epidermis and projecting from the top of the head. According to Mr. Goudy during several months of the year, or in the summer, one seldom finds any remains of food in the stomach, excepl green slime. Pomotis gibbosus (Linn6). Small and dark. I'i mi flavescens (Mitchil ). Several. New Jersey. ( !ollections were made in Bear Brook, a tributary of the Millstone River east of Princeton Junction, on May 28 and June 10; in the Shabboconk Creek, near Bella Vista, June 21, and in September, with Mr. Edwin Fowler. Mr. Wharton Huber made a collection of marine fishes at Corson's Inlet, September 15 to 25. Carcharias taurus Rafinesque. Mr. H. Walker Hand reports eighl at Cape May April 21. They were 1220 to 2440 mm. long, and were sold as "gray-fish" at New York for five cents a pound. 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 3 Alopias vulpinus (Bonnaterre). Mr. Henry S. Drinker reports one taken late in 1920, about 2745 mm. long, at Beach Haven. Cetorhinus maximus (Gunner). Mr. Drinker reports one 4575 mm. long at Beach Haven, May 26, caught in the nets of the St. Albans fish company. Fishermen at Sea Side Park also told us of one brought in there, about 5185 mm., early in August 1920. They also gave the following interesting items for the same season: Eulamia milberti (Le Sueur). Several adults 2440 to 3050 mm. Sphyrna zygaena (Linne). Very abundant though all small, largest 1525 mm. Many taken at different lifts of the pound during the entire season. Squatina dumeril Le Sueur. A few in the pounds, though no actual dates given. Torpedo nobiliana Bonaparte. An example 610 mm. long taken during the summer. Mustelus canis (Mitchill). Prof. Charles La Wall reported one in July 1921, at Longport. During the summer he also found: Raja eglanteria Lacepede, several; Cynoscion regalis (Schneider), large ones in Great Egg Harbor Bay; Menticirrhus saxatilis (Schneider); Tautoga onitis (Linne); Paralichthys dentatus (Linne). Mr. Huber found M. canis common at Corsons Inlet, with about a dozen examples of Sphyrna zygaena. At Beach Arlington in late August, Mr. G. MacReynolds found if frequent ; also : Raja eglanteria, Anguilla rostrata, Scomber scombrus, Pomatomus saltatrix, Centropristis striatus, Stenotomus chrysops, Cynoscion regalis, Micropogon undulatus and Paralichthys de?itatus. Squatina dumeril Le Sueur.. Mr. Drinker reports one August 13, 1920, about 1195 mm. long. The same season he also found a young example of Squalus acanthias Linne early in June, and an adult Megalops atlanticus Valenciennes, 915 mm. long, late in June. Notropis bijrenatus (Cope). Bella Vista. Notropis chalybaeus (Cope). Bear Brook and Millstone River. Catostomus commersonnii (Lacepede). Bella Vista. Erimyzon sucetta oblongus (Mitchill). Bear Brook. Mr. L. M. Dorsey reports it from Hammonton, in Atlantic County, July 22. He also found Rhinichthys atronasus abundant in small brooks at Blackwood, August 10. Esox americanus (Gmelin). Bear Brook. Mr. W. T. Innes reports it from May's Landing, May 1, with Ameiurus natalis, Aphredoderus sayanus, Mesogonistius chaetodon, and Enneacanthus gloriosus. 4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXXIV Umbra pygmaea (DeKay). Bear Brook. Fundulus majalis (Walbaum). Corson's Inlet, in the surf. Fundulus heteroclitus macrolepidotus very common and large, on the meadows. Mr. Huber also secured a few Anchovia mitchilli in the surf, and Anguilla rostrata noted large and very abundant. Fundulus diaphanus (Le Sueur). Bella Vista. ( 'yprinodon variegatus Lacepede. One from the gullet of a Hooded Merganser killed at Barnegat November 26, 1921. I also examined a mossbunker (Brevoortia tynuuins) taken from a Red-throated Loon, shot at Salem, November 24? The loon was said to have had two mossbunkers inside, the one I examined measuring 90 mm. Syngnathus fuscus Storer. Common in the surf at Corson's Inlet. Menidia menidia notata (Mitchill). Corson's Inlet, common in the surf with the next. Mugil curema Valenciennes. Tli a n huh thynnus (Linne). Mr. Drinker reports it common 25 miles off Barnegat, during the summer, examples of 12 to 50 pounds, and large ones occasional. Other notes he sends from Beach Haven are as follows: Sphyrna zygaena (Linne). Two small ones. Megalops atlanticus Valenciennes. Two in the pounds. Euthynnus alleteratus (Rafinesque). Common off shore, also the nexi . Sarda sarda (Bloch). Pomatomus saltatrix (Linne). Common and runs to 13 pounds off shore. Coryphaena hippurus Linne. Small one August 25. Cynoscion regalis (Schneider). Common in Barnegat Bay with the IMXt t\VO. Pogonias cromis (Linne). Paralichthys dentatus (Linne). Trachinotus enrol in us ^ Linne). Common in the surf at Corson's Inlet. An example of Strongylura marina about a foot long also reported from this locality, besides several of Seriola zonata. Pomatomus saltatrix (Linne). Two young in the surf at Corson's Inlei. Frequent ;d)out the mouth of the Inlet, and large ones at sea. Mesogonistius chaetodon (Baird). Bear Brook. Lepomis auritus (Linne). Bear Brook. Pomotis gibbosus (Linne). Millstone River and Bella Vista. Bairdiella chrysura (Lacepede). Young in the surf at Corson's 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 5 Inlet. Mr. Huber also reported a few Roccus lineatus, frequent and fairly large Centropristis striatus, few Stenotomus chrysops, large Cynoscion regalis common, and four Cynoscion nebulosus on September 23. In July Mr. J. A. G. Rehn reported Centropristis striatus, Cynoscion regalis, Paralichthys dentatus and Opsanus tau in Barnegat Bay at Beach Haven. During late September Mr. D. McCadden found Centropristis striatus, Orthopristis chrysopterus, Cynoscion regalis, Leiostomus xanthurus, Pogonias cromis said Paral- ichthys dentatus at Ocean City. Menticirrhus saxatilis (Schneider). Young common in the surf at Corson's Inlet. Mr. Huber reports at this place an example of Sciaenops ocellatus of 36 pounds and another of 52 pounds; a few Leiostomus xanthurus, Micropogon undulatus common and large, also Tautoga onitis, an example of Chiloniycterus schoepfi about 253 mm. long and many large Paralichthys dentatus. Dioclon hystrix (Linne). August 24, 1921, Mr. R. P. Schriver Jr., reported an example captured at this place which he skinned out and sent later. The skin now measures 320 mm. Color when fresh blackish-slate passing through slate color to gray on upper parts of side. Back with numerous close-set dark or blackish spots. Fins all more or less dusky terminally, with obscure blackish spots, most distinct on caudal and only few about pectoral axil. Bases of pectoral and ventral pale. Lower surface of head and trunk white, though narrow slate-gray band crosses throat. Sides of head slate-gray. But a single small example ever obtained pre- viously, and that at Atlantic City many years ago. Mola mola (Linne). An example, said to have weighed 380 pounds and measured 1423 mm. was captured off McCray's Shoal, about four miles off Cape May, August 12. Phycis regius (Walbaum). Mr. W. T. Innes secured two young at Corson's Inlet, with a young example of Pomolobus pseudohar- en gus. Dr. R. 0. Van Deusen has kindly sent more or less complete notes on the fishes observed by him at Atlantic City during the season of 1921, of which the following resume appears noteworthy: Carcharias iaurus, 8 to 10 during June and July and about 20 during the season; Mustelus canis, common all summer; Eulamia milberti, two young in August; Sphyrna zygaena, 5 or 6 small ones in one haul in October; Squalus acanthi as, common in October and Nov- 6 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXXIV ember; Squatina dumeril, one 915 mm. long June 30, and adult in late October; Raja eglanteria, common; Dasyatis say, few at intervals during August, some young; Rhinoptera bonasus, adult in [ate September; Acipenser sturio, 25 in early May; Pomolobus stivalis, small numbers in early summer; AJosa sapidissima, 1 1 during < October 28 and 29; Opisthonema oglinum, 2 in late August; /; . qortia tyrannus, common; Anchovia mitchilli, 2 in July; Anguilla rostrata, few in spring and common in fall; Conger conger, 8 in No- vember; Syngnathus fuscus, 15 or 20 off the wreck in late August; Hippocampus hudsonius, 8 from July to middle of October; Strong- ylura marina, 300 or more in September around the nets; Mugil at rana, 15 in mid October; Trichiurus lepturus, 1 in the spring; Seriola zonata, 8 in October; Caranx crysos, 10 from August to October; Vomer setapinnis, young very abundant about 35 mm. long in September, and adults irregular through summer; Tra- chinotus carolinus, 400 young in September and October; Poma- tomus saltatrix, September and October, several full-grown; Poronotus tri acanthus, common; Palinurichthys perciformis, seven during September and October; Roccus lineatus, 4 or 5 large ones in spring and a few in the fall; Morone americana, common in fall ; Centropristis striatus, 7 taken irregularly and common at the wreck; Lobotes surinamensis, adult June 8 of about 6 pounds weight; Orthopristis chrysopterus, 6 at intervals during summer; Stenotomus chrysops, abundant at the wreck; Lagodon rhomboides, common in September and October but rather small; Cynoscion regalis, common, C. nebulosus, 5 in October; Bairdiella chrysura, frequentlj' irregular in summer; Sciaenops ocellatus. few large ones and 6 young; Leiostomus xanthurus, common; Micropogan undulatus common in spring and fall; Menticirrhit'S saxatilis, common; Pogonias cromis, common and all adults; Tautogolabrus adspersus, few; Tautoga onitis, common, especially in fall; Chaetodipterus Jaber, 2 adults in September; Chaetodon ocellatus, one about 75 mm. long October 18; Pomacanthus arcuatus, young example October 18; Hal isles carolinensis, adult on October 1; Stephanolepis hispidus; 2 in early September; Alutera schoepfii, small example in August, Spheroides maculatus, common; Chilomycterus schoepfi, common; Prionotus carolinus, few; P. evolans strigatus, few; Myoxocephalus octodecimspinosus, common in November; Cyclopterus lumpus, mil' aboul 75 mm. long in June; Leptecheneis naucrates, 6 in Sep- tember; Lophopsetta maculata, common; Paralichthys dentatus, 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 7 common; Pseudopleuronectes americanus, common; Achirus fascia- tus, few irregularly; Astroscopus guttatus, one in September; Opsa- nus tauirequent in fall; Pollachius virens, 1 on October 10;Microgadus tomcod, common in late October and during November; Gadus callarias, one July 4 and frequent in November; Phycis regius, 4 in October; P. chuss, common in fall; Merluccius bilinearis, spring and late fall, Lophius piscatorius, common. Delaware. Mr. W. J. Fox reported a few species from Bowers Beach, July 30 and 31. Dr. Thomas Barbour gave me a list of eight species he met with off Ship John Light, August 19. With Messrs. Innes and Dorsey I visited Wyoming Pond on August 20. This is formed simply as a wide pond about a mile long, by the dam on the trib- utary of Jones Creek called Wyoming Creek. The water is still and very hard, the banks mostly of sand, shallow and sloping. Along each bank we found wide growths of aquatic vegetation, often as great mats of Ceratophyllum. In the more sheltered small coves the water was often covered with a mantle of green algae, duckweed, etc. Mr. G. MacReynolds sent some notes on food fishes he captured at Delaware City and St. Georges in 1905, interesting in comparison with present conditions. Carcharias taurus Rafmesque. About a dozen at Bowers Beach. Eulamia milberti (Muller and Henle). Small example at Ship John. Sphyrna zygaena (Linne). Small one at Bowers Beach. Raja erinacea Mitchill. One at Bowers Beach. Dasyatis say (Le Sueur). One at Ship John. Ameiurus catus (Linne). Common at Delaware City and St. Georges, reaching about 300 mm. At Wyoming Pond Ameiurus nebulosus, Anguilla rostrata and Perca flavesce?is were reported abundant. Morone americana was said to have been introduced during the past few years, prior to which none were seen for twenty years. Abramis crysoleucas (Mitchill). Abundant, all small, in Wyoming Pond. Erimyzon sucetta oblojigus (Mitchill). Young very common in Wyoming Pond. Esox americanus (Gmelin). One in Wyoming Pond. Esox tridecemlineatus Mitchill. Abundant in Wyoming Pond, 8 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXXIV Delaware City and St. Georges. Mr. MacReynolds found the largesl aboui 660 mm. ndulus heteroclitus macrolepidotus (Walbaum). Common at Delaware City and St. Georges. Enneacanthus gloriosus (Holbrook). Very abundant, the young everywhere in vegetation at Wyoming Pond. Lepomis auritus (Linne). Several adults at Wyoming Pond. Pomotis gibbosus (Linne). Abundant, many adults about usual color, Wyoming Pond. St. Georges and Delaware City. Micropterus salmoides (Lacepede). Common in Wyoming Pond, none over a foot in length. St. Georges. Perca flavescens (Mitchill). Very abundant at St. Georges and Delaware City, some two pounds in weight. Centropristis striatus (Linne). One at Ship John. qoscion regalis (Schneider). Bowers Beach and Ship John. luiinlivUa chrijsurn (Lacepede). Ship John. Leiostomus xanthurus Lacepede. Ship John. Micropogan undulatus (Linne). Bowers Beach and Ship John. Menticirrhus americanus (Linne). The same date last year Dr. Barbour says all the species secured this year were also found, but with the addition of the present one. Opsanus tau (Linne). Adult at Bowers Beach and few at Ship John. Maryland. During mid September Mr. H. L. Mather found a few fishes in the Little Bohemia Creek, in Cecil County. Ameiurus nebulosus (Le Sueur). Abramis crysoleuca-s (Mitchill). Notropis hudsonius amarus (Girard). Anguilla rostrata (Le Sueur). Pomotis gibbosus (Linne). Perca flavescens (Mitchill). Worom americana (Gmelin). Leiostomus xanthurus Lacepede. Small example. Gobiosoma bosc (Lacepede). November 26, Mr. R. M.Abbott secured an example of this and the following in the Rhodes River, near Mayo, Anne Arundel County. Both were found in empty oysters shells. Gobiesox strumosus ( !ope. 1922] natural sciences of philadelphia. 9 Virginia. (1) Mr. Dunn's collection from the head of the James River at Midway Mills in Nelson County, made in 1917 is the most im- portant. Ictalurus punctatus (Rafinesque). One 275 mm. Campostoma anomalum (Rafinesque). Small one. Chrosomus oreas Cope. Abundant. Hybognathus nuchalis Agassiz. Eight, largest 88 mm. Semotilus bullaris (Rafinesque). Common. Largest 168 mm. Semotilus atromaculatus (Mitchill). Two 3'oung. Leuciscus vandoisulus Valenciennes. Thirty-three, adult with red sides. Whole upper surface of head with fine though sharp and rather sparse tubercles, each supraoccipital row distinct, though no tubercles on side of head below eyes. Abramis crysoleucas (Mitchill). Three of medium size. Notropis hudsofiius (Clinton). Nineteen, largest 58 mm. Notropis cerasinus (Cope). Very common, largest 115 mm. Notropis photogenis amoenus (Abbott). Five, largest 47 mm. Rhinichthys atronasus (Mitchill). Seventeen. Hybopsis kentuckiensis (Rafinesque). Common, largest 132 mm. Catostomus commersonnii (Lacepede). Six small ones. Catostomus nigricans Le Sueur. Four; of two larger ones one 216 mm. Catostomus rhothoecus (Thoburn) Jordan and Evermann. Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 47, vol. 1,1896. p.181. "Some point in eastern Tennessee or southwestern Virginia, thought to be from French Broad River at Wolf Creek, Tennessee." Head 4f to 4f ; depth 4| to 4|; D. in, 9,i; A, in. 6,i; scales 43 or 44 in lateral line to caudal base and 3 more on latter; 7 scales above 1. 1., 6 below; predorsal scales 17 or 18; snout 2 to 2f in head; eye 3| to 4f; interorbital 2\ to 2f, moderately convex. Snout protruding beyond mouth. Width of mouth nearly \ of head. Lips with moderate plicae, lower with well marked median division. Dorsal inserted much nearer snout tip than caudal base. Anal depressed, reaches little beyond caudal base, little shorter in young. Caudal forked. Pectoral much longer than head, nearly reaches opposite dorsal origin. Ventral little shorter than head. Color in alcohol dusky-olive generally on back. Narrow blackish lateral band from snout below eye to caudal base, its upper boun- dary obscured by dark color of back and lower contrasted with bright white of entire lower surface. Within lateral band six 10 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXXIV slightly deeper lateral blotches on trunk. In young these blotches obsolete. Caudal base brown. Iris brassy. Lips whitish, like under surface of head. Fins pale, dorsal and caudal slightly darker than others. Here described from 46 specimens, 48 to 120 mm. long. This species is only known from six examples previously, with unknown locality. The reference to its original description in the Proceedings of the U. S. National Museum for 1894 is erroneous, as I find no mention of it either in the volume for that year or those previously. The rediscovery of the species is therefore of some interest. Its appearance somewhat suggests Catostomus nigricans, though its greatly darker coloration above and greatly contrasted white lower regions, very large lower fins, flat or slightly convex interorbital, etc., will serve at once to distinguish it. Anguilla rostrata (Le Sueur). One adult. Lepomis auritus (Linne). One. Micropterus dolomieu (Lacepede). Two young. Hadropterus peltatus (Cope). One example. Compared with Pennsylvania examples it shows a more pointed snout. Boleosoma nigrum effulgens (Girard). In searching for some clue for the distinction of Etheostoma olmstedi Storer from Etheo- stoma nigrum Rafinesque I examined the scales of both to test how far the contentions of' Prof. Cockerell1 would hold. Evidently his materials were limited or the conclusions very hurriedly set forth. \- a fact I have found specimens, usually young or half grown, which in every way agree with his figure 16 of Boleosoma nigrum, but which are really Boleosoma olmstedi. The apical teeth of the scale, when free from the marginal membrane, is not always in- dicated in scales from Boleosoma nigrum. Such is frequently the case in Boleosoma olmstedi at all ages. The arrangement of the subapical elements below the apical denticles is also very variable and whether transversely elongated or subtriangular apparently largely a mutter of age, certainly a condition of great variation. Etheostoma longimanus Jordan, and Etheostoma podostemone Jordan and Jenkins, are both to be distinguished from Boleosoma nigrum Rafinesque, according to Jordan, and Evermann, by their much longer pectorals. Now the series of 46 examples before me from Midway Mills shows the pectoral in half the series variably longer than the head and in the other half equally shorter. I have 1 Bull. Bur. Fisher., 32, 1912 (1913). p. 157. 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 11 found in New Jersey and Pennsylvania examples of Boleosoma olmstedi with pectorals equally as long as the Virginian, and the variation present both in young and adult. I have seen breeding males of Boleosoma nigrum inky or entirely black. Of the numerous males of Boleosoma olmstedi the body or trunk never becomes black, usually with some brown or olive, or at least noticeably pale in contrast Moreover I have never seen a breeding male of Boleosoma nigrum much over 63 mm., while the male of Boleosoma olmstedi frequently reaches 25 mm. more. My Virginia specimens all agree at least with Arlina effulgens ( irard, which appears to be the southern representative. It approaches Boleosoma nigrum perhaps more closely than Boleoso?na olmstedi, at least in its smaller size. Poecilichthys flabellaris (Rafinesque). Two. (2) My first collecting in Virginia was in a tributary of the Dan River west of Danville, Roanoke basin in Pittsylvania County, October 21, 1921. This stream is very clear flowing over a sandy and gravelly bottom, and an excellent place to use a minnow seine. In most places it was bare of obstructions and snags, and had many pools of moderate depth. The fish were abundant mostly about the little eddies and backwater pools, especially along the bends of the stream. One deep stagnant pool, with simply a gravel bottom, yielded a great lot of fish, as here they had evidently been en- trapped during high water. Chrosomus oreas Cope. Frequent. Notropis procne (Cope). Five. Notropis ivhipplii analostanus (Girard). Series of 135, many pale and none with the blue lateral band of Notropis niveus. One example distorted with sigmoid pattern to the haemal region of vertebral column vertically. Notropis cerasinus (Cope). Very abundant. Notropis photogenis amoenus (Abbott). Very common and variable. Hybopsis kentuckiensis (Rafinesque). Abundant and all very young. Catostomus nigricans Le Sueur. Young. Ameiurus nebulosus (Le Sueur). One young. Lepomis auritus (Linn6). Young. Boleosoma nigrum (Rafinesque). One. 12 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXXIV PoecilicMhys flabellaris (Rafinesque). Two small examples. Both have seven dark saddles down middle of back. (3) Tli<' same day we visited Falls Creek, also a tributary of the I )an River just east of Danville. It is very similar to the above. Fish life was also very abundant, and many large schools were found in the deeper pools. I am indebted to Mr. W. C. Hilderman, of Danville, for much assistance while collecting in Virginia. Chrosomus oreas Cope. Common. Notropis procne (Cope). Few. \ otropis whipplii analostanus (Girard). Very common, variable ( >ne adult with some white pigment in its fins. Notropis cerasinus (Cope). Head 3| to 3| depth 4 to 4|; D. in, 7, i: A. in, 8, i; scales 38 in lateral line to caudal base and 2 c on latter; <> or 7 scales above 1. 1., 4 or 5 below; 18 to 20 pre- dorsal scales: snout 3 to 4 in head; eye 2\ to 3f ; maxillary 3; interorbital 3 to Z\. Body deep, well compressed. Head compress- ed. Muzzle conic, length f to f its width. Eye moderate, less than snout. Mouth inclined, moderate, lower jaw included. Max- illary to hind nostril. Interorbital convex. Teeth 2, 4 — 4, 2. hook- ed, with strong grinding surfaces. Scales very narrowly imbricated along side- especially in costal region, small, crowded and well exposed on predorsal, breast and belly. Scales with 12 to 17 apical radiating prominent striae, circuli coarse. Upper surface and side of head above with fine sharp and rather scattered tubercles, row of larger close set ones around upper jaw edge, none on mandible, though others extended up on predorsal medianly. Color in alcohol with black or dusky markings on side very variable, usually as two or three rather large clusters. All fins with more or less orange-reel medianly, especially brilliant on anal and paired fins. Sides flushed with crimson. Very abundant, in large schools in the deeper places. Though a common species it is little known. The fully ornate males at this late season are very interesting. Readily distinguished from Votropis cornutus by the dark lateral blotches and nearly entirely red fins. Notropis coccogevis (Cope). Seven, largest 78 mm. Sometimes mandible not protruding beyond upper jaw. Notropis ariommus (Cope). Head 3f; depth 5; D. in, 7; A. in, ile- :;,.i in lateral line and to caudal base, 2 more on latter; 32 tubular scales in 1. 1.; 6 scales above 1. 1., 5 below; predorsal scales is; snoul 31 in head; eye 2f; maxillary 3; interorbital Body and head well compressed. Snout much less than width. Eye greatly larger than snout, high. Maxillary extends little beyond eve front. No barbel. Mandible 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 13 slightly protrudes. Scales all broadly exposed, crowded along dark median predorsal line. Lateral line incomplete, though reaches caudal peduncle. Dorsal inserted slightly behind ventral origin. Back pale olive, scale edges dusted dusky. Underlaid leaden band from eye to caudal base, more intensified blackish dots along caudal peduncle side and at caudal base, though not forming well-defined black caudal spot. Lower parts and iris silvery- white. Fins pale. Length 45 mm. No previous notice of the occurence of this species east of the Alleghenies has been given. Notropis photogenis amoenus (Abbott). Very common. Several males with snout and dorsal fins orange-red. Hybopsis kentuckiensis (Rafinesque). Common, though all small. North Carolina. The fishes examined from this State were all obtained by Mr. Dunn in 1917, in a small tributary of the French Broad River near Brevard, Transylvania County, with the exception of one species from Linville. Campostoma anomalum (Rafinesque). Abundant. Largest 128 mm. One abnormal, with hunched back. Notropis spectrunculus (Cope). Eleven examples 50 to 70 mm. The black spot at the caudal base is triangular in shape. Dr. H. M. Smith says it is "exceedingly abundant in the upper waters of the Swannanoa, but is scarce in other tributaries of the French Broad. " I have compared examples in the Academy from the French Broad in Henderson County. Notropis coccogenis (Cope). Very abundant. Specimens of all ages secured the largest 110 mm. Adult males with front edge of snout, preorbital and mandibular rami covered with small tubercles. Also inner surfaces of pectoral rays with each of larger with row of fine tubercles. In preserved examples the blackish humeral bar, band on upper portion of dorsal and submarginal cresent distinct. Notropis brimleyi B. A. Bean. Head 3f to 3f; depth 4| to 4f; D. in, 7, i; A. in, 7, i; scales 35 to 38 in lateral line to caudal base and 2 more on latter; 6 or 7 scales above 1. 1., 4 or 5 below; predorsal scales 15 to 21; snout 3 1 to 3 1 in head; eye 3 J to 3f; maxillary 2f to 2f; inter- orbital 3 to 3|. Body elongately fusiform, moderately compressed. Muzzle pointed slightly longer then eye in adult, its length about | its width. Mouth oblique, lower jaw slightly included. Maxil- lary reaches opposite front pupil edge. Interorbital little wider 1 t PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXXIV than eye. Teeth 2, 5—5, 2, with moderate grinding surf aces. Scales largest and slightly imbricated along middle of sides. Apical marginal striae 10 to 18. Dorsal inserted slightly nearer caudal than snoul tip, nearly midway in young, slightly behind ventral origin. ( !olor in alcohol, back brown with scales distinctly dark edged, in some examples sharply so and approaching duskyor black. Leaden lateral band from shoulder to caudal base medianly, mning blackish on latter and side of caudal peduncle, so that distind Mack spol at caudal base, more or less reflected out in median caudal rays basally. Dark median line down back. Fins all pale. Iris, sides of head and lower surface of body largely whitish with silvery reflections. Many examples show edges of costal scales sharply dusky and dark oblique line from shoulder to pectoral axil. An adult male shows end and edge of snout, also sides of mandible, finely tuberculate. Thirty-three examples, 25 to 75 mm. Quite variable when preserved, especially color and size of eye. This species does not seem to have been found since described. Rhinichthys atronasus (MitchiH). Twenty-four examples, larg- esl 69 mm. Fundulus catenatus (Storer). Nine young from Linville, the only species from this locality. Poedlichthys flabellans (Rafinesque). Six. Cottus bairdii Girard. Five, largest 60 mm. South Carolina. (1). On October 19, 1921, we visited the Pacolet River above Spartanburg, in the basin of the Broad River, Spartanburg County. A1 the dam. just east of the town, this is a broad muddy stream, with many soft banks in the back-water. Below the dam we found a mass of shallow pools, with debris, snags, many large rocks, etc. Few fish were found except in the deep holes, and these all of small size. Ameiurus ruins (Linne). Young examples. Abramis crysoleucas (Mitchill). Four, mostly silvery, though otherwise very pale. Notropis hudsoiiiu-s .salurimivs (Jordan and Brayton). One example li? mm. Caudal with very pale spot. Notropis niveus (Cope). Four .small ones. Notropis scepticus (.Jordan and Gilbert). Head 3 ; to 1; depth 4 to 4§; D. in, 7, i, forward rudimentary rays abnormally i; A. in, 10, i, abnormally n, 7, and in, 2; scales 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 15 22 to 35 in lateral line to caudal base and 2 more on latter; 6 scales above 1. 1., 4 below, predorsal scales 15 to 18, snout 3^ to 3f in head; eye 3 to 3|; maxillary 2f to 3|; interorbital 3^ to 3f . Body well compressed, rather deep, also head. Muzzle conic, length | its width. Eye large, slightly larger than snout, less than interorbital. Maxillary reaches eye. Upper lip opposite eye center, jaws equal. Interorbital convex. Teeth 1, 4 — 4, 1, hooked, with grinding surfaces. Lateral scales rather narrowly imbricated, predorsal smaller, though without crowded appearance. Scales with 6 to 18 apical marginal striae, circuli coarse. Dorsal origin well behind ventral origin or slightly nearer caudal base than snout tip. Color in alcohol pale grayish, sides of head and lower surface with bright silvery-white tints. Median lateral plumbeous streaks along side of caudal peduncle. Edges of scales on back slightly dusky. Four examples, 55 to 65 mm. long. This is the southern deeply-bodied ally of Notropis photogenis and occurs chiefly in the Santee Basin. Though said to be abundant locally we secured only the few examples described above, all with abnormal fins and one with an abortive snout, snub-nosed. Hybopsis kentuckiensis (Rafinesque). Young one. Gambusia affinis (Baird and Girard). Very common. (2). Later in the day we visited Fair Forest Creek, also basin of the Broad River, near Arkwright, Spartanburg County. This is a clear brook where we explored, flowing over a rocky and gravelly bottom. All the rocks were of moderate size. The stream was without any submerged aquatic vegetation, except a little eelgrass in its lower reaches which contained many craw-fishes (Cambarus). Notropis lutipinnis (Jordan and Brayton). Head 4; depth 3^ to 4; D. in, 7, i; A. in, 6 or 7,i; scales 37 in lateral line to caudal base and 2 more on latter; 7 scales above 1. L, 4 or 5 below; predorsal scales usually 17: snout 3^ to 3| in head; eye 3| to 3|; maxillary 2| to 3|; interorbital 2| to 2|. Body well compressed deep. Head compressed, short. Muzzle conic, length about f its width. Eye rather large. Mouth moderate, lower jaw slightly included. Maxillary reaches eye. Interorbital convex. Teeth 2, 4 — 4, 2, hooked, with grinding surfaces. Upper surface and sides of head finely tuberculate. Scales all well exposed, slightly crowded before dorsal. Scales with radiating apical striae conspicuous, 11 to 15, circuli coarse. Dorsal origin behind ventral origin, about midway between snout tip and caudal base. Color in alcohol with all fins, at least basally, bright yellow. Males largely with body flushed with pink to reddish. Broad black lateral band very conspicuous, though best defined along caudal peduncle side; bordering above a gamboge-olive streak. Twenty examples, 47 to 53 mm. 16 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXXIV This species is greatly suggestive of Notropis chalybaeus, but differs in coloration, especially its characteristic yellowish fins and broader Mack lateral band. We found it only in the deeper pools. Hybopsis kentuckiensis (Rafinesque). Very abundant. All taken are young. Lept mis auritus I Linne). Six examples, largest 85 mm. (3). October 18 we visited the Saluda River at Piedmont, in Greenville County. This muddy river for about three miles did not afford a single suitable place to operate our small seine. The bank- were steep and mostly all overgrown, and very few places even accessable from them. About a mile below Piedmont we found a small estuary, known as "Depot Branch," the only place we could examine satisfactorily. Above, Depot Branch was found to be but a small brook, partly polluted from near-by dwellings, though it contained a number of fishes. It flows chiefly through a sandy valley of cotton and corn -fields. Though we did not meet with any, eels were said to ascend its reaches. The river fishermen reported various suckers, "carps", "white-carps", chubs, cats, yellow-cats, channel-cats, crappies, sunfish, fliers, spotted-sunfish, and yellow-perch in the river. The following fishes were all obtained in Depot Branch: Schilbeodes insignis (Richardson). One 110 mm. It agrees in every way with Pennsylvania specimens. Ilifbognathus nuchalis Agassiz. Eight, largest 70 mm. Coloration very pale. Back pale olivaceous, sides and below silvery-white. Semotilus atromaculatus (Mitchill). Abundant, all small. Notropis niveus (Cope). Series of 270 examples, largest 57 mm. in alcohol the dark lateral streaks only distinct along side of caudal peduncle, ending in the rather faint dusky basal caudal spot. Along side medianly this streak dull blue, in life. My specimens evidently represent the Codoma chloristia Jordan and Brayton, synonym of the present species. Very abundant in large schools in the deeper pools about the more quid places. A handsome little fish, similar, or greatly like Notropis whipplii. No example in nuptial coloration met with. Notropis lutipinnis ('.Jordan and Brayton). Thirteen examples, larg out ID nun. 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 17 Hybopsis rubrifrons (Jordan). Five small examples, which agree with those from Toccoa Creek. Minytrema melanops (Rafinesque). Young example. Lepomis auritus (Linne). Two young. Georgia. (1). Toccoa Creek, tributary of the Chatooga River in the Tungalow River Basin, near Toccoa, Stephen County, was visited October 17. This is a stream of moderate size, with sandy and gravelly bottom. It is polluted with three local sewers, though apparently not greatly detrimental to fish-life, which was very abun- dant in the pools. Large suckers, cats, sunfish and perch were re- ported abundant. Notropis rubricroceus (Cope). Very abundant and found in schools of varying size, of from a few individuals to several hundred. We secured over three hundred specimens. In the adults snout brilliant orange. Often small examples show an orange tip to the snout, without the brilliant orange-red color of the body in general. In the young often also dorsal base, caudal and other fins all more or less tinted with pale orange. Hybopsis rubrifrons (Jordan). Head 3^ to 3|; depth 4j to 5; D. ii, 7; A. n, 7, scales 35 in lateral line to caudal base and 2 more on latter, 6 scales above 1. 1., 5 below; 14 predorsal scales; snout 3 to 3| in head; eye 3^ to 3f; maxillary 3 to 3f ; interorbital 3 to 3\. Body fusiform, moderately compressed. Head conic, scarcely compressed. Snout conic, somewhat depressed, length about § its width. Eye high, less than snout, little advanced, equals interorbital, greater than snout and interorbital in young. Mouth small, snout greatly protruding. Maxillary reaches eye, terminal barbel always con- spicuous. Interorbital broadly convex. Teeth 1,4 — 4, 1, hooked, with grinding surfaces. Scales more or less uniform, absent from breast, with 10 to 13 radiating striae, and circuli moderate. Color in alcohol with back pale olivaceous, each scale on back bordered broadly with dull dusky dots. Dusky leaden band from front of preorbital to base of caudal, where it ends in a small dusky spot. Under surface of head and trunk, below lateral band, bright silvery white. Fifty specimens, 40 to 84 mm. Abundant in the channels, associated with the other species. Compared with Hybopsis amblops, from Paint Rock, Alabama, the eye of the latter is larger, greater than either the snout or inter- orbital space. In Hybopsis rubrifrons the eye is distinctly smaller than the snout and though it often equals the interorbital is 18 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXXIV usually less. Its head is also shorter and broader though Jordan and Evermann say "head long, narrower than in H. amblops."* The plumbeous median lateral band of Hybopsis rubrifrons extends indistinctly around the snout and is usually within the compass of the lateral line, ending in a dark caudal spot not es- pecially pronounced. Each scale of lateral line with a cluster of black dots, one above and the other below each tube. At this season our specimens are with pale olivaceous backs, scales dark edged and sides below bright silvery white. Fins also pale. No red. Hybopsis rubrifrons was originally described from the South Fork of the Ocmulgee River at Flat Rock in De Kalb County, based on six specimens. Its occurrence and abundance in the Savanna Basin is therefore of interest. Hybopsis kentuckiensis (Rafinesque). Very abundant. Though without ornamentation at this season all the specimens show the dorsal and anal nearly bittersweet-orange in tint, varying to more deeply in some individuals. The dark median lateral band distinct, though not conspicuous, only faintly present in the adults, the largest 116 nun. Ninety specimens. < atostomus nigricans (Le Sueur). Six largest 93 mm. Minytrema melanops (Rafinesque). Six small examples. (2). In a small tributary brook of Toccoa Creek, near Toccoa, we found many fine minnows. This stream is of rapid cold water, flowing over rocks with many cascades, riffs, and a few water-falls. Semotilus atromaculatus (Mitchill). One young example. Notropis rubricroceus (Cope). The most abundant species in all the rock-pools, and deeper places in the brooks. The adults, largely silvery at this time, have much the appearance of Leuciscus vandoisulus. Hybopsis kentuckiensis (Rafinesque). Seven young. Catostomus nigricans (Le Sueur). Three young. Minytrema melanops (Rafinesque). One young. On October 16, the headwaters of the Oconee River, near hula, Hall County, were visited. The stream we visited was a small clear cold spring-fed brook. It flows through bottom-lands with little incline, over gravel and red clay. In most places it is diflicult to approach, on account of thickets and shrubs. - Bull. I". s. Nat. Mus., No. 47. pt. 1, 1896, p. 320. 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 19 Semotilus atromaculatus (Mitchill). Three examples, largest 90 mm. Notropis rubricroceus (Cope). Twenty-six, largest 70 mm. The young of this species differ from those of Notropis coccogenis in the dark lateral band distinct on the head and front part of the body, also continuous around snout. Also its dorsal is flushed with orange. Our largest example in alcohol shows the back and sides forward nearly grenadine-red and rest of body more or less flushed orange. Iris tinged with orange. In life these colors were variably conspicuous, appearing only as a slight rosy flush, the general appearance of the fish bright silvery white. The dark line down the back medianly very distinct, especially on predorsal region. Hybopsis kentuckiensis (Rafinesque). Twelve examples, largest 42 mm. Compared with Susquehanna River examples in the Academy, from Pennsylvania, they agree in every way. The small blackish spot at the caudal base is present in all. Poecilichthys inscriptus (Jordan and Brayton). Head 3f to 3f; depth 5 to 5|; D. X, i, 9 or 10; A. II, n, 5, or 7, or i, 7; scales 44 or 45 in lateral line to caudal base and 2 more on latter, though only one of last tubular; 5 scales above 1. 1. to spinous dorsal origin, 7 below; 12 to 14 predorsal scales; snout 3f to 3^ in head; eye 3^ to 4|; maxillary 2>\ to 3f ; interorbital lj to 1^ in eye. Body elongated, compressed, caudal peduncle rather deep. Head large, front profile steep. Snout obtuse, length about § its width. Eye high, greater than interorbital. Mouth moderate, little inclined; lower jaw included. Maxillary reaches pupil. Interorbital nearly level. Gill-rakers 2 +7, lanceolate. Gill-membrane forms broad free fold across isthmus. Head and breast naked. Scales with 11 to 13 basal striae, apical denticles 30 to 32, their basal elements in about four series, and circuli moderate. Caudal slightly emarginate behind. Color when fresh rich olive brown above, with reddish spot on most scales. Down back six dark saddles, one just before spinous dorsal, second at front dorsal spines, third at junction of dorsals, fourth at front of soft dorsal, fifth close behind soft dorsal and sixth on caudal peduncle near caudal. On sides, mostly below lateral line row of seven dark olive blotches. Dark line from eye to snout tip, slightly on upper lip. Cheeks, opercles and anal brilliant blue green, bar below eye dusky. Fins pale, spinous dorsal with submarginal black band, below and adjoining an orange one, and each membrane dusky basally. Soft dorsal with about three pale dusky longitudinal bands, same on caudal. Pectoral tinted with dull orange basally, and six dusky cross-bars. Ventral whitish. Three examples, 38 to 65 mm. 20 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXXIV This handsome little fish was found only in the ripples or little rapids. Previously only known from the type, obtained at Sulphur Springs in Hall County in 1878. I . In South Utoy Creek, basin of the Chattahoochee River, Fulton County; we fished the stream near Connally's Pond. The tributary branch from East Point is polluted. October 15 we found the pond at Connally's with a deep and soft bottom, so could not use a seine. Though individuals were abundant we found few species of fish, but suckers, blue-cats, and black-bass were reported. . 1 mi iurus nebulosus (Le Sueur). Six examples secured, the largest 78 mm., though others much larger were seen. Most were mottled with dusky, and represent Pimelodus marmoratus Holbrook, while others partly to nearly uniform. Abramis crysoleucas (Mitchill). Thirty-seven secured, largest 83 mm. All pale. Chaeriobryttus gulosus (Cuvier). Ten examples, largest 64 mm. ( 'ommon. Lepomis megalotis (Rafinesque). Ten secured, largest 113 mm. < Jommon and pale. Lejxnnis incisor Valenciennes, Three. (5). Also on October 15 we visited Pea Vine Creek, near Atlanta, Fulton ( Dunty. This is largely a depleted stream, quite rocky, and with many attractive pools. Below the waters are greatly polluted with sewage. Campostoma anomalum (Rafinesque). Nine, largest 70 mm. Semotilus atromaculatus (Mitchill). Seven, largest 71 mm. One with deformed snub-nosed muzzle. (6). October 14 we visited Cedar Creek, tributary to the Coosa River al Nan's Valley, in Floyd County. We first examined this beautiful stream several miles below Rome, and found it rather rapid and the water irreenish in color. Shallows occur in places, with lilt's and little falls every span of a hundred yards or more. It was ,i difficult and hard day along the banks of thick vegetation, we working to Van's Valley and finally to Cave Springs. Votropis stigmaturus (Jordan). An adult 78 mm. long and two young. Though reported abundant at Rome as "spot-tail" we aw the above and a tew examples in the deep pools of Cedar The young may he distinguished from those of the following 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 21 species by the larger black blotch, similar to that of the adult. Notropis callistius (Jordan). Forty-one examples. Notropis cornutus (Mitchill). Four young. Notropis chrosomus (Jordan). Five examples. In alcohol the largest shows an orange band above adjoining the dusky median band. Iris silvery-white, with slight rosy-purple tint. Catostomus nigricans (Le Sueur) Four young. Boleosoma stigmaeum (Jordan). Head 3^ to 3f; depth 5f to 6^; D. IX— i, 11; A. II, 9; scales 42 in lateral line to caudal base and 2 more on latter; tubes in 1. 1. 23 to 32; 5 scales above 1. 1., 5 below; predorsal scales 8; snout 3 1 to 3 1 in head; eye 2>\ to 4; maxillary 3^ to 3|; interorbital If to 2 in eye. Body elongate, slender, but slightly compressed. Head well compressed. Muzzle rather short, length f its width. Eye large elevated. Mouth small, lower jaw slightly included. Maxillary not quite to e}re, but little protractile. Interorbital narrow. Opercular spine moderately large. Gill-membranes deeply cleft, but slightly connected. Scales on opercles, head otherwise naked. Breast and predorsal naked. Scales with 9 or 10 basal marginal striae, apical denticles 19 or 20, rather large, with three series of basal elements, and circuli large. Caudal slightly emarginate. Color in alcohol pale brownish tessellated or speckled with deep brown to dusky above. About nine w-like marks of dusky close along and below lateral line. Six dark saddles down middle of back. Dorsals and caudal finely barred with duskjr. Dusky streak from eye to snout tip and another below eye. Two examples. This species bears a great resemblance to Boleosoma nigrum, though both specimens show two anal spines. In my series of Boleosoma nigrum there is usually but a single anal spine. Originally, described with a band of bright orange red above on the spinous dorsal. Cottus bairdii Girard. One 44 mm. This represents the Pot- amocottus zopherus Jordan, or the dark colored southern variety of the Alabama basin. Alabama. (1). We first visited Swan Lake, in Morgan County, October 10. This is a large still body of water, mostly muddy, about a mile long and a few hundred yards in width. During very high water it is connected with the Tennessee River. Polyodon spathula (Walbaum). Tail of a large example examined; caught in the lake. 22 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXXIV Gambusia affinis (Baird and Girard). Very common. Ambloplites rupestris (Hafinesque). Several. Chaenobryttus gulosus (Cnvier). Three secured. A common species. Lepomis incisor Valenciennes. Thirteen. Very common. Micropterus salmoides (Lacepede). Several examples, 2\ to 3 pounds, caught with plugs. 2 . In the Tennessee River above Albany, October 11, we found: Lepisosteus osseus (Linne). Saw portions of an adult example ai the ship-yard. Ictalurus punctatus (Hafinesque). Several of about two pounds. Notropis umbratilis (Girard). Ten young examples, brilliant silvery in life, seined along the river. Stizostedion canadense (Griffiths). One adult. (3). In the ponds along the river, mostly muddy, and about Albany, we found: Gambusia affinis (Baird and Girard). Very common, also the next. Lepomis incisor Valenciennes. (4). Limestone Creek, at Bellemina, Morgan County, October 12. This tributary of the Tennessee River is sluggish and rather muddy, shallow in places and with a bottom of small stones and pebbles. In pools left by floods or high water, we found many small fish entrapped. The riffs were all shallow and gradual, though shallow places scarce and hard to reach. Ameiurus natalis (Le Sueur). Two, larger 67 mm. Campostoma anomalum (Rafmesque). Thirteen. Small and dark. Hybognathus nuchalis Agassiz. One 86 mm. Pimephales notatus (Rafmesque). Eleven. Ceratichthys vigilax Baird and Girard. Three examples. Notropis coccogenis (Cope). Twenty-four. Notropis umbratilis (Girard). Eleven. This would be Notropis umbratilis fasciolaris Gilbert, though my examples differ in their normal slender body and absence of five to eight dark blue, vertical, cross-bars. Hybopsis amblops (Hafinesque). Thirteen. Minytrema melanops (Rafmesque). Five Though the largest example is only 90 mm. long, most show the dorsal and anal with brick red tints and the former black apically. Moxostoma aureolum (Le Sueur). Four, largest 75 mm. All 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 23 have five to eight tubular scales in fore part of lateral line. Largest with anal and caudal tinted brick-red. Fundulus notatus (Rafinesque). Three. Gambusia affinis (Baird and Girard). Very abundant. Apomotis cyaneUus (Rafinesque). Eleven. Lepomis megalotis (Rafinesque). Four. Percina caprodes (Rafinesque). Four. Ulocentra simotera (Cope). Five. Poecilichthys maculatus (Kirtland). One. It shows: D. XII — i, 11, A. II, 10; scales in 1. 1. 52 to caudal base and 3 more on latter. Poecilichthys coeruleus (Storer). Five. (5). On October 13 we visited the Paint Rock River at Paint Rock, in Jackson County. This broad stream, tributary also to the Tennessee River, was partly clear, though muddy in places. Below the dam we found a few stony shoals, especially about the fords. A mile below were high banks, where the bottom was largely clay, and only one place with a few submerged aquatic plants. Also, in many places the shoals were full of snags. In most places the only fish were free-swimmers, as we could not drag the shoals on account of the rocks on the bottom. Ameiurus natalis (Le Sueur). Saw one dead exanple. Campostoma anomalum (Rafinesque). Fourteen examples. Pimephales notatus (Rafinesque). Ten, largest 75 mm. Opsopoeodus emiliae Hay. • Head 4; depth 4§; D. n, 8, i: A. n, 7, i; scales 35 in lateral line to caudal base and 2? more on latter; 6 scales above I. 1., 4 below; 19 predorsal scales; snout 4 in head from upper jaw tip; eye 3i; maxillary 4£; interorbital 2f. Body fusiform, com- pressed. Head compressed. Muzzle obtuse. Snout depressed, length f its width. Eye large, greater than snout, less than inter- orbital. Mouth small, cleft less than pupil, vertically oblique, mandible well protruded and snout tip level with upper part of pupil. Interorbital broadly convex. Predorsal scales little crowded, somewhat narrowly imbricated along side of trunk, moderate on breast, apical radiating striae 6 or 7, circuli coarse. Dorsal inserted little nearer snout tip than caudal base, first branched rays depressed back much further than last. Color in alcohol very pale olivaceous above, sides and below silvery-white. Dusky lateral band, made up of black dots, on preorbital and opercle to caudal base, where ending in slight dusky spot, width much less than pupil. Fins all pale, with dusky dots along bases of dorsal and anal and row down predorsal. Length 48 mm. Besides the above I examined another example in the Academy, 0 2 i PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXXIV 53 mm. long from Beaumont, Texas. Head 4TV; depth 4; D. n, 8, r A. ii. 7. i: -rales 37 in lateral line to caudal base and 2 more on latter; 7 scales above -1. 1., 4 below; 21 predorsal scales; head width I,1 iii its total length; snout 3£; eye 3|; maxillary 4; interorbital '!}: teeth 5 — 5. N"o1 common. An interesting little fish, and is easily distin- guished among our cyprinoids by its very small mouth and strongly projecting lower jaw. Not previously known from the Tennessee River basin. Ceratichtkys vigilaz Baird and Girard. Four small examples. Notropis hoops Gilbert. Two examples, largest 55 mm. These specimens 1 questionably place with this species. They are greatly like Hybopsis amblops of equal size, though without any grinding surfaces, or only with slightly or irregular transverse grooves suggestive of erenulations. Votropis whipplii (Girard). Seven examples, largest 60 mm. Notropis coccogenis (Cope). Ten, largest 73 mm. Notropis telescopus (Cope). Thirty-one. Notropis umbratilis (Girard). Very abundant. Hybopsis dissimilis (Kirtland). Twenty-two examples, largest 84 mm. Only met with in schools, at the ford, in open shallow water. The species appears to collect in schools of moderate size, and mostly composed of individuals of uniform size. Hybopsis amblops ( Rafinesque). Twenty-two. Catostomus nigricans (Le Sueur). Three young. Moxostoma aureolum (Le Sueur). One young example. Paired fins and dorsal pale orange, tip of latter blackish. Fundulus catenatus (Storer). Adult male 90 mm. long. Associ- ated with Hybopsis dissimilis. Fundulus notatus (Rafinesque). Two. Labidesthes sicculus (Cope). Ten. Lepomis megalotis (Rafinesque). One 40 mm. Micropterus dolomieu (Lacepede). One young. l-'.lh, ostoma blennioides Rafinesque. One 52 mm. Ulocentra simotera (Cope). Head 3| to 4; depth .V, to 5|; D. X— i, 9 or r, 10; A. II, 7: scales 42 to 48 in lateral line to caudal base, and 3 more on latter^ though only one tubular; 4 or 5 scales above 1. 1. to spinous dorsal origin, snout U to 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 25 forward. Head moderate, greatly obtuse. Snout obtusely convex, both in profile and over surface, length | its width. Eye anterior to head center, elevated. Mouth small, but little inclined, lower jaw slightly included. Maxillary reaches eye. Interorbital slightly concave. Gill-rakers 2+7, lanceolate, short. Gill-membrane a broad fold over isthmus. Cheeks and 'breast naked, opercles scaly. Preclorsal scales small and crowded. Scales with 10 basal radiating striae, apical denticles 23 or 24, with basal elements in 3 to 5 rows, circuli coarse. Color in alcohol pale olivaceous above generally. Down back medially nine dark brown saddles, usually alternately dark and pale. Back marked with many waved, dusky specks, bars or blotches. Along lateral line twelve vertical blotches, mostly below. Upper surface of snout speckled with dark brown, bounded below by dusky bar from close to snout tip, though above upper lip, to eye. Broader dusky bar below eye. Dorsal spines each with five broad dusky blotches, last four on membranes usually with blackish streaks parallel with spines terminally. Soft dorsal and caudal barred with dusky. Pectoral pale or only with faint bars. Five examples, 38 to 45 mm. Boleosoma nigrum (Rafinesque). Ten, all small and pale. Poecilichthys maculatus (Kirtland). Head 3£ to 3f; depth 5| to 6; D. XII— i, 11; A. II, 8 or 9; scales 46 to 53 in median lateral series to caudal base, and 3 or 4 more on latter; 38 to 41 tubular scales in lateral line, 6 above, 6 or 7 below; preclorsal scales 12 or 13; snout 3^ to 4 in head; eye 3| to 3|; maxillary 3j to 3|; interorbital 2 to 2| in eye. Body long, slender, but little compressed. Snout convex, both in profile and over surface, pointed, about long as wide. Eye advanced, elevated, nearly or quite long as snout. Mouth but slightly inclined, mandible included. Maxillary slightly beyond front eye edge. Interorbital narrowly concave. Gill-rakers 2+9, rather short, obtuse. Gill-membranes deeply cleft. Cheeks and breast naked, postocular and opercles scaled. Preclorsal scales reduced. Scales with basal radiating striae 10 or 11, apical denticles 21 to 24, with basal elements in 3 or 4 rows. Lateral line incomplete, usually not extending beyond soft dorsal, occasionally to middle of caudal peduncle side. Color in alcohol, pale olivaceous above, with six dark saddles down middle of back. Scales on back more or less bordered dusky or brown. Along sides ten or eleven w-like dusky blotches. At caudal base medianly jet-black blotch, about size of pupil. Dorsals and caudal barred with dusky. Broad dusky bar on side of snout to eye, also dusky blotch below and behind eye. Paired fins and anal pale or whitish, few dusky specks close about base of latter. Six examples, 35 to 45 mm. The Bellemina example, with ten branched anal rays is greatly suggestive of Etheostoma tessellata Storer3. Quite likely Etheostoma 3 Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 2, 1845, p. 48. Florence, Alabama. ;, 2G PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXXIV cinereum Storer4 is .•mother synonym. According to the original account of Etheostoma maculata Kirt- land, the dorsal fins are connected and the anal has only a single spin Po( dlichthys squamiveps (Jordan). Bead 3|; depth 5; 1). XI— i, 11; A. II, 8; scales 51 or 52 in lateral line to caudal base and 3 more on latter; 5 scales above 1. 1., 7 below; predorsal scales 11 or 12; snout 4j to 4| in head; eye 3 to 3|; maxillary 3| to 4; interorbital If in eye. Body moderately long, compressed. Head obtuse, compressed. Snout convex in profile and over surface, length \ its width. Eye elevated, well advanced, greater than snout or interorbital. Mouth little inclined, small, jaws nearly even. Maxillary reaches eye. Inter- orbital shallowly concave. Gill-rakers 3+8, lanceolate, moderate. Gill-membranes broadly free across isthmus. Cheeks and opercles scaly. Breast naked. Belly scaled and predorsal scales fine. Scales with 7 to 9 radiating coarse striae, apical denticles 16 or 17. large, basal elements in 3 or 4 rows. Lateral line complete. Color in alcohol pale olivaceous above, under surface white. Down middle of back, six deep brown blotches. Along lateral line, ten dusky rings with dark bar from lower edge of each, some reaching anal and others extending over lower surface of caudal peduncle. Small blackish spot at caudal base medially, one above and another below marginally or at origin of each lobe. Deep dusky brown line from snout tip, meets its fellow above upper lip, to eye. Blackish bar below eye and blotch close behind. Max- illary end dusky and dusky bar across mandible medianly. Dorsals and caudal barred with dusky, other fins pale. Length 38 or 39 mni.. t wo examples. No mention seems to have been made, by the various writers supposed to have obtained this species, of the dark color pattern extending to the anal base and on the lower surface of the caudal peduncle. My examples appear to agree best with the original account of Etheostoma squamiceps Jordan.6 4 L. c, p. 49. Florence, Alabama. ' Boston .Tourn. Nat. Hist., 3, 1840, p. 276 PI. 2. fig. 3. Mahoning, Ohio. Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 10, 1877. p. 11. Russellville, Kentucky. 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 27 Explanation of Plates I, II. The line accompanying each figure represents ten millimeters. Plate I. — Notropis brimleyi B. A. Bean. Notropis sceplicus (Jordan and Gilbert). Hybopsis rubrifrons (Jordan) . Notropis cerasinus (Cope). Notropis lutipinnis (Jordan and Brayton). Plate II. — Poecilichthys inscriptus (Jordan and Brayton). Boleosoma siig- maeum Jordan. Catostomus rhothoecus Jordan and Evermann. Poecilichthys maculatus (Kirtland). Poecilichthys squamiceps (Jordan). H NOTES ON THE RADULA OF THE HELICINIDAE. By H. Burrington Baker. This paper is the result of an attempt to ascertain the generic position of three species of Helicinidae, which were collected by the University of Michigan- Walker Expedition in Southern Vera Cruz, Mexico (1910). This led to the examination of the type species of characteristic examples of many of the groups of North American Helicinidae. The majority of the radulae was studied from alcoholic or dried material in the collection of The Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, kindly put at my disposal by Dr. H. A. Pilsbry, whose advice and criticism were of invaluable assistance. I am indebted to Mr. E. G. Vanatta and Dr. C. M. Cooke for help, especially in technique. Mr. John B. Henderson also sent me several Cuban species from his own collection. Three of the species were studied from the University of Michigan collection from Mexico, to which reference has just been made, while additional material came from a collection made in Venezuela in 1920. As the study was attempted in order to arrange Mexican forms, a synopsis of the North American mainland species is included in the notes on each group. I hope to take up the species from northern South America in a future paper. A. J. Wagner (1905, 1907-1911) made the most thorough attempt, in recent times, to arrange the species of Helicinidae. His classification is based solely on shell-characters, mainly the shape of the operculum and the position of its nucleus. Although a great advance on earlier attempts, his work is seriously marred by a general disregard of previous writers on the subject, and of the modern laws of priority. Of the 36 new group-names, proposed by him for American Helicinidae, only about 16 can be used. The embryonic operculum of the Helicinidae is spiral and its spiral nucleus is evident in the adults. Thus the adult operculum may perhaps be regarded as potentially spiral, with the rotation arrested by the shape of the aperture. The microscopic structure of the columellar margin of many species certainly adds to this impression, as the growth-lamellae are crushed and bent outwards in this region, as if they actually had resisted an attempted torsion. The position of this thickened region varies with the shape of the aperture. (29) n 30 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXXIV The operculum consists of two quite distinct layers, an inner horny layer, which is often lacking in dried specimens, and an outer, calcareous one. The horny layer shows the growth-lamellae and the spiral nucleus much less distinctly than does the calcareous portion. The relative development of these two layers gives an additional character, little used by Wagner. The radula of the family has been variously described and figured but, in most cases, neither figures or descriptions are very usable. Under low magnification, it appears to consist of a narrow, trans- parent trough, with a broader, rounded ridge on each side. It is long and narrow, and in most of the species observed by me, consists of about 100 transverse rows, although the extremes show from 80 to 171. This character seems to be mainly dependent on size, and is of little value in the determination of relationships. Under higher magnification, five groups of teeth can be made out: a central group; and a lateral or capituliform complex, and a marginal group on each side. The central group consists typically of seven, very small, almost colorless teeth (Plate III) : the unpaired or rhachidian tooth and three paired centrals on each side. For brevity, in the following descriptions the unpaired central is termed the R-central (at the left hand in the figures), while the paired centrals are called the A-central, the B-central and the C-central, in order from the inside out (left to right in figures). The R-central is usually a thin and transparent plate, which is bent upwards at its distal end so as to form a broad scraping edge, or cusp. The paired centrals are variously shaped and cusped, but the A-central and B-central primitively appear more or less boot-shaped, while the C-central is usually more or less lanceolate in outline The lateral or capituliform complex consists of two structures, which are so closely united, as at first to give the impression of a -mull', large and complicated lateral (the capituliform lateral of I' ischer, (1885.)) Closer examination shows this complex to consist <>t two pieces: a comb-shaped (or T-shaped in Vianinae) lateral and ;i variously modified, outer accessory plate. The comb-lateral, as n may be termed I Plate IV, fig. 17, left), is more or less trape- zoidal or spoon-shaped as viewed from the central side, and the upper edge is thickened and reflected (Plate IV, fig. 17a). This' upper edge i^- so heavy as to appear horn-colored, even under agnification, and bears the large cusps. The outer, handle 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 31 like portion (Plate IV, fig. 17b) is continuous with a thickening on the central posterior side of the tooth; this thickening runs diagonally from the base to near the inner tip of the comb-lateral. Outside of the handle-like portion is a thinner, triangular portion portion (Plate IV, fig. 17c), which fits over the inner end of the accessory plate. The anterior (upper in figures) edge of this triangular portion is often thickened and reflected, so as to form a continuation (Plate IV, fig. 17d) of that which bears the cusps. On the under-side of the comb-lateral is a saddle-shaped de- pression or hole (Plate IV, fig. 17e) dotted lines, into which fits the base of the comb-lateral next anteriad. The accessory plate (Plate IV, fig. 17, right) is a large, but usually thin and transparent, trapezoidal plate, externad to the comb-lateral. The inner end (Plate IV, 17f) fits under the tri- angular outer portion of the comb-lateral. In many species, all of the anterior edge, except that of the outer lanceolate appendix (Plate IV, 17g) is reflected to form a broad ledge (Plate IV, fig. 17h). This is often strengthened by thickenings of various shapes, and appears to form a support for the comb-lateral. In Hender- sonia and Oligyra, this reflected portion appears to form a wing, which completely invests the base of the comb-lateral so as to mask its inner cusps. In many other genera, it is much reduced and only connects with the outer prolongation of the cusp-bearing portion. In the figures where the two pieces are shown separated, the position of the inner end of the accessory plate is marked by an (x) on the comb-lateral, while that of the outer extremity of the comb-lateral is marked on the accessory plate in the same manner. The above description is based on the laterals of the Helicininae. In the group of species that center around the genus Eutrochatella (Vianinae), the capituliform complex is so highly modified as hardly to be recognizable. The accessory plate is much reduced, while the comb-lateral is represented by a large T-lateral. The latter is very much the shape of half of a mushroom. It bears a broad, reflected cusp, which is semicircular in outline as viewed from the anterior end, while the stalk portion is about at its middle. The accessory plate usually has a rather heavy anterior thickening which may form an inner hook, and fits over the outer branch of the stalk. In the normal position, the accessory plate and the outer portion # PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXXIV of the comb-lateral are usually hidden by the overhanging mar- ginals, even after the radula is flattened out. The centrals are arranged in a slightly convex line along the bottom of the trough, already mentioned, while the accessory plate is tilted slightly dor- sad under the ends of the innermost marginals. The marginal group consists of a varying number (28 to 136 in the species studied) of ligulate teeth. The number appears to vary with the size of the species; but a considerable variation in number, among species of similar size, appears to be a matter of systematic importance. These teeth or uncini are proportionately quite large and are so heavy as to appear horn-colored. They are arranged in very oblique rows, which run posteriad from the corresponding capituliform complex. The bases (Plate III, fig. 6, 9) are broadly U-shaped, with the open portion of the U facing the outside of the radula: those of contiguous teeth nest into one another. The body of the tooth is twisted so as to bring the cusps into action. These are arranged across the tip of the tooth or down its outer side. The innermost marginal (Plate III, fig. 9) is the broadest and shortest of the entire functional series. In the species observed the length usually increases gradually toward the outside of the radula, until the longest teeth are about one-third of the way out from the center; here the teeth are from 1.5 to 2 times as long as are the innermost. Towards the outer edge of the radula, they again decrease in length, so that the outer teeth are not much longer than the innermost. The distal portion becomes more -lender in the teeth toward the outside, so that these may only be one-third as wide, near the tip, as those at the inner edge. However, the hases of the marginals are of about the same width throughout each transverse row, andthevery outermost teeth take the form of delicate, rectangular plates, as wide as the bases, and arranged almosl parallel to the long axis of the radula. In all of the species observed, the inner marginals (except sometimes the innermost one or two) has the smallest number of cusps, while the number gradually increases towards the outside of the radula. Each new cusp in the series is added to the outside of the row of cusps. I ave as high as L5 cusps on the outer, definitive teeth, and have mated, by counting portions of the total row, that some of the •road, outermosl marginals have at least 25. The cusps of these outer, scale-like teeth are so minute as to approach the limits of opic vision, which probably accounts for the statement 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 33 of Troschel (1856-63) that they are without cusps. In every species that I have examined under an oil-immersion lens, they could be detected. Two lines of development appear in the structure of the marginals. The type that is here considered the most primitive is that repre- sented by Hendersonia. In this and related groups (Table I), there are a comparatively small number of teeth .with one or two major cusps and many minor ones arranged along the outside of the tip. In Helicina there is an evident tendency for the cusps to arrange themselves on the extreme tip of the tooth, while many West Indian genera show a tendency to accentuate the one or two major cusps. The climax of the first line of development is seen in H. zephyrina, where the cusps of each tooth form a nearly transverse row, with the largest teeth in the center of the terminal disc; each tooth is so twisted as to bring the transverse crown of cusps in a line nearly at right angles to the long axis of the radula. The other line of development finally results in the unicuspid inner marginals of Sioastoma and the Vianinae (Trochatella). On account of their complexity, and the vertical position of the numerous marginals, the radulae of the Helicinidae are peculiarly difficult to study. For this reason it is often necessary to examine quite a few specimens and to view the teeth in every possible position, in order to correctly interpret their shape. The best results were obtained by cutting each radula transversely into several pieces with a rather dull-edged scalpel, so as to leave torn edges. Each piece must be carefully arranged and then the cover-glass dropped on suddenly to flatten the ribbon. In order to study the accessory plate it is absolutely necessary to get a place where the marginals are missing or turned back. Separated capituliform complexes are also of great aid, although the accessory plate, and especially the wing, is only too often broken in the process. If the centrals are sepa- rated from the laterals and marginals, the cover-glass usually flattens them into a position where it is very difficult to study them. In all cases, except that of Helicina neritella, the centrals, laterals, and the tips of the marginals, are shown in the figures as nearly as possible to the natural position, so as to make the views uniform. When one becomes accustomed to the changes in apparent shape, due to different view points, the radulae of different specimens of the same species show remarkably little fluctuating variation. The centrals and laterals rarely show a variation of more than a # :;i PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXXIV single cusp, although more commonly one or two cusps will be con- siderably reduced. However, the cusps of the centrals, laterals, i inner marginals are quite often broken or worn, so as to give an apparent variation, but an examination of all parts of the radula will easily remove this source of error. In specimens of similar size, the maximum variation in the number of marginals was •"• teeth, and part of this may have been due to the difficulty in ascertaining to which row the divergent outer teeth belonged. However, a dwarfed form of Helicina adspersa (H. a.marmorata d'Orb. +tenuilabris Pfr.) had only 80 marginals on each side, while the larger form had 106. On the other hand, big variations are fairly common. In one of the radulae of Lucidella aureola and in one of Oligyra orbiculata, two rows of A-centrals were present on each side, so that there were 9 teeth in the central group; this, if a constant character, would exclude them from the Helicinidae, as at present defined. In these cases, the outer A-central was a little smaller than the inner, and, especially in the latter species, somewhat approached the B-central in shape. In another radula of H. orbiculata, all but one of the cusps on one row of A-centrals were absent or vestigial, although the other side was perfectly normal. In a radula of Hender- sonia occulta, the seventh marginal on one side was vestigial, while an entire longitudinal row of marginals on the other side was branched, and bore from 2 to 4 quite perfect tips, each with its full complement of cusps. In a specimen of Helicina adspersa marmorata, most of the cusps were represented by mere knobs on one row of comb-laterals, although those of the other side were nor- mal. However, this type of variation comes under the heading of monst rosil ies or mutations and is very easily separated from fluctuat- ing or intergrading variation. It does not affect the use of the radula as an index of relationship, any more than the presence of gill- slits, or a fuller complement of aortic arches in an adult human being, affeel the use of these characters in the classification of vertebrates. In the following arrangement of the groups of species from the mainland of North America, the radular characteristics are listed in some detail. Opercular and other shell characters are omitted 3 used for the separation of groups; they are treated in detail by A. .). Wagner I 1907-1911). In each case the name of the group is given hist., followed by a list of synonyms. In the West Indian [1922 NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 35 groups, which were not studied in detail, sectional names are sometimes included as synonyms under subgenera or typical sections. Next comes a list of the species in each group from the mainland of North America, with synonomical notes, followed by a description of the radulae of examples studied. The following synoptic key shows the main distinguishing characters of the groups studied: A. Capituliform complex consisting of a comb-lateral and accessory plate Subfamily HelicininaB. B. Operculum paucispiral; radula "like Helicina" . .Bourciera. BB. Operculum subspiral to eccentric. C. Accessory plate with well-developed wing which invests the base of the comb-lateral so. as to mask its outer cusps; all paired centrals with well-developed cusps; operculum with calcareous plate quite well-developed and forming a complete operculum; horny plate thin, usually amber-colored. D. Operculum subspiral to almost concentric; cusps of centrals very well-developed; cusps of comb- lateral exceptionally long and pointed; accessory plate short and heavy with triangular wing; marginals few (39-43) Hendersonia. E. Operculum subspiral with marginal nucleus Sect. Hendersonia s. s. EE. Operculum subspiral with submarginal nucleus Sect. Miluna. EEE. Operculum -almost concentric, with nearly central nucleus Sect. Waldemaria. DD. Operculum eccentric with nucleus near middle of columellar margin; cusps of C-central somewhat reduced; accessory plate longer; marginals more numerous (52-123) Oligyra. F. A and B centrals not developing heavy backs; comb-lateral with few, sharp-pointed cusps (6-7) ; operculum light with point and corres- ponding lip-notch poorly developed Subgenus Oligyra s. s. G. A and B centrals like Hendersonia; accessory plate with wing slightly reduced, so as to show lanceolate outline jmarginals quite strictly ligulate; shell depressed with heavy lip Section Oligyra s. s. GG. A-central with tendency to reduce the number of cusps, which are borne on the extreme outer tip; marginals with wing-like expansions below the tips, and with number * 36 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXXIV of cusps increasing rapidly towards outside; shell more globose Section Siiccincta. FF. A and B centrals with heavy knob-like cusp- bearing backs; capituliform processes heavy and interlocking; marginals ligulate; operculum heavy and usually with inferior point, which fits into notch in lip Subgenus A Icadia. H. Smallish shells with notch in lip less well- developed; comb-lateral with more pointed cusps Section Idesa. HH. Larger shells with well-developed notch or lower lip of aperture; comb-lateral with large spatulate cusps: R-central longer than broad Section A Icadia s. s. CC. Accessory plate smaller with reflection (slightly de- veloped or absent) which at most only invests the outer tip of the prolongation of the thickened upper edge of the comb-lateral; centrals and opercula various. J. A-central with cusps like Oligyra, or with a thickened, cuspless cutting edge; marginals with tendency for the numerous cusps of each tip to arrange themselves in a transverse row; operculum with calcareous plate poorly-developed, often incom- plete towards palatal margin; horny plate well- developed and bright-colored, usually red Helicina. K. Marginals sickle-shaped with well developed lateral wings near tips; A-central with shelf-like projection bearing the cusps; accessory plate with small body but large lanceolate appendix, and with the reflected anterior edge forming a lather prominent shelf; operculum and comb- laterals as in Tristramia. s. s Subgenus Helicina. s. s. KK. Marginals quite strictly ligulate; A-central and accessory plate not as preceding Subgenus Tristramia. L. All paired centrals with well-developed cusps; calcareous plate of operculum usually somewhat thickened above nucleus, opaque ii ii Iky -white to bluish; shells usually with spiral s! riations -M. Comb-lateral with numerous (9-11), long, sharp cusps; shell depressed, angular to subangular Section Oxyrhombus. MM. Comb-lateral with more rounded cusps (8 LO); shell globose. ...Section Tamsiana. 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 37 LL. A-central without well-developed cusps; with heavy edge. N. A-central with one or two points on heavy cutting edge; comb-lateral with numerous rounded cusps; C-central with two rounded points and sometimes 1 or 2 smaller ones; operculum as in Tristramia s. s., depressed, angular, shells, usually with well-marked spiral striations Section Angulata. NN. A-central without cusps; comb-lateral with broad, spatulate cusps; operculum with calcareous plate thin, weak, and usually incomplete; globose shells, usu- ally with poorly marked spiral striations O. 4 cusps on C-central .... Section Tenuis. 00. One rounded hook on C-central Section Tristramia. JJ. A-central Alcadia-like or highly modified; marginals with tendency to reduce number of cusps and to develop one or two primary ones, with others arranged along outer side; calcareous plate of operculum usually better developed than horny plate. P. A-central hood-shaped; comb-lateral with long and pointed cusps; accessory plate large but thin Lucidella. Q. A-central with well-developed cusps on margin; C-central without lateral cusp; shell with lip entire, perforate Subgenus LindsleyaV. '. QQ. A-central without well-developed cusps on margin; C-central with accessory cusp on outside margin; shell imperforate; usually toothed R. C-central long and slender; few cusps on comb-lateral (6) ; small species Subgenus Poenia. RR. C-central broadly lanceolate ; many cusps on comb-lateral (9-10); larger species Subgenus Lucidella. PP. A-centrals not hood-shaped; comb-lateral with spatulate or very few (3) cusps; accessory plate smaller, but usually heavy. S. Paired centrals Alcadia-like; comb-lateral heavy with at least 6 cusps; inner mar- ginals bicuspid Schasicheila. T. Only few (1-4) marginals bicuspid; shells heavy, Analcadia-like; Western Cuba Subgenus Emoda. H 38 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXXIV TT. More (9) marginals bicuspid, close- ranked; shell usually with upper sinus on aperture; Mexico and Guatemala Subgenus Schasicheila. <+. A-central unicuspid; B-central with 3 heavy cusps; comb-lateral tricuspid; inner 10 mar- ginals unicuspid; shell small, slightly like Schasicheila s. s. in shape Stoastoma. AA. Capituliform complex consisting of a mushroom-shaped T. lateral and a reduced accessory plate; many unicuspid marginals Subfamily Vianinae, new. B. Marginals with sharp-pointed blades; T-lateral with stalk as long as width of tooth, which is considerably smaller than central field of radula; R-central triangular-ovoid to broadly elliptic Eutrochatella. C. All paired centrals with at least three well-developed, cusps; T-lateral with cusps on margin; shells smallish quite smooth and elongate Subgenus Troschelviana, new. D. T-lateral with well-developed cusps on inner portion of margin; shell smallish, quite smooth and elongate: Section Troschelviana. DD. T-lateral with a few cusps towards outer portion of margin: shell more conoid in shape Section Cubaviana, new. CC. At least A-central without well-developed cusps; T-lateral without cusps on margin; shell with spiral sculpture.. E. B-central with 3 quite well-marked cusps; T-lateral with horny thickenings near margin which give the tooth a wavy appearance; small species Subgenus Pyrgodomus. EE. Both A and B centrals without well-marked cusps; T-lateral without sign of cusps; larger species. F. R-central broadly elliptic; operculum with nucleus near columellar margin and almost linear; de- pressed pagoda-shaped shell Subgenus Priotrochatella. IT. R-central narrowly ovoid to circular; operculum with nucleus nearer center Sul. genus Eutrochatella; Sections Ustronia, Excavata, Eutrochatella. BB. Marginals with tips more rounded; T-lateral with short, -tout stalk, and broad, semicircular cutting edge, so ih.it entire tooth is almost or fully as large as the central field of the radula (7 teeth); R-central more or less shield-shaped with scallops on lateral margins; paired centrals and T-lateral without cusps. 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 39 Table I. Relations of Helicinid Groups. Wing on accessory plate Spiral Excentric operculum operculum Ho wing on accessory plate Primitive More modified centrals. centrals. w o c o 9, < v> OP p.6 H- CD p . h* "^ P SO 1-bKJ CD 5 a, B <D Usual dominance of calcareous ope rginals 1-cuspid; Inner marginals comb-lateralB. bicuspid. f 4 P O a p H" M M P> CD po B B B CD p hi (B p P H CD p o O (-*• H*.P CO p t-t-W M k* co co w fc» • ominance of hornj tricuspid with on outside «tct(D t>^ l-» <-i 4HO >P V p P 9 O to POM Hj < (D CD co a 3 H »P M P CO <+ro d |-» a> P* B 0<} M CD c+« H-«< B CD P co o Co o CD Pa MD M CO •4 rh • CD O • * 40 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXXIV G. A-central very large; B and C centrals especially re- duced: many marginals (100) with rather long blades; R-central with rounded base; shell large, globose, that of male with a sinus on outer lip; operculum with heavy calcareous plate Viana. Cuba. GG. All paired centrals more nearly uniform in size; few marginals (28) with short, broad blades; shell de- pressed, angular; operculum linear, with horny plate dominant Calybium. Indo-China. H. Shell with columellar folds, radula unknown Subgenus Calybium s. s. HII. Shell without columellar folds; radula as above Subgenus Geotrochatella. Genus BOURCIERA Pfr. Ecuador. Bourciera Pfr. (1851). Type B. helicinaeformis Pfr. (1851). Bourcieria auct., not of Bonaparte (1850), in birds. Pseudhelicina Sykes (1907). Proposed new name for Bourcieria auct.; not Pfr. Bourciera, omitted from Wagner, has a paucispiral operculum. Troschel (1856-63) describes and figures the radula of the type species and remarks: "In regard to the structure of the radula, the genus Bourciera belongs to the Rhipidoglossa, and indeed to the family Helicinacea; in fact it agrees so with Helicina itself, that a difference in the dentition can hardly be stated" (trans- lation). His figure does not show definitely the structure of the capituliform complex, which I regard as especially important in the determination of relationships, but the centrals and marginals appear quite similar to those of Hendersonia, and I believe the i wo groups will be found to be quite closely related. There can be no doubt of its position in the Helicinidae. Unless the structure of the operculum is secondary, this is pro- bably the most primitive member of the family. As it is the only genus confined to South America, and none of the other genera appear to have developed very distinct groups on this continent, it seems as if all of the South American Helicinidae are probably quite recenl immigrants from the north and that Bourciera, like the llama amongst the mammals, is a survival, in the Andes of Ecuador, of a primitive type, which disappeared from its original oearctic or holarctic home after its invasion of this new territory. This idea is further substantiated by the total absence of the Helicinidae from Africa and the paucity and Oriental type of the A.us1 mli.iii species. Probably it is safe to state that the Helicinidae 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 41 were absent from the ancient Atlantic or Antarctic continents, or, if present, have left no modern descendants. Genus HENDERSONIA A. J. W. United States, China, Japan. Apiopomatinae A. J. Wagner (1905). No possible type genus. Section Hendersonia s. s. United States Hendersonia A. J. Wagner (1905). Type (monotype) Helicina occulta Say (1831). Subfossil, New Harmony, Indiana. H. occulta (Say) (1831). Subfossil, New Harmony, Indiana. (North-eastern U. S.). H. rubella Green (1832). Alleghany County, Pa., U. S. (living or fresh). Section Miluna A. J, W. S. China. Miluna A. J. W. (1905). Type (monotype) M. josefinae A. J. W. (1905); Radung-Hubei. Section Waldemaria A. J. W. Japan. Waldemana A. J. W. (1905). Type H. japonica A. Adams (1861). Japan. In this genus the radulae of H. occulta (Say)1 and H. japonica (Adams)2 were examined. The formulae are shown in Table II. In this table, under the headings "A, B and C Centrals" (the R-centrals are omitted as they usually have no true cusps) are given the number of cusps on each tooth for. the various species. Under the heading "Comb-lateral" are given the number of cusps on that tooth. Under the heading " Marginals, " the subheadings "2, 3, 4, 5, 6" indicate numbers of cusps; under each of these subheadings is given the number of teeth that bear the complement of cusps indicated. Where the inner teeth bear more cusps than some further out; these interstitial few-cusped teeth are put in their proper column but are marked with an asterisk, while the two groups of teeth with one more cusp, situated on either side of them, are put in their proper column but the first and second groups are separated by a plus sign. For instance, A. verecunda has 4 cusps on the inner most marginal (1 in 4-column), followed by 2 teeth with 3 cusps each (2 followed by an asterisk in 3-column), which in turn are followed by 3 more teeth with 4 cusps (+ 4 in 4-column). Under the heading "Total" are given the number of marginals on each side; under "Grand Total" are given the usual number of teeth in each transverse row. In H. occulta, the R-central (Plate III, fig. 1) is peculiarly attenu- *5 dried specimens; A. N. S. P. no. 10593; collected at Iowa City, Iowa, by B. Shimek (1891), and H. A. Pilsbry (1882). 2 2 dried specimens; A. N. S. P. no. 84383; collected at Sotokaifui, Sado. Japan, by Y. Hirase (1902). 12 PRO< EEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXXIV ate basally. As remarked in the key to the groups, the cusps of the paired centrals, and especially those of the C-central, are larger and better-developed than in any other group; in fact the whole central group is large in comparison with the rest of the radula. The comb-lateral has comparatively few cusps, but these are large, and exceptionally long and well-pointed (Plate IV, fig. 10). The accessory plate is heavy bu1 short, and has horn-colored thickenings along the inner end and down the middle, while in most of the nearly related groups it is comparatively transparent. The re- flected wing is large and triangular, although much shorter (trans- versely) than in Oligyra. The marginals are practically the same shape as those of 0. orbiculata. All are evenly ligulate, with a decided tendency for the cusps to be arranged on the outside of the tips. The radula of H. japonica is not figured as it is practically identical with that of H. occulta. One more cusp on the B-central was noted in one radula of H. japonica but it was absent in the other radula examined. This species also showed a slight tendency to increase the number of cusps on the marginals more rapidly than did //. occulta (see Table II). This practical identity of the radulae, despite the divergence in opercula, is the reason for the inclusion of Waldemaria as a section in the genus Hendersonia. I am very doubtful if Miluna even deserves sectional rank, but have seen no specimens. Table II. Radular Formulae in Hendersonia and Oligyra. Centrals Comb Marginals Grand A H C Lateral 2 3 4 5 6 Total Total. II- occulta 5 5 4 6 7 5 5 5 39-40 89-91 H. japonic 5 5-6 4 6 5 7 5 5 42-43 95-97 A.verecunda 7 8 4 10-11 1* 2+3 4 3 50 111 0. orbiculata 4 6 4 6 3 4 10 7 52 115 O.convexa 4 6 4 7 1* 2+3 2 2 4 81 173 O.f.strebeli 5 8-9 4 7 3 4 3 3 58-62 127-134 O.o.coccinostoma.... 4 7 4 7 5 3 3 3 90 191 0. cacaguelita 2? 4 4 7 4 6 2 4 95 201 O.riparia 5 5 4 9-10 7 6 5 73 157 0. rotunda. 4 5 4 7 1 10 7 82 175 O.palliata 5 5 4 8 10 5 4 5 123 257 rhe radula of Hendersonia is very close to that of Oligyra, and the separation of the two, on this basis alone, might be rather However, the shell-characters of Hendersonia^ its wide tion, and its significance as a primitive, holarctic group 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 43 certainly demands it generic recognition. It seems that Hendersonia is a primitive genus which once had a wide holarctic distribution, but which only survives in a few localities in Asia and North America. The case of the giant salamander amongst the amphibians (Ohio River, U. S.; and Japan) appears to be analogous. In this connection the genus Dawsonella Bradley (1872), from the Car- boniferous of Indiana, is at least interesting. If it actually belongs in the Helicinidae, the circular aperture would seem to indicate that it probably possessed a spiral operculum. An additional reason for the position of Hendersonia as a primi- tive group, was found in the study of the radula of Aphanoconia (Sphaeroconia) verecunda (Gould)3. This radula (Plate V, fig. 23) is also quite close to that of Hendersonia, but its divergence is along different lines from that of Oligyra, and apparently denotes a divergent line of evolution. The large number of cusps on the peculiar paired centrals (Table II), the long comb-laterals with numerous pointed cusps, the exceptionally long accessory plates with somewhat reduced wings, and the very long and slender marginals give an assemblage of characters that separate this group from any American one that I have examined. H . verecunda Gould (1859) is here chosen as the type of Sphaeroconia A. J. Wagner (1909). Verecunda A. J. W. (1909) is an exact synonym. Pilsbry and Cooke (1908) have described the radulae of H. baldwini, uberta, laciniosa, and rotelloidea from Hawaii, and figured those first and third. From their studies, it appears that the radula of Sturanya Wagner (1905) (Type H. laciniosa Mighels, 1845) is very close to that of Sphaeroconia, but that the radula of Oro- bophana Wagner, 1905 (type H. uberta Gould, 1847), as they point out, is considerably different. Genus OLIGYRA Say. Tropical and Subtropical America. Subgenus OLIGYRA s. s. Same distribution. Section Oligyra s. s. United States; New Mexico, Bermudas etc. Olygyra Say (1818). Type (monotype) O. orbiculata Say (1818). Easte/n Fla., U. S. Oligyra Say (1819). Emended form of preceding; emended by Say himself. Orbiculata A. J. Wagner (1905). Type (by tautonomy) O. orbiculata Say (1818). 3 1 dried specimen; A. N. S. P. no. 78852; collected at Ryukyu, by Y. Hirase (1900). 44 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXXIV ? Subglobulosa A. J. W. (1905). " Tvpe (by tautonomy) H. subglobulosa Poey L852 Cuba. O. orbiculata orbiculata Say (1818). Mouth St. Johns R., Fla. (s. U. S.). ?? //. ambeliaw Sowerby (1842). ?? //. yestffa "Guild." Sowerby (1842). X. A. Young shell; might be any helicinid. H. hanleyana Pfr. (1849). New Orleans, La., U. S. #. snhnrlnfu.lt, i and #. subtropica appear to be Ms. names. O. orbiculata tropica ("Jan" Pfr.) (1850).Tampico, Mex. (and s. w. U. S. ). O. orbiculata clappi (Pilsbry) (1909). Central and Eastern Fla. VO. borealis (von Martens) (1890). Villa Lerdo, Durango, Mex. O. cordillerae ("Salle"Pfr.) (1857). 3500 meters, Mt. Orizaba, V. C. Mex. O. convexa (Pfr.) (1849). Bermuda Islands. In this typical section, the radula of the type species,5 and that of 0. convexa* have been examined. The radular formulae are given in Table II. The centrals of 0. orbiculata (Plate III, fig. 2) are similar to those of Hendersonia, but the R-central has a less attenuate base, and the C-central has considerably smaller cusps. The comb-lateral is somewhat lighter, while the accessory plate is both lighter and much more elongate transversely (Plate IV, fig. 11). The wing is somewhat reduced, and gives a lanceolate outline. The marginals are very close to those of Hendersonia, but are slightly more numerous. The radula of 0. convexa is not figured, but it is very close to that of 0. orbiculata. The formula is given in Table II. The shell of 0. convexa is also very similar to that of 0. orbiculata; it is of the same depressed form and has a similarly thickened peris- tome. In this connection, a number of Antillean species, included by A. J. Wagner in the sections Subglobulosa and F estiva, need examination. Many of them have the calcareous, light-colored opercula of this group. This group has many primitive characters, but in the reduction of the wing on the accessory plate, slightly approaches Oxyrhombus of Helicina. Its closest relatives are in the section Succincta, thru which it is connected with Alcadia. As indicated in the relation- ship diagram in Table I, it probably represents a primitive stock near the ancestral line of the genus Helicina. The distribution of the species appears to sustain this idea, If the Antillean species 1 < (roups preceded by a question-mark are those of which I have not examined the radula; species preceded by a question-mark are those I have not seen; in the latter, 2 question-marks indicate considerable doubt as to its position or specific rank. 5 alcoholic specimens; A. X. S. P. no. 91705; collected near Frierson, La., by l>. S. Frierson I L906). alcoholic specimens; A. X. S. V. no. X5558; collected on flats near Frascati Hotel, Bermuda, by A. Gulick (1903). 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 45 actually belong here, this section will be represented around the main West Indian centers of evolution, but is best represented in places where it does not come into competition with the more advanced types of the Helicinidae. Section Succincta A. J. Wagner. Mex. to S. A. Succincta A. J. W. (1905). Type (by tautonomy) H. succincta von Mar- tens (1890). Mexico. Gemma A. J. W. (1907). Type (by tautonomy) H. gemma Preston (1903). Costa Rica. Not Gemma Deshayes (1853) teste Fischer (1885). O. arenicola (Morelet) (1849). Sisal, Yucatan. O. arenicola raresulcata (Pfr.) (1861). Vera Cruz, Mex., sandy. O. arenicola succincta (von Martens) (1890). Cordova, V. C, Mex. O. flavida flavida (Menke) (1828). Described as from Jamacia, but not since found there. Generally recognized as Guat. ??? H. ambieliana Boissy (1835). Tobago, Antilles; more probably near H. fasciata Lam. H. trossula Morelet (1849). Vera Paz, Guatemala. .^O. flavida brevilabris (Pfr.) (1857). Guatemala. A larger form. ? H. microdina incommoda A. J. W. (1905). Guatemala. O. flavida strebeli (Pfr.) (1861). Mirador, Vera Cruz, Mex. O. oaxacana (Pilsbry) (1920). Puerto Angel, Oaxaca, Mex. ? H. microdina A. J. W. (1905, 1910), not Morelet (1851). Vera Paz, Guat. O. fragilis fragilis (Morelet) (1851). Peten, Guatemala. O. fragilis elata (Shuttleworth) (1852). Cordova, Vera Cruz, Mex. O. fragilis merdigera (" Salle "Pfr.) (1855). Vera Cruz, V. C, Mex. ? H. mohriana Pfr. (1861). Orizaba, Vera Cruz, Mex. (intermediate between two). O. oweniana oweniana (Pfr.) (1849). Chiapas, Mex. O. oweniana coccinostoma (Morelets) (1849). Vera Paz, Guat. (very close). ? H. anozona von Martens (1875). Coban, Guat. (color form). O. beatrix beatrix (Angas) (1879). Costa Rica. ?0. beatrix nicaraguae (A. J. W. ) (1908). Nicaragua. ??0. beatrix confusa (A. J. W.) (1908). Costa Rica, (figure looks more like next). O. gemma (Preston) (1903). Costa Rica7. In this section, the radulae of 0. flavida strebeli*, 0. oweniana coccinostoma? , and a form near 0. cacaguelita (Pilsbry and Clapp) (1903)10 have been examined. The radular formulae of all three forms are shown in Table II, while the first two species are figured. Theradula of 0. flavida strebeli (Plate III, fig. 3; Plate IV, fig. 12) is very similar to that of Oligyra s. s., but shows a divergence in the 7 H. autoni Pfr. (1848) was described originally without habitat; in Chemnitz it is figured with the habitat Sandwich and Gambier I. (South Pacific); while in 1852, the habitat is given as Honduras. From the figure and description, I doubt if it is an American shell, but consider it near H. pazi " Hidalgo "Crosse (1S65), also from the same general region as the habitat given in the second paper. 8 1 alcoholic and 5 dried specimens; collected on IT. of Mich. -Walker Exped. in Vera Cruz Mex.; Hacienda Cuatotolapam, Canton Acayucan (1910) 9 1 dried specimen; A. N. S. P. no. 107628, collected in mts. w. of Livingston, in Guat. by A. A. Hinkley (1913). 10 2 dried specimens; A. N. S. P. no. 146582; collected at Cincinnati, Sierra Santa Marta Colombia, by Rehn and Hebard. (1920). |li PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXXIV better development of the wing on the accessory plate, which is more like thai of the subgenus Alcadia. The centrals are closer to those of Oligyra s. s., as is also the comb-lateral. As shown in The synoptic key, the especial characteristics of this group are: the wing on the marginals, the increased number of teeth, and the tendency for the cusps on the A-central to be reduced to a small number at the extreme outer tip. This last character and the wing mi the marginals, which is shown in the figure of 0. oweniana coccinostoma (Plate V, fig. 24), separate Succincta from all other groups. In 0. cacaguelita, the A-central has a triangular expansion of the tip, similar to the other species, but the cusps are either pracl ically absent or are very much worn in the species, as compared to 0. f. strebeli, is probably correlated with the difference in size. All of the species show a tendency to increase the number of the cusps on the marginals very rapidly. 0. cacaguelita is the only South American species that I can place definitely in this group. The section Tamsiana, which Wagner places very near his section Gemma, appears from the radula, and also from the texture of the operculum, to be a section in Helicina. Subgenus ALCADIA Gray. West Indies to So. America. Alcadia Gray (1840). Type H. major Gray (1825). Jamaica. Eucaladia, Eualcadia A. J. W. (1907). Type (used as Alcadia s. s.) H. major Gray. Palliata A. J. Wagner (1907). Type (by tautonomy) H. palliata C. B. Adams (1849). Jamaica. ?Hispida A. J. W. (1907). Type (by tautonomy) H. hispida Pfr. (1839). Cuba." ? Intusplicata A. J. \V. (1907). Type (by tautonomy) H. intusplicata Pfr. (1850). Haiti. Incrustata A. \V. (1907). Type (by tautonomy) H. incrustata "Gund." Pfr. (1859). Cuba. A. .1. W. (1907). Type (by tautonomy) H. sericea Drouet (1859). ( 'avenue. Section Idesa II. and A. Adams. West Indies. Tdesa II. and A. Adams (1X56). Type (Fischer1") H. rotunda d. Orbigny (1845). Cuba. •'"' last three sectional names are included simply for completeness; they may represent perfectly valid groups. I ischer (1885) names the type of the genus Helicina, and then gives', in parentheses and without remark, examples of each group. However, he seems ike an attempt to name the types, as in the first group they are correctly For this reason, I have chosen, as far as possible, his examines as types oi each group. Emoda II. and A. Adams is an exception, as A. J. Wagner, con- trary to his usual habit, uses this group in an emended sense. 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 47 Leialcadia A. J. Wagner (1907). Type (now chosen, as used by author as Idesa) H. rotunda d. Orbigny (1845). Nitida A. J. W. (1907). Type (by tautonomy) II . nitida Pfr. (1839). Cuba. Megastoma A. J. W. (1907). Type (by tautonomy) H. megastoma C. B. Adams (1849) Jamaica. Not Megastoma Morris and Lycett (1850), Costa (1850), nor Swainson (1837). Mamilla A. J. Wagner (1907). Type (by tautonomy) A. mammilla Weinland (1862) (A. mamilla A. J. W.). Not Mamilla Tryson (1883), emendation of Mammilla Schumacher (1817). ? Bellula A. J. Wagner (1907). Type H. bellula "Gund." Pfr. (1859) Cuba. ? Ampliata A. J. Wagner(1907). Type H. ampliata C. B. Adams (1850). Jamaica.13 Section Analcadia A. J. W. Antilles to Central America. Analcadia A. J. W. (1907). Type (now chosen) H. dysoni Pfr. (1849). Cumana, Venezuela. ?0. dysoni bocourti (C. and F.) (1869). Belize, Honduras. ??0. dysoni diaphana (Pfr.) (1851). Honduras (small, angulate form). ?H. dysoni jasoni von Martens (1890). Isle Bonacca, Honduras. ???0. sanguinea (Pfr.) (1849). Honduras (Dyson). Probably an Antillean species. In this subgenus the radulae of C. palliatau, O. rotunda15, and O. riparia (Pfr.)16 were examined. All are included in Table II, but only 0. palliata is figured (Plate V, fig. 25) here. The differences are indicated in the synoptic key, and in Table II. Except for the broad R-central of O. dysoni, they differ mainly in size. From the indications given by these few radulae, Alcadia appears very close to Oligyra s. s. A. J. Wagner (1907) has shown in his study of the opercula and shell characters, that the Mexican species, which he groups around O. gemma, are connected, in these parti- culars, by an intergrading series with the typical forms of Alcadia. In the radulae, the biggest break comes between the West Indian forms and those of the mainland (exclusive of Analcadia). Never- theless, the whole group of radulae, included here in the genus Oligyra, form a very closely related group, separated from other genera by quite distinctive characters. It is true that the subgenus Alcadia and the subgenus Oligyra appear to represent the basal members of two diverging lines of evolution, but at present it would be extremely difficult to name any very definite characters for their separation. 13 The last two sectional names can be used. 14 2 dried specimens; A. N. S. P. no. 101204; collected at Somerset, Manchester, Jamaica by A. P. Brown (1910). 15 1 dried specimen; A. N. S. P. no. 77022; collected at Marianao, near Havana, Cuba, by S. N. Rhoads (1899). 16 2 alcoholic specimens; collected for Univ. of Mich. Museum, near La Fria, Estado Tachira, Venezuela (1920). 48 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXXIV Genus HELICINA Lamarck. Tropical America. Subgenus TRISTRAMIA Crosse. Mainland. ion ( )\ vrhombus C. and E. Mexico to South America. Oxyrhombus Crosse and Fisher (1893). Type (now chosen) H. amoena (1849). Honduras. Conr.nl run A. J. \Y. (1905). Type (by t autonomy )H. concentrica Pfr. 1849 1. Merida, Venezula. ctisalcata A. J. W. (1905). Tvpe (by tautonomy) H. punctisulcata von Martens (1890). Punctisulcata A. J. W. (1910). Corrected form of preceding. CincteUa A. J. W. (1910). Type (by tautonomy) H. cinctdla Sh. (1852). Mexico. Not CincteUa Monterosato (1884). H. cinctella cinctella Shuttleworth (1852). Orizaba. Mex. //. botteriana Pfr. (1856). Orizaba, Mexico. ?H. cinctella bautistae A. J. W. (1910). Tabasco, Mex. "H. panctisulcata punctisulcata von Martens (1890). Omiltem, Guerrero, 8000 ft. //. pwnclisalcata A. J. W. (1905). ??H. punctisulcata zunilensis A. J. W. (1910). Zunil, Guatemala. H. amoena Pfr. (1849). Honduras. (Mex. to Panama). II. pnrpnrcojltirii Mt relet (1849). Guatemala. H. sowerbyana Pfr. (1849). Guatemala??? Victoria, Tamaulipas, Mex. (Pilsbry). H. ghiesbreghti Pfr. (1857). Chiapas, Mexico. //. ghisbrechti, ghisbrecti, ghiesbrechti, ghisbreghti, auct. IV. H. sinuosa Sowerby (1866) and A. J. Wagner (1910)17. In this group, the radulae of H. amoena18, H. cinctella11*, and H. concentrica,20 have been examined. The radular formulae of all three species is given in Table III, while that of H. amoena is figured (Plate III, fig. 8; Plate IV, 15). Especially noteworthy are the well-developed, sharp-pointed cusps on the A and C centrals, and the numerous pointed cusps on the comb-lateral. The narrowly reflected border of the accessory plate simply joins the outer continuation of the cusp-bearing portion of the comb-lateral. The "handle" of the comb-lateral had a peculiar lamellar thickening where it crosses obliquely the basal, spoon-shaped portion on the tooth. On superficial examination, this might easily be mistaken for a wing to the accessory plate. Although there is considerable break between the radula of this group and that of Oligyra s. s., the operculum shows intergrading characters. The horny portion is Helicina-like in Oxyrhombus, but the calcareous portion is usually somewhat thickened, especially 'As pointed oul by yon Martens (1890), this is certainly not H. sinuosa Pfr. L850). Wagner gol bis specimens from Sowerby and Fulton. Iried specimens; A. X. S. P. no. 114S2S; collected at Gualan, Guatemala, by S. \. Rhoads. .' dried specimens; A. N. S. P. no. 14577; collected in Mexico, by Salle ! alcoholic specimens; collected for Univ. of Mich. Museum, near La Fria, • Tachira, Venezuela. V 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 49 over the nucleus; this thickening is peculiarly dead- white to bluish. Probably most of the rather elevated, carinate or subcarinate species of HeMcina of the Andes belong here. I hope to treat them more fully in a future paper, as I have a number of specimens from the foot-hills of the Andes, near the Venezuela-Colombian border. Section Tamsiana A. J. W. Northern South America. Tamsiana A. J. W. (1907). Type (by tautonomy) H. tamsiana Pfr. (1850). Venezuela. In this section, the radulae of H. tamsiana appuni von Martens (1873)21 and H. nemoralis Guppy (1866)22 have been examined. I expect to describe them more fully in a future paper, as I have numerous specimens of this group, from various localities in the Cumbres Mts., Venezuela. The radular formulae are shown in Table III. Although nearest Oxyrhombus, both in shell and radular characters, this group shows certain resemblances to HeMcina s. s., on account of the more rounded cusps on the comb-lateral and the rather peculiar development of the A-central. The marginals are strictly ligulate. The operculum is similar to that of Oxyrhombus in tex- ture, but H. sanctaemarthae Pilsbry and Clapp (1902), which probably belongs here, has the best development of the calcareous plate that I have seen in any true Helicina. Section Angulata A. J. W. 1905. South America to Central America. Angulata A. J. W. (1905). Type (by tautonomy) H. angulata Sowerby (1842). Brazil. Variabilis A. J. W. (1905). Type (by tautonomy) H. variabilis Wagner (1827). Brazil. ?H. candeana "d'Orbigny" Sowerby (1842). Bay of Honduras.23 ?H. oxyrhyncha Crosse and Debeaux (1863). Habitat ??. A little larger shell.. ?H. oxyrhinca of authors. ??H. rhynchostoma from Central America, of authors. ?H. pterophora Sykes (1902). Guatemala24. ?H. oxyrhyncha Wagner (1910). Isle of Bonacca, Bay of Honduras25. 21 2 alcoholic specimens; collected for Univ. of Mich. Museum, near Palma Sola, Estado Falcon, Venezuela (1920). 22 1 dried specimen; A. N. S. P. no. 14610; collected (by Guppy?) in Island of Trinadad. 23 Not in d'Orbigny (1835 or 1837). As Sowerby says this shell is smooth, it cannot be candeana of authors, from Venezuela (Cf. H. rhynchostoma ernesti von Martens (1873), as that form has 'very evident spiral striaticns. 24 Ancey (1904) says this is identical with oxyrhyncha; the figures and des- cription certainly coincide very well with candeana. 25 There may be a mainland and an insular subspecies, but they are not separ- able from the descriptions or figures. 50 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXXIV In this group, the radulae of H. caracolla Moricand (1836)26 and that of H. rhynchostoma ernesti von Martens27 have been examined. The formulae are given in Table III, and I expect to study the group more thoroughly in the near future, as I have many specimens from the Cumbres Mts., and Aroa Valley, Venezuela. The radula of this group like the shell-characters, are more or less transitional between Oxyrhombus and Tristramia s. s. The A-central has a heavy cutting edge, which is without cusps in the specimen of ernesti examined, but usually bears one or two heavy, irregular points in caracolla. The C-central has two large, rounded, hook-like points and in caracolla has one or two minor points in addition. The single Central American species appears closest to H. rhynchostoma "Sh." Pfr. (1865), but also resembles con- siderably H. rostrata Morelet, as pointed out by Crosse (1863). Section Tenuis A. J. W. Mexico to Central America; South America. Tenuis A. J. W. (1910). Type (by tautonomy) H. tenuis Pfr. (1849). Mexico. H. tenuis tenuis Pfeiffer (1849). Yucatan. Mexico. H. vernalis Mo. (1849). Peten, Guatemala. H. lindeni Pfr. (1849). Tapinapa, Mexico. H. chiapensis Pfr. (1856). Chiapa, Chiapas, Mexico. H. lindeni minor Ancey (1886) Honduras. H. lindeni ver apazensis A. J. W. (1905). Vera Paz, Guatemala. ?H. tenuis pittieri A. J. WT. (1910). Rio de los Plutimales, Golfe Dolce, Costa Rica. ??H. senachuensis A. J. W. (1910). Senachu, Guatemala. H. delicatula delicatula Sh. (1852). Cordova, Mex. //. heloisae "Salle" Pfr. (1856). Cordova, Mexico. H. delicatula notata "Salle" Pfr. (1856). Cordova, Mex. ?H. durangoana durangoana Mousson (1883). Durango, Mex. ?H. durangoana sagulensis A. J. W. (1910). Jalisco, Mex. The radula of the type species23 was examined, and the radular formula is given in Table III. It differs from that of H. zephyrina by the presence of 4 small cusplets on the C-central, but agrees with it in the lack of cusps and the development of the thickened cutting edge of the A-central (Plate III, fig. 7; Plate IV fig. 14). The cusps of the marginals are not arranged as completely on the tip of the tooth as in H. zephyrina. Section Tristramia s. s. Mexico to Colombia. Tristramia Crosse (1863). Type (monotype) H. salvini Tristram (1861). Guatemala. !6 2 dried specimens A. N. S. P. no. 14622; collected in Brazil, by J. C. Anthony. 27 1 alcoholic specimen; collected for the Univ. of Mich. Museum, at Palma Sola, Estado Falcon, Venezuela (1920). 28 4 specimens; University of Mich.- Walker Expedition to Southern Vera Cruz, Mexico; Hacienda Cuatotolapam, Canton Acayucan. 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 51 Caloplisma C. and F. (1893). Type (monotype) H. rostrata Morelet (1851). Guatemala. Retorquata A. J. W. (1905). Type (first species) H. zephyrina Duclos (1833). Mexico. Turbinata A. J. W. (1905). Type (by tautonomy) H. turbinata "Wieg. Menke" Pfr. (1846). Mexico. Rostrata A. J. W. (1905). Type (by tautonomy) H. rostrata Mo. (1851). Not Rostrata Gray (1855). H. rostrata rostrata Morelet (1851). Vera Paz, Guatemala. H. salvini Tristram (1861). Coban, Guatemala. H. rostrata simplex C. and F. (1893). H. dalli "Bartsch" Fluck (1906). Wani, Nicaragua (bare name). ?H. rostrata mategalpensis A. J. W. (1910). Matagalpa, Nicaragua. H. rostrata denticulata Pfr. (1855). Honduras. H. funcki funcki Pfr. (1849). S. Yago, New Granada. H. funcki costaricensis A. J. W. (1905). San Jose and Santa Clara, Costa Rica. ?H. funcki pitalensis A. J. W. (1910). El Pital, Rio Naranjo, s. w. Costa Rica. H. funcki parvidens Pilsbry (1920). Juen Vinas, 3000-3300 ft., Costa Rica. H. zephyrina zephyrina Duclos (1833). Tampico to Nicaragua. H. turbinata "Wieg. Menke" Pfr. (1848). ?? H. ambeliana Sowerby (1842). ? H. sinuosa Pfr. (1850). Mexico? Monstrosity? ? H. sandozi Sh. (1852). Monstrosity. H. berendti Pfr. (1861). Vera Cruz, Mex. Excavatoangulate var. of Mart. (1908). H. turbinata minima Strebel (1873). Not H. minima d'Orb. (1845). H. zephyrina elatior "von Marten" C. and F. (1893) = higher race. ??H. zephyrina deppeana von Martens (1863). Oaxaca, Mex. H. zephyrina dientensis Pilsbry (1903). Diente, Nuevo Leon, Mex. H. chrysocheila chrysocheila A. Binney (1851). s. w. U. S (Tex. to N. Mex.). H. chrysocheila shuttleworthi von Martens (1890). Cordova, V. C, Mex. H. chrysocheila Sh. (1852), not Binney (1851). H. chrysocheila vanattae Pilsbry (1909). Loj Canoas, San Luis Potosi, Mex. Iii this group, the radula of H. zephyrina™ was examined. The radular formula is given in Table III. No cusps are present on the A-central (Plate III, fig. 9) ; the B-central is simply a curved, almost rectangular plate with spatulate crenulations on the upper margin. The lanceolate C-central bears one, large, rounded hook. The comb-lateral (Plate IV, fig. 13) is heavy and bears large, spatulate cusps. The accessory plate is small and has but little reflection of the anterior border. The marginals are large and quite strictly ligulate; the bases form oblique rows but the tips are in nearly transverse rows, at least towards the center. The cusps of each tip form disc-like crowns, with the cusps arranged transversely on each. The calcareous operculum is degenerate, but the horny operculum is thick and brilliantly colored red. This group, to my mind, represents the most complete develop- ment of the genus Helicina on the mainland. 29 3 alcoholic specimens; University of Michigan-Walker Expedition in South- ern Vera Cruz, Mexico; Hacienda Cuatotolapam, Canton Acayucan (1910). 52 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXXIV Subgenus HELICIXA s. s. West Indies. Hdicina Lamarack (1799, 1801). Type H. neritella Lam. (1799). Jamaica. Pitonm llus, Pitonnillus Montfort (1810). Type H. neritella Lam. (Pitonil- lus auct.). ? Pachytoma Swainson (1840). Type H. occidentalis Guilding (1828). Saint Vincent 1. Pachystoma auct., not Pachystoma Guilding (1828). Euneritella A. J. W. (1905). Type (by tautonomy) H. neritella Lam. ?? Subglobulosa A. J. W. (1905). Type (by tautonomy) H. subglobulosa Poey (1852) Cuba. ?? Festiva A. J. W. (1910). Type (by tautonomy) H. f estiva Sowerby (1839) Haiti. Not Festivus Crotch (1872) nor Festiva Gray (group larger than genus). I have been able to obtain but one specimen of H. neritella diplocheila A. J. W.30 The animal was almost completely destroyed by dermestids, but by washing it out carefully, I obtained examples of all of the kinds of teeth, and a few clumps with the centrals, comb-laterals, accessory plate, and a few of the inner marginals still clinging together. The centrals are not arranged in their natural position in the figure (Plate III, fig. 6), and the R-central, especially is not foreshortened as usually seen. The markings of the R-central are peculiar. The A-central has a peculiar shelf-like projection, which bears three, deep-set, large, rounded cusps. The B and C centrals are very similar to those of Tenuis, but are shown from a somewhat different angle. The comb-lateral has a rather narrow basal plate (Plate IV, fig. 17). The accessory plate has a small body but a large lanceolate appendix, and the reflected anterior portion forms a quite promi- nent shelf, which juts out almost at right angles to the body of the plate. The innermost marginals are very short and broad, not over one-half as long as the longest ones. All of the definitive marginals have sickle-shaped tips, with wings which remotely resemble those of the section Succincta of Oligyra, but are much better-developed. In addition, I have examined H. adspersa Pfr. (1839), both the large, typical form and a smaller variety H. a. marmorata d'Orb. (1845) = //. tenuilabris Pfr. (1848)31. This Cuban species has sharper cusps on the A-central (Plate VII, fig. 37) and also on the comb-lateral (Plate IV, fig. 17 A). The wings on the marginals are more prominent than in H. neritella, and, in certain views, 10 1 dried specimen; A. N. S. P. no. 104391; collected at Orange Hill, Montego Bay, Jamaica, by A. P. Brown. This is H. n. angulata C. B. Adams (1851), not H. angulata Sowerby (1842). 31 3 alcoholic specimens, sent me by John B. Henderson; from Western Cuba. 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 53 appear to be marked off proximad by a slight groove, so that they have much the appearance of large, triangular cusps. The small form is the one figured; it has a much smaller number of the mar- ginals (80 as against 106), and the comb-lateral has one more cusp and all are longer and narrower than in the larger form. This species is apparently quite closely related to H. neritella. The operculum of this group is very similar to that of Tristramia, s. s. It has a heavy, reddish, horny plate, and a thin calcareous plate; the latter is somewhat thickened towards the columella!- but incomplete towards the palatal margin. Although the group certainly belongs with Tristramia, it is rather divergent and needs further study before any accurate estimate of its relationship can be stated. As already remarked, there are certain resemblances to Tamsiana, and it is possible that the two groups connect up in the lesser Antilles. Many of the species included in Subglobulosa A. J. W. and F estiva A. J. W. have the yellowish operculum, with the poorly-developed horny plate, which is more characteristic of Oligyra than of this group. Table III. Radular Formulae in Helicina, Lucidella, and Schasicheila. Centrals Comb Marginals. Grand A B C Lateral 2 3 4 5 Total Total H.amoena 5 5 4 9-10 6 4 6 70 151 H.cinctdla 5 6-8 4 9 4 6 5 83 177 H . concentrica 5 4 5 11 1* 3+4 7 79 169 H. tamsiana appuni 4448 5 35 87 185 H.nemoralis 4 5 4 9-10 5 2 7 108 227 H.caracolla 1-2 5 4 10 3 5 8 83 177 H.r.ernesti 0 6 2 9-10 2 14 5 89 189 H. tenuis 0 6 4 7 1* 1+8 5 5 70 151 H.zephyrina 0 7 1 8 2* 1+7 5 5 102 215 H. neritella 3 64 7 1*2 +6 ?? many many H.adsptrsa 3 4-5 4 9 2* 3+4 5 7 106 223 S.silacea 4 4 4 9-104 5 6 9 78 167 S.sagraiana 4 4 4 9 2* 1+6 6 8 80 171 S.ciliata 4 4 4 6 1 8(5)* 4+9 58 127 S.hidalgoana 3 4 4 6 9 6 5 46 103 L.venezuelensis. . . . 4549 7 40 91 L.lirata 2 7 6 6 5 12 62 135 L. aureola 1 7 5 9-10 2 21 20 136 283 Genus LUCIDELLA Swainson. Tropical America. ?Subgenus LINDSLEYA Chitty. Jamaica to South America.? Lindsleya Chitty (1857). Type Stoastoma lindsleyanum C. B. Adams 1849) Jamaica. 54 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Voi. LXXIV A number of minute, globose shells (L. venezuelensis n. sp.), which were collected rear Palma Sola, Estado Falcon, Venezuela (1920), closely resemble this Jamaican group, which originally was described as a genus of " Stoastomidae. " The margin of the aperture is entire, but quite simple, and the shell is well-perforated. The sculpture consists of well-marked spiral ridglets. The calcare- ous plate of the operculum is rather heavy, and is quite markedly concave externally. On examination of the radula (1 dried specimen), I was greatly surprised to find it very close to that of Lucidella lirata (Plate III, fig. 5; Plate V, fig. 21), and totally unlike that of Stoastoma (Plate VI, fig. 26). It differs from that of L. lirata in the presence of several cusps on the upper margin of the hood-shaped A-central, in the lanceolate C-central without the accessory lateral cusp, and in the larger number of cusps (like L. aureola) on the comb- lateral. It is the smallest Helicinid radula that I have examined. On account of the very similar shell-characters, it is placed tentatively in the subgenus Lindsleya, which is transferred to the genus Lucidella. If the shell-characters are any key to their re- lationship, I suspect that all of the species of this group and part of those in Metcalfeia belong here, as they do not possess the lip expansion and upper sinus, characteristic of true Stoastoma. This would restrict the latter genus to Jamaica, as S. haitianum Weinland and S. domingensis Vanatta from Haiti, and S. portoricense Pfr. from Porto Rico, lack these typical shell characters of Stoastoma pisum C. B. Adams (1849). The whole Stoastoma-problem needs reinvestigation, as practically none of the species have been figured, and many are impossible to identify from the descriptions. The radula and the shell of L. venezuelensis n. sp. will be more completely described and figured in a future paper. The radular formula is given in Table III. Subgenus POENIA H. and A. Adams. Tropical America. Poenia H. and A. Adams (1856). Type (Fischer) H. unidentata Pfr. (1849). Guatemala. Perenna Guppy (1867). Type H. (Perenna) lamellosa Guppy (1867). Isle Trinidad. L. lirata (Pfr.). (1847). Yucatan. (Mexico to Venezuela). //. unt'dcntalii Pfr. (1N49). Honduras. //. rusticetta Morelet (1849). Carmen Island, Yucatan. ? //. semialriata Sowerby (1866). Boca del Toro, Chiriqui, Panama (v. Mart. 1890). L. pilsbryi Clapp (1914). Swan Island, Bay of Honduras. L. tantilla (Pilsbry) (1902). Florida, U. S. (Cuba, Ramsden). 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 55 The radula of L. Virata™ is figured (Plate III, fig. 5; Plate V, fig. 21 21), and the formula is given in Table III. The A-lateral is hood- shaped, with the opening inwards; its shape is perhaps better shown in the tilted A-lateral shown beneath the row of teeth of Lucidella aureola (Plate III, fig: 4). This "hood" ends distad with a curved hook, while there is also a stout point on the outer margin. It bears no true cusps. The B-central has a cuspless space on the outer tip, which fits over the C-central. The last is very long and slender, and bears a small cusp on the outer margin, besides the 4 terminal ones. The comb-lateral has a peculiar saddle-shaped expansion of the cusp-bearing border. The accessory- plate is long, but very thin and transparent; it just touches the outer end of the comb-lateral. This gives the radula a peculiar appearance, as the comb-lateral appears to be set off from, the inner ends of the marginals by a transparent border. The entire radula is so small as to require an oil-immersion lens for its thorough ex- amination. Its total width is less than that of a single T-lateral of Viana regina. Subgenus LUCIDELLA s. s. Jamaica; Haiti? Cuba? Lucidella Swainson (1840). Type Helix aureola Ferussac (1822). Jamaica. ? Prosopis Weinland (1862). Type (monotype) P. sulcata Weinland (1862). Haiti.33 Not Prosopis Fabricius (1804). The radula of the type species 34 has been examined. It is figured from an example that had two A-centrals (Plate III, fig. 4; Plate V, fig. 22); the inner one corresponds more to the type found in the other two, normal radulae. Below the row of centrals in the normal position, a single inner A-central is shown in a slightly tilted position, so as to give a better idea of the shape. This radula differs from that of L. lirata mainly by the absence of the upper point on the A-central, by the broader C-central, with especially well-marked cusps, and by the greater number of cusps on the comb-lateral. The marginals are more numerous than in any other species of Helicinidae examined. Genus SCHASICHEILA Sh. Mexico; western Cuba; Bahamas? Subgenus EMODA H. and A. Adams. Western Cuba. 32 2 dried specimens; A. N. S. P. no. 72171; collected in Garden of Juarez Institute, San Juan Bautista, Tabasco, Mex., by J. N. Rovirosa. 33 This group may be valid, but its name is certainly not. 34 3 alcoholic specimens; A. N. S. P. no. 104533; collected in Jamaica, by A. P. Brown. 56 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXXIV Emoda H. and A. Adams. Type (now chosen) H. silacea Morelet (1849). Cuba.35 In this group the radulae of the type species36, S. sagraiana (d. Orbigny) (1845)37, and S. ciliata (Poey) (1852)38 were examined. The radular formulae of all three are included in Table III, but only the first is figured (Plate IV, fig. 16; Plate V, fig. 19). The centrals are Alcadia-like as are those of Schasicheila s. s. The A-central has a peculiar outer plate, which fits under the C-central. The accessory plate is comparatively smaller than in any of the preceding groups, but is heavy and has a strong lobe for clasping the end of the comb-lateral. The latter is large and heavy, with spatulate cusps, and a heavy, squarish base. There are fewer cusps (6) in S. ciliata than in the other two species. The inner marginals are bicuspid. In sagraiana and silacea, the inner 4 or 5 have only two functional cusps, while in ciliata from 6 to 7 are functionally bicuspid. The difference between this statement and the formulae, as given in Table III, is due to a small vestigial tooth that appears quite variable in its occurrence. The marginals are peculiarly heavy and wooden, like those of Schasi- chelia s. s., and are not very numerous for such large shells. S. ciliata has a smaller number of marginals than the other two. The shells of this group are amongst the largest and heaviest of the entire family. In external appearance, they resemble those of Analcadia, but the radula is distinctly Schasicheila-like, as is also the sculpture of such species as S. ciliata. The latter probably belongs in a different section than do the other two species. The close relationship between Emoda and Schasicheila s. s. presents additional evidence for the former land connection between Cuba and Yucatan. Subgenus SCHASICHEILA s. s. Mexico, Guatemala. Schasicheila Shuttleworth (1852). Type (Fischer) S. nicoleti Sh. (1852). Mexico. Schasichila and Schazicheila auct. S. alata (" Menke"Pfr.). (1848). Cordova, Mexico. »S. pannucea Sowerby (1866), non Morelet. S. fragilis Pilsbry (1899). Diente, Nuevo Leon, Mexico. 35 As this group is used by Wagner (1907) in an emended sense, it was thought best to choose a type from those of the species of H. and A. Adams, which are also included by Wagner. 36 2 alcoholic specimens; A. N. S. P. no. 110833; collected at Tabajo, Yunquede, Baracoa, Cuba, by Chas. T. Ramsden. 37 3 alcoholic specimens; sent me by John B. Henderson; from western Cuba. 38 1 mounted slide from the collection of A. N. S. P.; made by A. P. Brown. 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 57 S. hidalgoana Ball (1897). Encarnacion, Hidalgo, Mex. ; near Victoria, Tarn., Mex. S. hinkleyi Pilsbry (1919). Chama, Guatemala. ???S. minima "Pfr. " Strebel (1873). Figure only, unidentifiable. S. minuscula (Pfr.) (1859). Mexico. S. miniuscula auct. S. nicoleti Shuttleworth (1852). Cordova, Mexico. S. palmeri Dall (1905). Alvarez Mts., San Luis Potosi; Omealca, V. C, Mex. S. pannucea (Morelet) (1849). Peten, Guatemala. H. alata Adams (1856), not Pfr. ?S. pannucea misantlensis Strebel (1873). Misantla, V. C, Mex. ?S. pilsbryi A. J. Wagner (1910). Mexico, Guatemala. S. vanattai Pilsbry (1899). Diente, Nuevo Leon, Mexico. S. vanattai tricostata Pilsbry (1903). Near Victoria, Tamaulipas, Mex. S. xanthia Pilsbry (1909). Los Canoas, San Luis Potosi, Mex. The radula of S. hidalgoana39 is figured (Plate V, figs. 18 and 20). The centrals are somewhat Alcadia-like; the B-central has an outer projection that fits under the C-central. The comb-lateral is large and heavy and has a squarish base, -but the outer triangular projection is so thin and weak as to be difficult to see. The accessory plate is rather small and not very heavy. The inner 9 marginals are bicuspid and resemble those of Emoda, although the blades are considerably longer and more close-ranked than in that group. The small number (46) is striking in a shell as large as the present species. The distinctive shell characters were noted early, and are so peculiar as to probably warrant the generic separation of this group and Emoda, but the writer did not wish to erect the latter into a genus until a more thorough study of the West Indian forms had been made. The species from the mainland of North America, given above, constitute simply an alphabetic list of the names that have been proposed. Genus STOASTOMA Adams. Jamaica. Stoastoma C. B. Adams (18-19). Type S. pisum C. B. Adams (1849). Jamaica. Hemicyclostoma "C. B. Adams" Pfr. (1865). Type S. pisum. ? Lewisia Chitty (1857). Type S. philippianum C. B. Adams (1850). ? Wilkinsonia Chitty (1857) Type S. wilkinsoniae C. B. Adams (1849). ? Fadyenia Chitty (1857). Type S. fadyenianum C. B. Adams (1849). ? Metcalfeia Chitty (1857). Type 5. chittya?ium C. B. Adams (1849). ? Petiiia Chitty (1857). Type S. petitianum C. B. Adams (1849). ?? Lindsleya Chitty (1857). Type S. lindsleyanum C. B. Adams (1849). 40 ? Blandia Chitty (1857). Type S. blandianum C. B. Adams (1849). The radula of the type species has already been figured by Pilsbry 39 2 dried specimens; A. N. S. P. no. 85919; collected in canon 4 miles west of Victoria, Tamaulipas, Mexico, by S. N. Rhoads (1903). 40 The second name in this list is an exact synonym of Stoastoma ; the remainder may be distinct. I have already tentatively included Lindsleya under Luciddla. 58 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXXIV (1910), and that of another specimen41 is given here (Plate VI, fig. 26). As Pilsbry has already pointed out, this radula is truly helicinid in character. Although possessing certain marked, indi- vidual peculiarities, in others it forms a connecting link between the Vianinae and the Helicininae. The A-central is heavy and has a single, large, outer hook which makes it superficially resemble that of Lucidella. The, B-central has three heavy cusps and somewhat resembles that of the more primitive species of Eutrochatella. The comb-lateral has only 3 large cusps, and the heavy outer process is more like that of the Vianinae than like any of the preceding genera. Never- theless, in general shape it is distinct, and more closely related to the Helicininae. The accessory plate is small and heavy and has an inner projection which fits behind the outer end of the comb- lateral. The anterior edge is slightly reflected and must act as a rather efficient brace to the comb-lateral. The inner 14 marginals are unicuspid, although the base is broad, as in all of the Helicinidae. While the description of the radula of the type species throws light on the relationships of the genus s. s., the other groups need examination. As pointed out under Lucidella, it is very probable that other distantly related small species have been included in the genus, as a whole. Since Chitty's description of the many species and "genera", the group seems to have received very little attention. Table IV. Radular Formulae in Stoastoma, Eutrochatella, Viana, and Calybium. Centrals. Comb Marginals Grand ABC Lateral 123 Total Total S. visum 13 4 3 14 6 53 117 E.erythraea 3 3 4 8-9 10 2 3 46 103 E.mestrei 3 3 4 8 17 5 64 139 E.jugulata 3 3 4 10 13 58 127 E.chrysochasma 3 3 4 7-9 12-14 (Troschel) 50+ 111 + E. s. politula 3 3 3-4 4-5 13 5 45 101 E.pyramidalis 3 3 4 5 11 44 99 /:. rupestris 0 3 2-3 0 14 5 35 81 E. sloanii 0 0 1 0 20 10 56 123 E.remota 0 0 1 0 24 80 171 41 1 dried specimen; A. N. S. P. no. 15236; collected in Garrett's Woods, near Mandeville, Jamaica, by A. P. Brown (1910). 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 59 Centrals. Comb Marginals Grand A B C Lateral 12 3 Total Total E. a. columellaris 0 1 2 0 26 71 153 E. chrysostoma 0 0 0? 0 (Troschel) E.pulchella 0 0 1 0 40 62 135 E.tankervillii 0 0 0? 0 90+? (Troschel) 90+ 191 + E. stellate 0 0 2 0 39 104 219 E.torrei 0 0 2 0 43 111 233 V. regina 0 0 1 0 25 5 14 100 211 C.mouhoti 0 0 1 0 10 1 28 67 Genus EUTROCHATELLA Fisher. West Indies; Guatemala; Venezuela??? Subgenus TROSCHELVIANA new subgenus. Western Cuba. Type H. erythraea "Wright" Sowerby (1866). Section Tboschelviana s. s. Western Cuba. In this section the radulae of the type species42, E. mestrei43, and E. jugulata44 have been examined. In addition, the radula of E. chrysochasma has been described and figured by Troschel (1856-63). As he pointed out clearly the distinctness of this group, which is almost worthy of generic separation, it is but fitting that it bear his name. The radula of E. erythraea is figured here (Plate VI, fig. 27) and the formulae of all four species are included in Table IV. The paired centrals of these species have large and well-developed cusps: 3 on each A and B central and 4 on the C-central. The T- lateral, although quite similar in shape to that in the rest of the genus, bears a number of well-marked cusps on its inner edge. The accessory plate bears a stout hook, which fits over the inner branch of the stalk to the T-lateral. The unicuspid marginals are not very numerous, and bear long, sharp blades. The shells of the species in this group are rather small, and are more elevated than in any other helicinid group. They lack the distinct spiral sculpture of the rest of the genus Eutrochatella. From these shell characters, I think that the following species should be included in this group: E. alboviridis ("Wright" Pfr.) (1864). ??E. trochulina (d'Orbigny) (1845) Cuba. (Not the Haitian citations). E. erythraea ("Wright" Sowerby) (1866). Type species. H. rubella "Wright" Pfr. (1864), not of Green (1832). E. rubella citrinocallossa A. J. Wagner (1908). E. jugulata (Poey) (1856). E. chrysochasma chrysochasma (Poey) (1853). 42 2 dried specimens; A. N. S. P. no. 14868; from Cuba; collected by Wright, 43 2 dried specimens; A. N. S. P. no. 98798; Mogotes de la Cerro de Cobras, Cuba; collected by J. B. Henderson (1909). 41 2 alcoholic specimens; from Western Cuba; sent me by J. B. Henderson. 60 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXXIV E. chrysochasma jucunda ("Gund." Pfr.) (1863). ??E. chrysochasma hernandezi "Wright" A. J. Waguer (1908). E. mestrei Arango (1878). Section Cubaviana new section. W. Cuba. Type //. politula Poey (1852). Santa Cruz, Cuba. The radula of the type of this section has been described and figured by Troschel (1856-63). I have re-examined it45 and also E. pyramidalis4*; the T-lateral of the former figured (Plate VI, fig. 33). The radular formulae of both species are given in Table IV. The centrals of this section are not quite so definitely cusped as in the preceding group, but are very similar. The T-central has only a few scallops and points near the outer edge of the margin. The A-plate, not shown by Troschel, is very similar to that in Troschelviana s. s. The shells of this section are not quite so elevated as in the preceding group, but are more nearly conical in shape. They agree with it in the poor development of the spiral sculpture. I think that probably the following species belong here: E. methfesseli (Pfr.) (1862). E. straminea straminea (Morelet) (1851). H. exacuta Poey (1852). E. straminea rubromarginata ("Gund." Poey) (1856). E. straminea festa (" Gund. "Sowerby) (1866). E. straminae nodae (Arango) (1862). E. straminea politula (Poey) (1852). Type. E. fuscula ("Gund. "Pfr.) (1863). E. cisnerosi (Arango) (1878). E. wrighti wrighti (Pfr.) (1863). ??E. wrighti xanthacme A. J. Wagner (1911). E. elongata (d'Orbigny) (1845). E. pyramidalis pyramidalis (Sowerby) (1842). E. pyramidalis percarinata A. J. Wagner (1908). //. arnica d'Orbigny (1845), not Pfr. (1839). ??E. scopulorum (Morelet) (1849). Isle of Pines. //. luteopunctata Poey (1852). H. luteoapicata Poey (1854). Subgenus PYRGODOMUS C. and E. Cuba to Guatemala; Bahamas? Pyrgodomus Crosse and Fischer (1893). Type (monotype) H. chryseis Tristram (1861). Guatemala. Artecallosa A. J. Wagner (1908). Type (now chosen, as used as Pyrgodomus) H. chryseis Tristram (1861). Guatemala. ? Callida A. J. Wagner (1908). Type (by tautonomy) H. calida Wein- land (1862) (E. callida A. J. W.). Not Callida "Dejean" Leconte (1859).47 45 2 dried specimens; A. N. S. P. no. 15170; Rangel, Cuba. 16 3 dried specimens; A. N. S. P. no. 14885; southwestern Cuba. 47 This group may belong to Eutrochatella s. s., but the size of the shell and its shape look more like this subgenus. I do not think the name can be used, altho L'alh.ida Dejean (1825) appears to be the original spelling of the genus in Cole- optera 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 61 E. microdina microdina (Morelet) (1851). Vera Paz, Guatemala. E. microdina chryseis (Tristram) (1861). Guatemala (may be a sex-form). E. simpsoni Ancey (1886). Utilla Island, Bay of Honduras.48 Of this subgenus, I have only been able to examine E. rupestris (Pfr.) (1839)49, but this species agrees quite well in shell characters with the typical, mainland species. The A-central has no definite cusps, altho its margin is slightly wavy. The B-central has three rather irregular cusps. The C-central has 2 or 3 points (Plate VI, fig. 28). The T-lateral has no definite cusps on the margin, but the horny thickenings of the umbrella-shaped cutting-edge show four or five irregular, but sharply marked folds, which gives the tooth a wavy appearance under certain lights. A. J. Wagner has described the shell characters of the group, although I doubt the inclusion of some of the larger species. Subgenus PRIOTROCHATELSA Fischer. Isle of Pines. Prictrochatella Fischer (1893). Type H. constellate Morelet (1847). Isle of Pines. In this subgenus, the radulae of E. stellata50 and E. torrei51 have been examined. The radular formulae of both are given in Table IV, and that of the former is figured (Plate VI, fig. 30). The radula of this subgenus is practically the same as in Eutrochatetta s. s., except that the R-central is broadly elliptical, instead of circular. A. J. Wagner indicates this as a primitive group, but I regard it as among the most highly specialized forms in the whole subfamily. The operculum is superficially something like that of Geotro- chatella, but in Priotrochatella the calcareous plate is dominant, while in the eastern group the horny plate is best-developed. The calcareous portion of the operculum of Priotrochatella is similar in texture to that of Eutrochatella s. s., and is not spiral but practi- cally linear. The nucleus, which is spiral as throughout the family, is quite near the columellar margin, and the growth-lines mainly show externad. I regard it as simply a specialized condition of the Eutrochatella-operculum, due to the shape of the aperture. 48 In addition, H. exigua Pfr. (1849), from Honduras (Dyson), may possibly belong here, but it is unrecognizable from description. 49 1 dried specimen; A. N. S. P. no. 15081; collected in Cuba by Poey. 60 1 dried specimen; A. N. S. P. no. 118935; Sierra de Caballos, 1. of Pines .(W. F. Clapp). 51 1 dried specimen; A. N. S. P. no. 15083; Isle of Pines (R. Arango). Wm. F. Clapp (1918) has described and figured the radulae of the three species of this genus. 62 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXXIV Growth has been retarded towards the columellar wall and accentu- ated towards the palatal margin. This idea is substantiated by the crushed and thickened growth-lamellae along the basal and columellar margins. A. J. Wagner's figures (1905, 1907) are very diagrammatic; that of Fischer (1893), although somewhat vague, shows the fundamental structure much better. The separation of this group from Eutrochatella s. s., even as a subgenus, is only justifiable on the grounds of the peculiar shell and opercular characters. Subgenus EUTROCHATELLA s. s. West Indies; Venezuela??? Section Ustronia A. J. W. Cuba. Uslronia A. J. Wagner (1908). Type (now chosen) H. sloanii d'Orbigny (1845). Cuba. (=H. sloanei A. J. W. and authors, not of d'Orbigny). The radula of the type species has been figured and described by Troschel (1856-63). I have re-examined this species,52 and have also studied E. acuminata columellaris53 and E. remota.5i I am unable to name any definite characters of the radula that will separate this group from the next. It appears to have a smaller number of unicuspid marginals than does Eutrochatella s. s. The specimen of E. acuminata columellaris has a minute, but very sharp-pointed cusp at the inner end of the margin of the B-central. Section Excavata A. J. Wagner. Cuba, Haiti, Jamaica. Excavata A. J. Wagner (1907). Type (by tautonomy) H. excavata Pfr. (1855). Haiti. In this section the radula of E. chrysostoma ("Sh." Pfr.) (1850) has been described and figured by Troschel (1856-63). Section Eutrochatella s. s. Jamaica. Ampullina Blainville (1825). Not Saint-Fond (1803) etc. Type A. striata Blainville (1825). Trochatella Swainson (1840). Type H. pulchella Gray (1825). Jamaica. Not Trochatella Lesson (1830). Eutrochatella Fischer (1885). Type H. pulchella Gray. Granifera A. J. Wagner (1907). Type H. pulchella Gray. In this section the radula of the type species of the genus55 has been examined and is figured (Plate VI, figs. 31 and 32). Troschel (1856-63) has described and figured that of E. tankervillii (Gray) (1825). His statement that all of the marginals are unicuspid 52 2 dried specimens; A. N. S. P. no. 93661; collected near Havana, Cuba, by C. F. Baker. '3 1 alcoholic specimen; sent me by J. B. Henderson; western Cuba. A 1 alcoholic specimen; sent me by H. B. Henderson; western Cuba. 55 1 alcoholic specimen; A. N. S. P. no. 101221; collected near Mandeville. Jamaica, by A. P. Brown (1910), and 1 slide, in the collection of the A. N. S. P mounted by A. P. Brown. 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 63 is doubtless erroneous. However, Eutrochatella does have a larger number of unicuspid marginals than does Ustronia, and in this features agrees better with Priotrochatella. Its separation from Excavata seems justifiable on the basis of the heavier sculpture of the shell in this typical section. Genus VIANA. H. and A. Adams. Cuba. Viana H. and A. Adams (March, 1856). Type H. regina Morelet (1849). Cuba. Hapata Gray (Nov., 1856). Type H. regina Morelet. Rhynchocheila Shuttleworth (1878). Type H. regina Morelet. In this genus, through the kindness of Mr. J. B. Henderson, I have been able to examine the type species56. Before receiving his material, the laterals alone of V. regina subunguiculata (Poey) were obtained by washing out dermestid feces from an old shell. V. regina is figured (Plate VII, figs. 34, 35, 36). The paired centrals have no definite cusps, although there is a rounded hook on the C-central. The R-central is shield-shaped with two scallops on each side, a very well-marked triangular cusp, and a rounded base. The A-central is proportionalely very large, while the B and C centrals are much smaller, and appear to be rather weak, as they are easily crushed in mounting the specimen, The T-laterals are exceptionally large (.5 mm. in diameter) ; each is fully as large as the whole central area (7 teeth). The stalk or base is proportionately very short and stout, while the reflecteb portion is semicircular (Plate VII, fig. 36 gives anterior view) and very large. It is less dome-shaped than in Eutrochatella. The accessory plate is small and, when united is almost completely hidden by the T-lateral. The unicuspid marginals are more broad- ly rounded at the tips than are those of Eutrochatella and the inner, multicuspid ones are not as deeply cleft. In addition the shell-characters are peculiar. Especially note- worthy is the definite sinus on the outer lip of the aperture of the male. Altogether, it seems that the generic separation of this group is justifiable on natural grounds. In addition, there is a practical reason. Viana (and also its two synonyms) is prior to Eutrochatella Fischer, and would become the generic name of the entire group if the two were combined. The resemblance of Fischer's term to the original, preoccupied name, Trochatella, and its wide acceptance, would make this peculiarly unfortunate. 56 2 alcoholic specimens; Cuba from collection of J. B. Henderson. 64 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXXIV Genus CALYBIUM Morelet. Indo-China. Subgenus CALYBIUM s. s. Calybium Morelet (1891). Type (monotype) C. massiei Morelet (1891). Subgenus GEOTROCHATELLA P. Fischer. Geotrochatella P. Fischer (1891). Type (now chosen) H. mouhoti Pfr. (1862). In this group the radula of the type species C. mouhoti (Pfr.)57 has been examined and is figured (Plate VI, fig. 29). It is startlingly like that of Viana regina, but has several, rather important dif- ferences. The A-central is not especially enlarged, as compared to the two outer, paired centrals. The unicuspid marginals are much broader, and the number of marginals is the smallest observed (28), which is remarkable when one considers that the tiny E. rupestris has 35. As the broad, outer marginals were observed in both radulae of C. mouhoti, it does not seem possible that the count is very erroneous. With the depressed shell, Geotrochatella has a linear operculum, somewhat similar in shape to that of Priotrochatella. However, the horny plate of the operculum in the former group is well- developed, while the calcareous plate is extremely thin. The spiral nucelus is near the columellar margin. The horny plate has a thickening, which runs transversely across the inner side; when examined under the microscope, this thickening is seen to consist of lamellae, which project out a considerable angle to the rest of the plate. As the margin is not thickened, as is the calcareous plate of Priotrochatella, it appears as if the growth-stress, due to the shape of the aperture, finds expression in this lamellar thicken- ing across the middle of the plate. Thus the opercula of Priotro- chatella and Geotrochatella, although superficially similar, are fund mentally different, both in texture and arrangement of the growth lamellae. For this reason and on account of the divergence of the radulae, it seems that the relationship between these two groups is not as close as has often been stated. They probably represent parallel development in two rather distantly related stocks. The dominance of the horny operculum also helps to separate this group from Viana, which, it appears to me, is more probably its closest relative in the West Indies. A. J. Wagner included Geotrochatella, Calybium and Priotrochatella in his Pseudotraochatellinae. This "subfamily," altho based on opercular characters, had for its type genus Pseudotrochatella 67 2 dried specimens; A. N. S. P. no. 66060; collected at Luang-Prabang, Laos, by Ph. Dautzenberg. (1895)- 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 65 Nevil (1881) a subfossil form of which the operculum was unknown. The peculiar spiral sculpture of the embryonic shell of Pseudo- trochatella, and its habitat, the Island of Mauritius, render its reference to the Helicinidae extremely dubious, at least until the operculum is known. In conclusion, it may be stated that the position of the spiral nucleus of the operculum, and the arrangement of the growth- lamellae, furnish excellent characters for the separation of the minor groups. The relative dominance of the horny and calcareous plate, altho somewhat variable, especially with age, are of value, even in the separation of genera. On the other hand, the opercular characters are not of much value in the determination of the relationship between genera, and certainly cannot be used for the division of the Helicinidae into subfamilies. Description of Plates III — VII. On account of the considerable difference in size, the capituliform complexes are usually shown here with a different magnification than are the centrals and marginals of the same species. In addition, it was found necessary to show the radulae of different species with different degrees of magnification. For these reasons, the centrals and marginals of each species are in a group by themselves, while the capituliform complex is shown separately, usually with less mag- nification. In the following descriptions, the magnification is given as 1, 2, 3, 5 or 6 times (diameters). This means that the drawing with the least magnification is taken as a standard, and the enlargement of the others is expressed in proportions to the nearest integer, so as to facilitate their rapid comparison, by the use of a simple fraction. The accurate scale in microns (^ = .001 mm.)is given with each set of figures under the same magnification. Each scale pertains to the figures between it and the next scale above, and to those below in case no other scale is given. All of the drawings were made with the aid of the camera lucida. The magnification under which the drawings were first made is as follows: XI = 248 diameters; X2 is a camera lucida reduction from X3; X3 = 705 diameters; X5 = 1180 diameters; X6 = 1490 diameters. All of the teeth in the series shown are those from the right side. As the central groups are all arranged in the same order, with the R-central at the left hand of the sheet, followed by the A, B and C centrals in order named, they are not specially numbered. The marginals are numbered as they occur in the transverse row, from the center out. The figures themselves are numbered separately at the edge of the plate. All of the teeth, including the tips of the marginals, are oriented into the most common position, although this is necessarily often only approximate. Plate III. — Hendersonia, Oligyra, Lucidella and Helicina. Centrals and Marginals. Fig. 1 — Hendersonia occulta. Centrals and tips of lrst, 8th and 13th marginals (x5). Fig. 2 — Oligyra orbiculata. Centrals (x5). Compare fig. 1 for marginals. Fig. 3 — Oligyra (Succincta) flavida streoeli. Centrals and tips of 1st, 5th, and 12th marginals (x5). Fig. 4 — Lucidella aureola. Centrals and tips of 1st, 6th and 40th marginals (x6) (A-central shown below in tilted position). 06 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXX1V Fig. 5 — Lucidella (Poenia) lirala. Centrals (x6). Compare 4 for marginals. Fig. 6— Helicina neritella. Centrals (in row instead of in the more common position); tip and inner view of 4th marginal; a, b, c: tips of marginals further out (exact position unknown); d: edge view of distal end of a marginal to show sickle-shaped tip. (x3). Fig. 7 — Helicina (Tenuis) tenuis. Centrals and tips of 1st, 5th, and 12th marginals (x3). Fig. 8 — Helicina (Oxyrhombus) amoena. Centrals and tips of 1st, 3rd and 9th marginals (x3). Fig. 9 — Helicina (Tristramia) zephyrina. Centrals and tips of 1st, 3rd, 6th and 12th marginals; outer view of 2nd; inner view of 7th; edge view of distal end of 17th ;and edge view of proximal end of 8th to show U-shape of base. (x3) Plate IV. — Hcndersonia, Oligyra, Helicina and Schasicheila. Capituliform Complexes. Fig. 10 — Hcndersonia occulta. Comb-lateral and accessory plate separated (x3). Fig. 11 — Oligyra orbiculata. Comb-lateral and accessory plate separated. (x3). Fig. 12 — Oligyra (Succincta) flavida strebeli. Comb-lateral and accessory plate united (x3). Fig. 13 — Helicina (Tristramia) zephyrina. Comb-lateral and inner end of accessory plate united (x3). Fig. 14 — Helicina (Tenuis) tenuis. Comb-lateral and accessory plate separa- ted (x3). Fig. 15 — Helicina (Oxyrhombus) amoena. Comb-lateral and accessory plate separated (x3). Fig. 16 — Schasicheila (Emoda) silacea. Comb-lateral and accessory plate separated (x3). Fig. 17 — Helicina neritella. Comb-lateral and accessory plate separated. (x3) a. cusp-bearing portion of comb-lateral, b. handle or base of comb-lateral, c. triangular outer projection of comb-lateral; this forms a support for: d. continuation of cusp-bearing portion, e. depression and thinning of comb-lateral (shown by dotted lines) ; on opposite side from that viewed. This is for the reception of the base of the comb-lateral next anteriad (above in figures), f. Portion of accessory plate which fits under the triangular projection of the comb-lateral (c). g. lanceolate appendix of the accessory plate, h. reflected portion, which invests the outer end of(d). x. termination of each piece (when united in natural position) marked on the other. 17A — Helicina adspersa. Comb-lateral and accessory plate, slightly separat- ed (x3). Plate V. — Schasicheila, Lucidella, Aphanoconia, and Oligyra. Radulae. Fig. 18 — Schasicheila hidalgoana. Centrals and tips of 1st, 4th, 12th and 21rst marginals. (x5). Fig. 19 — Schasicheila (Emoda) silacea. Centrals and tips of 1st, 4th, and 12th marginals (x3). Fig. 20 -Schasicheila hidalgoana. Capituliform complex united (x3). Fig. 21 — Lucidella (Poenia) lirala. Capituliform complex united (xO). Fig. 22 — Lucidella aureola. Capituliform complex united (x6). Fig. 23 — Aphanoconia (Sphaerocouia)v erecunda. Central sand tip of 1st marginal (x5). Comb-lateral and accessory plate separated (x3). lig. 24 — Oligyra (Succinta) oweniana coccinostoma. Centrals and tips of 1st, 3rd, 7th, and 12th marginals, and edge view of distal end of 4th to show wings (x5). Comb-lateral and accessory plate separated (x3). 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 67 Fig. 25 — Oligyra (Alcadia) palliata. Centrals and tips of 1st, 3rd, and 15th marginals (x5). Comb-lateral and accessory plate separated (x3). Plate VI. S'oasloma, Eutrochal Ha, and Calybium. Radulae. Fig. 26 — Stoastoma pisum. Centrals, and 1st and 11th marginals, and tip of 18th; comb-lateral and accessory plate separated (x5). Fig. 27 — Eutrochatclla (Troschelviana) erythraea. Centrals, and tips of 1st. 5th, and 17th marginals; T-lateral and accessory plate separa- ted (x5). Fig. 28 — Eutrochatclla (Pyrgodomus) rupestris. Centrals; T-lateral and accessory plate separated (x5). For marginals, see fig. 27. Fig. 29 — Calybium (Geotrochakila) mouhoti. Centrals and tips of 1st, 5th, 11th and 12th marginals; T-lateral and accessory plate (below) separated (x3). Fig. 30 — Eutrochatclla (PriotrochateUa) stellata. Centrals and tips of 1st, 5th, 10th, 40th and 50th marginals; T-lateral and accessory plate united (x3). Fig. 31 — Eutrochatella pulchella. Centrals (x3). See 30 for marginals. Fig. 32 — Eutrochatclla pulchella. T-lateral and accessory plate united (xl+). Fig. 33 — Eutrochatclla (Cubaviana) politula. T-lateral and accessory plate united (x3). Plate VII. Viana and Helicina. Fig. 34 — Viana regina. Centrals, capituliform complex and separated acces- sory plate (xl+). Fig. 35 — Viana regina. Centrals, and tips of 1st, 10th, 16th, 26th, and 30th marginals (x3). Fig. 36 — Viana regina subunguiculata. Anterior view of T-lateral, to show outline of reflected portion (xj^). Fig. 37 — Helicina ads per sa (small form mar morula) . Centrals, 2nd marginal and edge of 4th marginal (x5). NOTES ON THE MOLLUSKS OF THE COLORADO DESERT,— I. By S. Stillman Berry. 1 .■ — INTRODUCTION. Topographically, geologically, and biologically, the Colorado Desert is unique among all the very diverse natural areas of the state of California, only its sister desert to the north, the Mojave, affording a partial parallel. It is likewise one of the most interest- ing of these areas. Nearly every wanderer who has been fated to enter its portals, as even now the present writer, seems to have felt it incumbent upon him to add his mite to the printed record, with the result that an extensive literature of the region is already in existence, and grows apace. Nevertheless, and in face of the fact, this is still in many respects a little known country.1 1 In addition to the titles cited in the bibliography, there are a number of works not dealing with the Mollusca which, nevertheless, have such important bearing toward an understanding of the desert and its bionomics, that it seems worth while to include a brief list of a few which have been found particularly helpful in this manner. Abhams, L. :10. A phytogeographic and fcaxonomic study of the southern California trees and shrubs. Bulletin New York Botanical Garden, v. (>, p. 300- 85, pi. A-J, 1910. :15. The deserts and desert flora of the west. Nature and Science on the Pacific Coast, p. 168-176, pi. 24, San Francisco. 1915. Atsatt, Sarah M. :13. The reptiles of the San Jacinto area of southern California. Univer- sity California Publications, Zoology, v. 12, p. 31-50, November, 1913. Bryant, H. C. :11. The horned lizards of California and Nevada of the genera Phry- nosoma and Anota. University California Publications, Zoology, v. 9, p. 1-84, text fig. A-B, pi. 1-9, December, 1911. Grinnell, J. :13. A distributional list of the mammals of California. Proceedings California Academy Sciences, (4), v. 3, p. 265-390, pi. 15-16, 1913. :14. An account of the mammals and birds of the Lower Colorado Valley with especial reference to the distributional problems presented. University California Publications, Zoology, v. 12, p. 51-294, text fig. A-I, pi. 3-13, March, 1914. :15. A distributional list of the birds of California. Pacific Coast (69) 70 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [VOL. LXXVI Among major groups of the fauna, this statement is particularly true concerning the Mollusca. The very name "desert" seems to imply a terrain ill suited for these soft-bodied, cool-blooded animals; and it has been only a few years since that we began to realize that aridity, far from prohibiting life of this sort, actually has seemed in many instances to tend directly toward an increase in the variety and richness of the fauna. Whether this would be true in that classical type of desert which consists only of long Avifauna, no. 11, p. 1-217, pi. 1-3, 1915. :15a. The vertebrate fauna of the Pacific Coast. Nature and Science on the Pacific Coast, p. 104-114, pi. 12-13, San Francisco, 1915. GRINNELL, J., & S\VARTH, H. S. :13. An account of the birds and mammals of the San Jacinto area of southern California with remarks upon the behaviour of geographic races on the margins of their habitats. University California Publications, Zoology, v. 10, p. 197-406, text fig. 1-3, pi. 6-10", October, 1913. Grinnell, J., and Camp, C. L. :17. A distributional list of the amphibians and reptiles of California. University California Publications, Zoology, v. 17, p. 127-208, text fig. 1-14, July, 1917. Hall, H. M. :02. A botanical survey of San Jacinto Mountain. University Cali- fornia Publications, Botany, v. 1, p. 1-140, pi. 1-14, June, 1902. Hall, H. M. & Grinnell, J. :19. Life-zone indicators in California. Proceedings California Academy Sciences, (4), v. 9, p. 37-67, June, 1919. MacDougal, D. T., et al. :14. The Salton Sea. Carnegie Institution Washington Publication 193, p. i-xi, 1-182, maps, pi. 1-32, June, 1914. :17. A decade of the Salton Sea. Geographical Review, v. 3, p. 457-473 :17. A decade of the Salton Sea. Geographical Review, v. 3, p. 457-473 text fig. 1-8, June, 1917. M EARNS, E: A. :07. Mammals of the Mexican boundary of the United States. A des- cription catalogue of the species of mammals occurring in that region; with a general summary of the natural history, and a list of trees. Part 1— Families Didelphiidae to Muridae. United States National Museum Bulletin 56, p. i-xv, 1-530, text fig. 1-125, pi. 1-13, 1907. Parish, S. B. :07. Contributions toward a knowledge of the genus Washingtonia. Botanical Gazette, v. 44, p. 408-434, December, 1907. Richardson, C. H., Jr. :12. The distribution of Hyla arenicolor Cope, with notes on its habits and variations, American Naturalist, v. 46, p. 605-611, map, October, 1912. Van Denburgh, J. ,(.)7. The reptiles of the Pacific Coast and Great Basin. Occasional Papers California Academy Sciences, v. 5, 1-236, numerous text figs., September, 1S97. Williamson, R. S. '55. Report of exolorations in California for railroad routes, to connect with the routes near the 35th and 32d parallels of North Latitude. Reports of explorations and surveys . . . for a railroad . . . to the Pacific Ocean ... in 1853-4, v. 5, pt. 1, p. 1-43, pi. 1-12, maps, cuts, 1S51 (Date of complete volume, L856). 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 71 unbroken stretches of flattish sandy country may well be doubted, but where, as here, the many mountain ranges form islands of a slightly less degree of desiccation, the snails are given a chance to maintain a figurative toehold, and in time to become better adapted their desert environment, while meanwhile the principle of isola- tion comes into play. It is only recently that it has been discovered that if numbers of species are to be regarded as criteria, the true molluscan metropolis of North America is not in tropic Florida, nor in the swampy lowlands of Louisiana and Texas, nor in the forests of the northwest, but in dry Arizona, where every mountain range, in some cases almost every canyon, seems to harbor its own peculiar land-snail fauna. There are of course numerous widespread species, principally minute, but the multitude are surprisingly local in their distribution. While it is perhaps not to be expected that the region under discussion will prove to rival southern Arizona, enough has now been done to show that further exploration will yield substantial rewards. The land snails natur- ally constitute the great unknown. Nevertheless fluviatile mollusks likewise are more important and numerous than might be suspected. The Colorado Desert. — The term "Colorado Desert" has been somewhat variously applied by different writers, but the most logical as well as historically the most precise use of the name is undoubtedly the definition given by its original proponent, Prof. W. P. Blake, who writes (:14, p. 6-7; :15, p. 21-22):— 'The name 'Colorado Desert' was given to this region by the writer in 1853." "This was before the State of Colorado received its name. It was deemed most appropriate to connect the name of the Colorado River with the region inasmuch as the desert owes its origin to the river by the deposition of alluvions and the displacement of the sea-water." "A tendency is shown by some writers to extend the area known as the Colorado Desert so as to include the arid regions north of it, especially the mountainous region along the Colorado ami the Mojave, partly known today as the 'Mojave Desert.' This was not the intention or wish of the author of the name. It was intended to apply it strictly to the typical desert area of the lacustrine clays and alluvial deposits of the Colorado where extreme characteristic desert conditions prevail, such as arid treeless plains, old lake beds and sand hills — such conditions as are found in the Sahara of Africa and in the delta regions of the Nile. I should also 72 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [VOL. LXXIV include the bordering detrital slopes from the contiguous mountains. So restricted, the area is practically coterminous with the ancient beach-lines and terraces of the lakes whic hoccupied the valley." "Its area is estimated at not less than 2,100 square miles, its breadth east and west opposite Carrizo Creek about 33 miles. Its height above tide ranges from 135 feet above sea-level at Yuma to an average of 42 feet following the old shore line of Cahuilla Lake, and to minus 187 feet, now partly submerged." The only possible criticism of this definition is that restricted in this way it becomes too purely geological and genetic for con- venient application to a physiographic phenomenon like a desert. ( Vrtainly a broadly conceived faunistic study of the region cannot so confine itself. For the purpose of such a study most workers will find it more practicable to define the region as that roughly enclosed on the north and northeast by the desert slopes of the San Bernardino Mountains and the divide which is formed by their depauperate southeastern spurs, the Cottonwood, Chucka- walla, and Chocolate Mountains, and which separates the Cahuilla Basin from the more diffused Mojave Desert further north; on the east and southeast by the Colorado River; and on the south- west and west by the eastern escarpment of the Peninsular Range and the Santa Rosa and San Jacinto Mountains. The entire area will even then fall within the confines of the single major life zone known as the Lower Sonoran, unless one prefers to draw the desert boundary far enough up the circumventing mountains to include some portions of the Upper Sonoran zone. Thus understood the general outline of the desert is roughly tri- angular, with the base on the Colorado River, the apex at the San Gorgonio Pass, and comprising within it the eastern portion of Riverside County, the whole of Imperial County, and a little of the eastern edge of San Diego County, California, while the southern corner of the triangle juts over into the Mexican territory of Lower < alifornia. San Bernardino County is barely touched in the vicinity of the Morongo. If Death Valley be excepted, the region is doubtless quite unique within the borders of the United Slates, if not in the world. From the floor of the Salton Sink which lies 265 feet below sea level, there is a gradual ascent of the desert floor to a line varying from nearly sea-level to about 2,500 feet along i he base of the mountains, which then rise abruptly to vary- ing heights, the most loftly being San Jacinto Peak, with an elevation of 10,805 feel, and San Gorgonio Peak, 11,485 feet high. By reason of their prevailingly granitic formations, lack of foot- 1922] NATURAL SCIENCE OF PHILADELPHIA 73 hills, and consequent abrupt ascent from the desert floor, the desert mountain ranges show a common peculiarity of contour which is pictured with especial felicity by J. Smeaton Chase in his very readable book, "California Desert Trails" (:19, p. 7): — "The characteristic contour form of the desert mountain ranges is another element in the beauty of desert color. Like geological models set on a table, they stand up sharply defined from the general level, arresting the glance with new, conspicuous effects. No gently modelled approaches prepare the eye for the change of plane. From gray or drab expanse of sand they rear up wall-like profiles of red or ochre. Perspective is dwarfed by the clearness of air, increasing the sense of verticality. Instead of rising from the desert, these mountains stand upon it, explicit, bald, almost arti- ficial." Mt. San Jacinto furnishes the supreme example of these sudden changes in level. Measuring horizontally north on the topographic map from the peak to various points in Snow Creek Canyon and vicinity one finds a span of but 3 24 miles from the summit to the 2,000-foot contour, or of only 5 miles to the 1,400-foot contour, a net drop of 9,405 feet. To the east of the peak the fall to the 500-foot contour takes place in less than seven horizontal miles. Very fre- quently of course less extreme descents take place much more abruptly. Occurrence of Land Snails. — It has been deemed best to include the foregoing brief account of the region because an under- standing of its peculiar topography is of the utmost importance to the malacologist in view of the fact that the land snail fauna of the desert, so far as known, is confined wholly to these steep mountain slopes. From the Colorado Desert in the technically geological sense of Blake, endemic, terrestrial mollusks are pro- bably wholly lacking. The massive granitic fragments which litter the mountain bases, the obliquity, with reference to the rays of the sun, of all slopes but the hot southern exposures, and the modicum of moisture, however scanty, which seeps down from the heights, all serve to render possible the continued existence in such situations of these remarkably adapted xerobic creatures in a way not possible, even for them, on the scorching floor of the desert a stone's toss away. West of Indian Well I found myself literally able to collect Micrarionta xerophila from the steep mountain slope while standing with both feet firmly planted on 74 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [VOL. LXXIV the valley floor, where the most careful search discovered for us not a trace of a snail. No doubt there are many places where a repetition of this experience would be possible. In the deep canyons which gash these precipitous ranges conditions are fre- quently rather more favorable for land mollusks, though even here one encounters them on the slopes and rarely if at all along the water-courses themselves. Although sometimes quite abundant, at least in the form of chalky-white dead shells scattered about the surface of the ground, they are often so rare that living specimens become quite difficult to detect. Consequently but few have found their way into the hands of students. If for practical reasons the now almost legendary Helix damascenus of Gould2 be excepted, Bowers' discovery near Indio of the snail described by Yates in 1890 as Helix Carpenteri, var. Indioensis, but first recorded by Orcutt in 1889, was the earliest to be published. Almost simultaneously Orcutt reported the occurrence of a form .of Helix from Snow Creek and Palm Canyons which probably represented the species which Bartsch described from Palm Springs specimens in 1903 as Sonorella wal- cottiana. Meanwhile, Bryant in 1900 had described two snails from the "San Jacinto Mts. " under the names bowersi and harperi. Although very insufficiently known, at least one of these and quite possibly both belong to the same group of characteristic desert snails as those already noted. In 1904, Bartsch described Sonorella bailey i orcutt i from material collected by Orcutt "in the Colorado Desert." All the foregoing seem to have been de- scribed or recorded in each instance from dead shells only. It has only been very recently that Dr. Emmet Rixford collected living examples of wolcottiana at Palm Springs which Pilsbry (:18) has shown to possess the anatomical characteristics of the genus Micrarionta. . And this, so far as I can discover, quite completes the record, although a number of allied species of Micrarionta have been described from the ranges of the adjoining Mojave and Arizona deserts. - Micrarionta (?) damascenus (Gould 1856). 1856. Helix damascenus Gould, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., v. 6, p. 11. 1862. Helix pandorae (pars) Gould, Otia Conch., p. 219 (mere mention). 1869. Helix pandorae (pars) Binney, in Binney <k Bland, Land & Fr. W. Sh. N. Am., 1, ]>. ISO. 1892. Helix pandorae var. damascenus Cooper, Zoc, v. 3, p. 18 (brief note). The original locality is given by Gould as "Desert region east of California," collected by Dr. Frick. Unless Frick's record is very far astray, the species can have little to do with Micrarionta pandorae (Forbes). 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 75 With the exception of the small and in many respects peculiar species which is described in the present paper from Whitewater Canyon, the desert helicoids seem invariably to occupy the same sort of situations and to have essentially similar habits. They have not yet been discovered deep down in rockslides like so many of the Arizonian species, but generally aestivating under blocks and boulders of granite, or among the loose soil and rubble in the crevices thereof. When active they frequently come to the surface, where at favorable moments they may be found in the open, crawling. Beyond this little is known of their habits, their food supply, or their position in the general bionomic economy, as is a natural sequence of the fact that without any doubt the very great majority of existing species are still unknown to us in any way whatsoever. The distribution of the desert palm. (Neowashingtonia filamentosa) has been plotted out with a view to showing its probable relation- ship to the ancient shore line of the Gulf of California which seems to have extended well up into this basin at no very distant period. Whether anything of the sort will be possible with the land snails remains to be seen, but it is at least an interesting speculation whether the characteristic desert Eremarionta was not itself, at one time, a maritime group as the more typical section of Micrarionta still remains to this day. Of the numerous North American groups of land snails smaller than the helicoids, none appears to have been recorded from the area under discussion hitherto. Freshwater Mollusca. — In nearly complete contrast to the land snails, interest in the fresh-water Mollusca necessarily centers almost exclusively in the relict-covered bed of the ancient Lake Cahuilla, in other words, the Colorado Desert in the exact original sense of that term. The wonder caused by the enormous numbers of the stranded shells which fill the soil in many parts of the valley, and the interest aroused by the eventual discovery of many of the same species still flourishing in certain of the outlying springs and rivulets has long attracted attention to this part of the fauna. The pioneer publication dealing with a fresh-water mollusk of this region was probably that of Lea ('52), who described his Anodonta Calif orniensis from the "Rio Colorado, California." A few years later Gould ('55) applied names to five species of fresh-water 70 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [VOL. LXXIV mollusks from the desert proper, most of which are still in use for those species. Among the more important works since that time are a furl her paper by Gould ('56), a brief account by Orcutt ('89), some incidental notes by Dall ('96), and Pilsbry ('99), and es- pecially the succession of papers by Stearns (79, '82, '83, '83a, '93) which finally culminated (:01) in a comprehensive monograph of the fresh-water mollusks based principally upon the desert fossils. The occurrence of these fo>ssils in windrows, at varying depths in the friable soil, and in the travertine of the terraces, has been of the greatest interest to the geologist engaged in tracing the past history of the basin, and they therefore receive at least passing mention in many general works on the Desert. There is little doubt that a more truly exhaustive study than has yet been at- tempted will be fruitful of results of the utmost value, not alone to the geologist, but to the systematist, the ecologist, and, thanks to the extraordinary character of the variations passed through by some of the forms, perhaps even to the student of evolution and the geneticist. Except in the bibliography given, the present paper touches on the fresh-water mollusks only incidentally. 2. — BIBLIOGAPHY OF MOLLTTSCA OF THE COLORADO DESERT. A.— TAXONOMIC Anon. '56. Catalogue of the geological collection with descriptions of several of the si ecimens. Reports of explorations and surveys ... for a railroad ... to the Pacific Ocean ... in 1853^, vol. 5, pt. 2. Appendix, p. 344-358, 1856. (List of fossil and recent mollusks given on ]>. 350-354). Bartsch, P. :03. A new Iandshell from California. Proceedings Biological Society Washington, vol. 1(1, p. 103-104, June, 1903. (Sonorella waleottiana n. sp. described from Palm Springs). :04. Sonorella wolcottiana — a correction. Proceedings Biological Society Washington, vol, 17, p. 101, April, 1904. :04a. Notes on the genus Sonorella, with descriptions of new species. Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections (Quarterly Issue), vol. 47, p. 187- 200, pi. 28 33, October, 1904. (Sonorella baileyi orcutti n. subsp. described from Colorado Desert, with discussion and figures of allied Desert species). BlNNEY, W. G. '65. Land and fresh water shells of North America. Part II. Pulmonata limnophila and thalassophila. Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections, vol. 7, no. 113, p. i ix, 1 171, text, fig. 1 261, September, L865. 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 77 '65a. Land and fresh-water shells of North America. Part III. Ampui- Iariidae, Valvatidae, Viviparidae, fresh-water Rissoidae, Cyclophoridae, Truncatellidae, fresh-water Neritidae, Helicinidae. Smithsonian Mis- cellaneous Collections, vol. 7, no. 144, p. i-viii, 1-120, text fig. 1-232, September, 1865. Bryant, F. W. :00. Description of a new Calil'ornian land shell. Nautilus, vol. 13, j). 122, March, 1900. Repr. in West American Scientist, vol. 11, p. 31, May, 1900 (Epiphragmophora Bowersi n. sp. described from "San Jacinto Mts.") :00a. Epiphragmophora harperi, n. sp. Nautilus, vol. 13, p. 143-141, April, 1900. Repr. in West American Scientist, vol. 11, p. 30, May, 1900. (Epiphragmophora harperi n. sp. described from "San Jacinto Mts."). Carpenter, P. P. '64. A supplementary report on the present state of our knowledge with regard to the Mollusca of the west coast of North America. Report British Association Advancement Science, 1863, p. 517-686, August, 1864. Repr. in Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections, p. 1-172, December, 1872. (Some of Gould's fresh-water species noted on p. 593, 674, 676 [79, 160, 162]). Cooper, J. G. '92. Catalogue of the land and fresh-water Mollusca of Lower California. Zoe. vol. 3, p. 12-25, 1892. (Contains notes on Helix carpenteii, var. indioen- sis Yates, and certain fresh water species of the Colorado Desert). Conrad, T. A. '55. Description of a new species of Melania. Proceedings Academy Natural Sciences Philadelphia, vol. 7, p. 269, 1855. (Melania exigua n. sp. described from Colorado Desert). Dall, W. H. '96. Report on the mollusks collected by the International Boundary Commission of the United States and Mexico, 1892-1894. Proceeding United States National Museum, vol. 19, p. 333-379, pi. 31-33, 1896. (Contains notes on a number of the desert mollusks). Frauenfield, G. Ritter von. '63. Vorlaufige Aufzahlung der Arten der Gattungen Hydrobia Htm. und Amnicola Gld. Hldm., in der Kaiserlichen und in Cuming's Sammlung. Verhandlungen d. k. k. zoologisch-botanischen Gesellschaft in Wien, 1863, p. 1025. (Bythinella seemani n. sp. described from Durango, Northwestern Mexico). Gould, A. A. '55. New species of land and fresh-water shells from western (N.) America. Proceedings Boston Society Natural History, vol. 5, p. 126-130, February- March, 1855. (Contains descriptions of following new species of fresh water mollusks from various localities in the Colorado Desert: Physu humerosa, Planorbis ammon, Planorbis graeilentus , Amnicola protea, Amnicola longinqua). '56. [Descriptions of shells]. Proceedings Boston Society Natural History, vol. 6, p. 11, October, 1856. (Helix damasceuus n. sp. described from "Desert region east of California." May be extralimital to present paper). 78 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [VOL. LXXIV '56a. Catalogue of the recent shells, with descriptions of the new species. Reports of explorations and surveys . . . for a railroad . . . to the Pacific Ocean ... in 1853-4, vol. 5, pt. 2, Appendix, p. 330-336, pi. 11, 1856. (Contains further descriptions and figures of mollusks named in '.-,5). '62. Otia conchologica: descriptions of shells and mollusks, from 1839 to 1862. p. 1-256, Svo, Boston, 1862. (Contains reprints of Gould, '55 and '56). Hannibal, H. :12. The aquatic molluscs of southern California and adjacent regions, a Transition fauna. Constituting Part II of "A census of the land and fresh- water mollusks cf south-western California." Bulletin Southern California Academy Sciences, vol. 11, p. 18-46, pi., January, 1912. :12a. A synopsis of the recent and tertiary fresh-water molluscaof the Californian Province, based upon an ontogenetic classification. Proceedings Malacological Society London, vol. 10, p. 112-211, pi. 5-8, June-September, 1912. Lea, I. '52. Descriptions of new species of the family Unionidae. Transactions American Philosophical Society, (2), vol. 10, p. 253-294, pi. 12-29, 1852. (Same paper appears in Observations on the genus Unio, etc., vol. 5, p. 1-62, pi. 12-29, 1852. {A nodonta Californiensisn. sp. described from "Rio Colorado, California"). Okcutt, C. R. '89. Recent and sub-fossil shells of the Colorado Desert. West American Scientist, vol. 6, p. 92-93, August, 1889. '89a. Editorial. West American Scientist, vol. 6, p. 95-96, August, 1889. (On p. 96 notes discovery of a new Helix at Indio by Dr. Bowers.) '90. West American notes. Nautilus, v. 4, p. 67-68, October, 1890. i Contains references to Helix indioensis Yates and other desert mollusks). '91. Contributions to West American Mollusca. — 1. West American Scientist, vol. 7, p. 222-224, September, 1891. (Contains note on Helix carpenteri var. indioensis Yates). :00. Notes and news. West American Scientist ,vol. 11, p. 70, July, 1900 (appears also in id., vol. 11, p. 28, August, 1900). (Contains notes (unimportant) on Epiphragmophora Harperi and Bow rsi, Bryant). PlLSBRY, H. A. '97- '98. A classified catalogue of American land shells, with localities. Nautilus, vol. 11, p. 45-48, 59-60, 71-72, 83-S4, 93-96, 105-108, 117-120, 127-132, L38-144, August, 1897-April, 1898, Reprinted, with corrections, by II. A. Pilsbry and C, W. Johnson, p. 1-35, Philadelphia, 1898. '99. ( 'at aloguc of the Amnicolidae of the western United States. Nautilus, vol. 12, p. 121-127, March, 1899. (Contains notes on Paludestrina longinqua, protea, etc.). :()(). Sonorella, a new genus of Helices. Proceedings Academy Natural Sciences Philadelphia, 1<K)0, p. 556-560, pi. 21, November, 1900. (On p. 560 includes Helix indioensis Yates in Sonorella. Occurrence of genus elsewhere in southern California anticipated). :18. On the generic position of Sonorella wolcottiana Bartsch. Pro- 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 79 ceedings Academy Natural Sciences Philadelphia, 1918, p. 139-140, text fig. 1, 1918. (S. icolcottiana referred to Micrarionta). :21. Land shells from Palm Canyon, California, and the Grand Canyon. Nautilus, vol. 35, p. 48, October, 1921. (Contains brief habit note on Micrarionta wolcottiana) . Steakns, R. E. C. 79. Remarks on fossil shells from the Colorado Desert. American Naturalist, vol. 13, p. 141-154, 12 figs., March, 1879. '82. On the history and distribution of the fresh- water mussels and the identity of certain alleged species. Proceedings California Academy Sciences, p. 1-21, pi. 1-6, 1882. (Unionids of Colorado Desert dealt with on p. 4, 5, 6, 8, 9). ' '83. Description of a new hydrobiinoid gasteropod from the mountain lakes of the Sierra Nevada, with remarks on allied species and the physio- graphical features of said region. Proceedings Academy Natural Sciences Philadelphia, 1883, p. 171-176, 1 text fig., 1883. (On p. 172-173 are some remarks on the Colorado Desert Paludestrinae, especially Trijonia). '83a. On the shells of the Colorado Desert and the region farther east. American Naturalist, vol. 17, p. 1014-1020, text fig. 1-3, October, 1883. '93. Report on the land and fresh-water shells collected in California and Nevada by the Death Valley Expedition, including a few additional species obtained by Dr. C. Hart Merriam and assistants in parts of the southwestern United States. North American Fauna, no. 7, p. 269-283, text fig. 1-2, May, 1893. (Deals largely with Mojave Desert and Inyo County fauna, but on p. 278 notes occurrence of living Bythinella protect, at Indian Springs, near Salton). :01. The fresh-water shells of the Colorado Desert, their distribution, environment, and variation. Proceedings United States National Museum, vol. 24, p. 271-299, text fig. 1-9, pi. 19-24, 1901. Stimpson, W. '65. Diagnoses of newly discovered genera of gasteropods, belonging to the sub-family Hydrobiinae, of the family Rissoidae. American Journal Conchology, vol. 1, p. 52-54, pi. 8, fig. 1, February, 1865. {Trijonia clathrata n. sp. described from "Basin of the Colorado Desert;" "semi-fossilized.") '65a. Researches upon the Hydrobiinae and allied forms; chiefly made upon materials in the Museum of the Smithsonian Institution. Smith- sonian Miscellaneous Collections, p. 1-59, text fig. 1-29, August, 1865. (Includes account of Trijonia clathrata, etc.). Yates, L. G. '90. A new variety of Helix carpenteri from southern California, Nauti- lus, vol. 4, p. 51-52, September, 1890. {Helix carpenteri, var. nov., des- cribed from near Indio, but not named). '90a. A new variety of Helix. Nautilus, vol. 4, p. 63, October, 1890. {Helix carpenteri var. indioensis nov. described from near Indio). 80 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [VOL. LXXIV B— NON-TAXONOMIC WORKS OF PRESENT INTEREST BECAUSE OF REFERENCES TO OCCURRENCE OF FOSSIL FRESH- WATER MOLLUSKS. Blake, W. P. '57. Geological report. Reports of explorations and surveys . . . for a railroad ... to the Pacific Ocean ... in 18.53-4, vol. 5, pt. 2, p. i-xvi, 1-310, pi. 1-13, charts, maps, cuts, 1x57. (An important pioneer work; the Colorado Desert dealt with on p. 89-125 (Ch. VIII -X), 137-138, 142, 144, 174-176, 189, 228-252 (Ch. XVII), 280-281, 308,309, etc; fossil mollusks noticed on p. 97, 101, 103, 109, 235, 239). :14. The Cahuilla Basin and Desert of the Colorado. Carnegie Institu- tion Washington Publication 193, p. 1-12, pi. 1-2, June, 1914. (A some- what abridged edition of the following paper; fossil fresh-water shells briefly noticed on p. 3-4). :15. Sketch of the region at the head of the Gulf of California, a review and history. In Cory, H. T., The Imperial Valley and the Salton Sink, pt. 1, p. 1-35, 1915. (Occurrence of fossil fresh-water shells noticed on p. 4, 7, 14, 17). Chase, J. S. :19. California desert trails, p. 1-387, 32 pis. 8 vo, Boston and New York, 1919. (Occurrence of fossil fresh-water shells referred to on p. 114, 128, 179, 195, 262, 265). Free, E. E. :14. Sketch of the geology and soils of the Cahuilla Basin. Carnegie Institution Washington Publication 193, p. 21-33, pi. 6-8, June, 1914 (P. 25-29 contains a valuable discussion of the origin of the Basin, the author doubting its ever having been part of the Gulf; fresh-water molluscan fossils mentioned on p. 26). Hanks, H. (!. '82. Mud-volcanoes and the Colorado Desert. Second Annual Report California State Mineralogist, p. 227-240, 1882. James, ('«. W. :06. The wonders of the Colorado Desert (Southern California), its rivers and its mountains, its canyons and its springs, its life and its history, pictured and described, including an account of a recent journey made down the overflow of the Colorado River to the mysterious Salton Sea. 2 vols. (vol. 1, p. i-xl, 1-270; vol. 2, p. i-xiv, 271-547], many illustrations,, 8 vo, Boston, 1906. (Fresh-water molluscan fossils noticed on p. 5, 25-20 29, 31, & 102 of vol. 1). James, .). F. '82. The Colorado Desert, Popular Science Monthly, vol. 20, p. 384- o'.M), January, 1882. (On p. 387 refers to occurrence of Anodonta Californian- sis, Antttjrnlti kmginquas, Tnjonea protea, and Physa humerosa, as fossils). Jones, J. C. :14. The tufa deposits of the Salton Sink. Carnegie Institution Wash- ington Publication 193, p. 79-83, June, 1914. (Occurrence of fresh-water snail >liclls in tufa of prehistoric Blake Sea at Travertine Point, etc., noted on ]». 81, 83). 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 81 MacDougal, D. T. :14. General discussion. Carnegie Institution Washington Publication 193, p. 173-182, June, 1914. (An important paper; mentions occurrence of shells of fresh-water mollusks in the travertine on p. 173). :15. The Salton Sea. American Journal Science, (4), vol. 39, p. 231- 250, text fig. 1-6, March, 1915. (Occurrence of fossil fresh-water mollusks noticed on p. 233). Mendenhall, W. C. :09. Ground waters of the Indio Region, California, with a sketch of the Colorado Desert (60th Congress, 2d Sess., House of Representatives Document 1296) United States Geological Survey Water-Supply Paper 225, p. 1-56, text fig. 1-5, pi. 1-12, 1909. (Occurrence of shells of fresh- water mollusks on floor of desert mentioned on pp. 18, 19). Orcutt, C. R. '90. The Colorado Desert, West American Scientist, vol. 7, p. 55, 1890. '90. The Colorado Desert, Tenth Annual Report California State Min- eralogist, p. 899-919, 1890. :01. The Colorado Desert, West American Scientist, vol. 12, p. 2-14, July, 1901. Parish, S. B. :14. Plant ecology and fioristics of Salton Sink. Carnegie Institution Washington Publication 193, p. 85-114, June, 1914. (On p. 85 mentions oc- currence of shells of fresh-water mollusks in the soil). Veatch, J. A. '57. Mud volcanoes of the Colorado Desert. Proceedings California Academy Sciences, vol. 1, p. 104-108, 1857. C— WORKS MORE OR LESS EXTRA-L1MITAL, BUT WITH IMPORTANT BEARING. Clapp, G. H. :07. Epiphragmophora (Micrarionta) hutsoni n. sp. Nautilus, vol. 20, p. 136-137, pi. 9, fig. 1-4, April, 1907. :08. New land shells from Arizona and New Mexico. Nautilus, vol. 22, p. 76-78, 96, pi. 7, pi. 8, fig. 1-3, December 1908 to March 1909. Edson, H. M., & Hannibal, H. :11. A census of the land and fresh-water mollusks of southwestern California. Part 1 — Land Mollusca, Bulletin Southern California Academy Sciences, vol. 10, p. 47-64, 1 pi., July, 1911. (P. 56-57 records Thysanophora ingorsolli from South Mission Canyon, San Bernardino Mts.). Lewis, J. '75. [Anodonta dejecta nov.] Field and Forest, vol. 1, p. 26, 1875. '75. Description of a new species of Anodonta. In Yarrow, H. C, — Report upon the collections of terrestrial and fluviatile Mollusca made in portions of Colorado, Utah, New Mexico, and Arizona, during the years 1872, 1873, and 1874— Final Report United States Geological Survey West of the 100th Meridian [Wheeler Exp.], vol. 5, p. 952-953, 1875. {Anodonta dejecta n. sp.). Pilsbrv, H. A. :13. Notes upon some Lower California!! Helices. Proceedings Academy 82 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [VOL. LXXIV Natural Sciences Philadelphia, 1913, p. 380-393, text fig. 1-3, pi. 15-10, .Inly, 1913. (Contains some valuable general notes on Micrarionta). :19. A new California]! Micrarionta. Nautilus, vol. 33, p. 53, October, 1919. {Micrarionta rixfordi n. sp. described from 10 m. west of Twenty- nine Palms). PlLSBRY, H. A., & Ferriss, J. H. :08. A now Micrarionta from Arizona. Nautilus, vol. 21, p. 134-130, pi. 11, fig. 0-10, April, 1908. (Paper contains some valuable general notes on genera Micrarionta and SonoreUa). SlMFSON, C. T. '93. A new Anodonta. Nautilus, vol. 0, p. 134-135, April, 1893. (Ano- donta Mearnsiana n. sp. described from San Bernardino Ranch, Mexican Boundary, Arizona ;= dejecta Lewis). '94. T3'pes of Anodonta dejecta rediscovered. Nautilus, vol. 8, p. 52-53, September, 1894. 3.- — SPECIES COLLECTED IN THE COLORADO DESERT IN 1919 AND 1920, WITH NOTES ON OTHERS. Source of Material. — In March, 1919, Mr. George Willett of Los Angeles visited the Desert in the neighborhood of Palm Springs and Indian Well, and made a small but interesting collec- tion of land snails, including some "live shells" of Micrarionta wolcottiana, which he kindly turned over to the present writer for study. A year later Mr. Allyn G. Smith of Redlands and Berkeley made a brief stay in the same region. He returned with so many interesting specimens, including the most remarkable find of living wolcottiana hitherto made, that early in April Mr. Smith, Mr. .1. Stanley Ferguson of Redlands, and the writer, with automobile aid, undertook a three-day reconnaissance of the upper end of the des- ert, collections being made at sixteen stations. Although but ten species of mollusks were taken on this expedition, two of these prove to be undescribed, and another constitutes a new record for Hie slate of California. All told, six of the ten species are additions to our list of the; Desert fauna. This material now becomes the principal basis of the present paper, although a series of specimens received from the California Academy of Sciences through the kind- ness of Dr. Barton Warren Evermann, Director, and Mr. W. W. Sargeant, Secretary, and a specimen kindly given by Mr. C. R. Gh- ent i, are also considered. I am happy to acknowledge my indebt- edness to all these gentlemen, as well as to Dr. Emmet Rixford of San Francisco, who kindly loaned me some useful comparative material from his own collection. I am under obligation to Dr. 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 83 Joseph Grinnell of the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology of the University of California for the use of the accompanying outline map. List of Stations, with Data. — Although collecting was done in three groups of mountains, the San Bernardino, San Jacinto, and Santa Rosa ranges,3 all the localities visited are within the limits of Riverside County, California and in the border zone of the Colorado Desert. On the expedition participated in by the writer land snails were taken at fourteen stations, namely Stations I, II, III, IV, VI, VII, VIII, IX, X, XI, XII, XIV, XVI, and XVII. Fresh- water mollusks were taken at three stations, XII, XIII, and XV. One station, V, yielded no collections. Certain stations which were worked by only one of the party are indicated accordingly. Station I. Under stones and shrubs on steep talus slope of decomposed granite, west side of Whitewater Canyon, about one mile above mouth, San Bernardino Mts.; alt. 1,700 ft.; April 1, 1920. (Plate VIII, fig. 1.) Station II. Among loose leaves and mould under small tree (probably Rhus sp.) on rough wall of small side canyon on east side of Whitewater Canyon, near first principal bend, San Bernar- dino Mts.; alt. 1,800 ft.; April 1, 1920. (Plate VIII, fig. 2). Station III. Base of west wall Whitewater Canyon, nearly opposite Station II, San Bernardino Mts.; alt. 1,700ft.; April 1, 1920; A. G. Smith. (Plate VIII, fig. 1). Station IV. Among granite -blocks on lower portion of slope, base of San Jacinto Mts., back of Palm Springs; alt. 500 ft.; April 1, 1920; S. S. Berry. Station V. Point Happy, Santa Rosa Mts., east of Indian Well; alt. 200-400 ft.; search at night by aid of electric flash-lamp yielded no results; poor place; April 1, 1920; A. G. Smith. Station VI. Among granite rocks at head of cove in spur of Santa Rosa Mts., southeast of Indian Well; alt, 250-300 ft., April 2, 1920; slope steep, dry, and with little vegetation. 3 So far as I can discover there is little to be gained by the prevailing recognition of the San Jacinto and Santa Rosa mountain groups as separate ranges. Palm Canyon or it might be more explicit to say, Palm Creek, is the only distinguish- able boundary between them. Consequently, in clinging to the standard ter- minology, one must accredit all stations east of this creek to the Santa Rcsa, west of it, to the San Jacintos. 84 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY Of [VOL. LXXIV Station VII. Among granite rocks on steep slope close to Highway about 5 miles west of Indian Well, Santa Rosa Mts.; alt. 400-600 ft.; April 2, 1920; little moisture, vegetation scanty. Station VIII. Among granite rocks on west slope of promontory of Santa Rosa Mts. across valley from Palm Springs; alt. 500 ft.; April 2, 1920; dry, poor situation. Station IX. Among shrubs and loose rocks on east slope of West Fork of Palm Canyon, San Jacinto Mts.; alt. 750 ft.; April 2, 1920, S. S. Berry. Stat i on X. On ridge above the Hermit's cabin, west slope of Palm Canyon, San Jacinto Mts.; alt. 100-1,100 ft., April 2, 1920, A. G. Smith. Station XI. East slope Palm Canyon, above junction with Little Palm Creek, Santa Rosa Mts.; alt, 900-1,300 ft,; April 2-3, 1920; slope covered with large rocks, shrubs, cacti, and smaller plants; search made from 9:30 to 10:00 P. M. by aid of electric Hash-lamp, and by daylight from 6:00 to 10:00 A. M. (Plate VIII, fig. 3; Plate IX, fig. 1). Station XII. Drift of storm rivulets along west side of Palm Creek just above junction with Little Palm Creek, San Jacinto Mts.; alt, 900 ft,; April 3, 1920. (Plate IX, fig. 1). Station XIII. Little Palm Creek, just above junction with main stream, Santa Rosa Mts. ; alt, 900 ft. ; April 3, 1920. (Plate I, fig. 3). Station XIV. Moist slope, upper Little Palm Canyon, Santa Rosa Mts.; alt. 1,200 ft,; April 3, 1920; A. G. Smith. Station XV. Spring on east slope of Palm Canyon below junction with Little Palm Creek, Santa Rosa Mts.; alt, 850 ft.; April 3, 1920. Station XVI. Marshy spot on west slope of Palm Canyon, San Jacinto Mts., alt. 800 ft.; April 3, 1920; A. G. Smith. Station XVII. Base of San Jacinto Mts. just west of entrance to Snow Creek Canyon; alt, 1,500 ft, ; April 3, 1,920; moist slope with trees and much other vegetation, has appearance of fine snail country, but the most industrious stone turning and digging yielded scanty results. 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 85 4. ANNOTATED LIST OF SPECIES. HELICIDAE Genus MICRARIONTA Ancy 1880 This group, long subordinated as a section or subgenus of Distribution of genus Micrarionta in California and western Arizona, with special reference to the desert species, subgenus Eremarionta (indicated by capital letters). Epiphragmophora, has recently been elevated on anatomical 86 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OT [VOL. LXXIV grounds to full generic rank by Pilsbry and Ferriss (:08, p. 135-136), who refer to it not only the typical species found on the southern California coast and islands, but also the desert forms of the Colorado basin. Tentatively admitting the propriety of this arrangement, at least until the proper relationship of all the western dart-bearing Helices to the more austral true Epiphragmo- phoras becomes more clear than I believe it to be at present, there still seem to exist abundant reasons for a further separation of the two very distinct Californian groups of Micrarionta into subgenera. All the species known fall easily into one or the other of these, the maritime species into Micrarionta s. s., the desert ones into Pilsbry 's group Eremarionia. Subgenus EREMARIONTA Pilsbry 1913 Shell almost always whitish or pale fawn colored or light brown, with a darker band above the periphery. Spiral sculpture wanting. Nuclear whorls sculptured with curiously formed, elongate papillae, sometimes bearing hair-like periostracal projections, and arranged in oblique, forward slanting lines, the radial sculpture being generally relatively inconspicuous. Type: Micrarionta desertorum Pilsbry and Ferriss. To judge from the nature of the shell characters, and especially the details of the embryonic sculpture, all the following previously described species seem referable to Eremarionta. The anatomy, however, has been investigated (by Pilsbry) only in the case of the first three: Micrarionta desertorum Pilsbry and Ferriss, Sono- rella wolcottiand Bartsch, Micrarionta hutsoni Clapp, Epiphragmo- phora harperi Bryant, Sonorella (baileyi) orcutti Bartsch, Helix (( 'arpenteri, var.) Indiocnsis Yates, Sonorella argus Edson, Mic- rarionta rixfordi Pilsbry. To these should logically be added Sonorella baileyi Bartsch and Sonorella fisheri Bartsch, which I have not seen, and the two new species to be described, with perhaps also the Epiphragmophora bmversi Bryant, the whole forming a rather weakly differentiated concourse of species entirely confined to the desert regions border- ing the Colorado River and its basin, in southeastern California and western Arizona. On the other hand the species of typical Micrarionta are all maritime and in their distribution well separated from the Eremar- ionta group, unless, as there are reasons for suspecting, the numerous Lower California Helices now generally referred to Sonorella 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 87 actually prove to be true Eremariontas, which would cause the areas inhabited by the two groups slightly to overlap. So far as at present known, Micrarionta s. s. is confined to the islands and adjacent mainland of California and northern Lower California. The typical section seems now to be restricted to the islands the section Xerarionta alone occuring upon both islands and mainland. An examination of these maritime forms shows that although subject to much variation in form and sculpture as among them- selves, so as to fall readily into several fairly well delimited sub- groups, they all agree in having a nuclear sculpture of simple, wavy, or anastomosing radial riblets, often obsolete, but not papillose or only obscurely so, and never, so far as I ha\ e been able to discover, showing a definite system of elongate papillae as in the desert species. Eremarionta, then, is evidently wholly and characteristically Lower Sonoran in a faunal sense. It is probably also, at least in large degree, characteristic of what mammalogists and others have denominated the Rupestrine association of that zone. Possibly both groups will eventually find a place as subgenera of one of the other West American genera. Micrarionta aquae-albae new species. Plate VIII, fig. 2; Plate IX, figs, 2-6. Shell small, thin, depressed-conic, umbilicate, the umbilicus deeply permeable, its diameter contained about six times in that of the shell. Whorls four, convex, subcarinate, with deeply channeled sutures, the last whorl only slightly descending in front. Aperture ample, obscurely angulate at the periphery, strongly oblique, its deflection about 40°. Peristome thin, sharp, not reflected except slightly at the umbilicus, its edges strongly con- verging and connected by a thin parietal callus. Pcriostracum slightly dehiscent, rather harsh and coarse for the size of the shell, being roughened not only by the lines of growth, but by a very close, fine, everywhere persistent, radial wrinkling, and by an overlying system of small papillae, which are elongate and so crowded as to be almost anastomosing on the first whorl, subse- quently becoming more distinct, granular in appearance, and evidently ranked in fairly well defined, forward slanting lines. Papillae on body whorl show a progressively less regular arrange- ment until on the base they become smaller and more crowded and their linear arrangement is no longer evident. Color of dry shell near Saccardo's umber of Iiidgway, slightly lighter below, with a narrow, very obscure sepia band just above the periphery. Body whorl of shell on living animal snuff brown, with sepia spots where mantle pigment shows through. Color of animal, — upper portion of body slate, the margins neutral gray; mantle a little 88 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXXIV lighter than "pale grayish vinaceous, " conspicuously maculated or spotted with slate on surface next shell; sole of foot light mouse gray, shading at edge1 to neutral gray. Maximum Minimum Diameter Number Diameter Diameter Altitude Umbilicus of Whorls mm. mm. mm. mm. Type 7.7 0 . G 4.5 1.2 4 Paratype (largest dead shell) 7.6 6.6 4.5 1.3 4 Paratype 6.5 5.4 3.5 1.2 3% Paratype (dead shell)... 7.0 5.7 3.7 1.2 :;•"■, Station I (live shell). .. 7.4 6.2 4.3 1.2 4 Station I (dead shell) . . 7.3 6.1 4.0 1.2 4 Type : Berry Collection Cat. No. 4,890. Paratypes in the museum of The Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, The Cali- fornia Academy of Sciences, and the private collection of Allyn G. Smith. Type locality: Station II; among loose leaves and mould under ;i small tree (probably Rhus sp.,) in gulch on east side of White- water Canyon, near first bend to west, alt. ca. 1,800 ft.; San Ber- nardino Mountains, California; April 1, 1920; 4 living, 21 dead shells. Also Station I ; talus slope on west side of Whitewater Canyon, about 1 mile above mouth; alt. ca. 1,700 ft.; San Ber- nardino Mountains, California; April 1, 1920; 1 living, 17 dead shells. Unassuming enough at first glance and even reminding one somewhat of some of the common small land snails of the type of Gonyodiscus, or of certain of the lesser Arizonian Oreohelices, close inspect 'on reveals this little snail as very distinct from all described American species. Its harshly shagreened periostracum, though furnishing almost its only striking specific character, is unlike that of any other snail I have noticed. This feature is evidently but an elaboration of the type of sculpture so characteristic of the earlier whorls in such species as hutsoni, wolcottiana. Hence it seems appropriate to refer the species, at least until its anatomy can be investigated, to Eremarionta.4 All its other features, coarse periostracum, texture of shell, and particularly the conspicuously spotted mantle, must be confessed to resemble those of no other Eremarionta which has been described, being more like these of some of the species of the Helminthoglypta group. 4A dissection made by Dr. H. A. Pilsbury sinee this paper went to press has shown this species to possess (he usual genitalia of Micrarionta. 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 89 Micrarionta wolcottiana (Bartsch 1903) Plate I, fig. 3. ? 1890. Helix Traskii, form, Orcutt, Nautilus, vol. 4, p. 67 (recorded from Palm Canyon and Snow Creek.) 1903. SonareUa wolcottiana Bartsch, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., vol. 1G, p. 103. 1904. Sonorella wolcottiana Bartsch, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., vol. 17, p. 101. (emended spelling). 1904. Sonorella wolcottiana Bartsch, Smiths, Misc. Coll., vol. 47, p. 187, 188, pi. 28; pi. 31, fig. 4. 1905. Sonorella wolcottiana Pilsbry, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1905, p. 254 (passing mention). 1908. Micrarionta wolcottiana Pilsbry & Ferriss, Nautilus, vol. 21, p. 135 (brief note). 1918. Micrarionta wolcottiana Pilsbry, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1918, p. 139, text fig. 1 (anatomy). 1921. Micrarionta wolcottiana Pillsbry, Nautilus, vol. 35, p. 48 (noted north of Palm Canyon). The shell of this species has already been well described and fig- ured by Bartsch (:03, :04a) although many more figures will be re- quired to show the remarkable variations to which even the mem- bers of a single colony are subject. Certain anatomical features of taxonomic importance have likewise received treatment at the com- petent hands of Pilsbry (:18). To the published information the following color notes on the shell and animal may well be added. The body of the living animal is Chaetura drab passing to drab at the margin, and with a narrow stripe of hair brown along the medio- dorsal line. The sole is wood brown shading to avellaneous at the margin. The shell on the living animal is white (on its thicker portions), passing through vinaceous buff and intermediate shades to hair brown. The empty shell of the adult is light in tone, the body whorl varying from Tilleul buff to avellaneous, paling on the spire to cartridge buff or almost to pinkish buff, and in the immediate vicinity of the umbilicus to pale vinaceous fawn or almost white. The shoulder band, usually bordered above and below by a similar band of whitish, is quite a dark liver brown, often showing a sort of breaking up into two components, the d arker one appearing with odd effect to overlie a lighter and brighter one of cinnamon rufous tone, Young and immature shells before the formation of the peristome are invariably much darker and brighter in color than the adults, the body of the shell a rather light snuff brown, toning to avellaneous on the spire and vinace- ous buff at the umbilicus. Fifteen specimens in the collection of Allyn G. Smith yield the following caliper measurements: 90 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [VOL. LXXIV Locality Mu rray Canyon . . Murray Canyon.. Murray Canyon.. Murray Canyon.. Murray Canyon.. Murray Canyon.. Tahquitz Canyon Tahquitz Canyon . Tahquitz Canyon . Tahquitz Canyon . Tahquitz Canyon . Maximum Minimum Diameter Diameter lnm 24.0 23 21 20 20 19.0 25.3 24.6 24.7 20.7 20.3 mm. 19.8 20.4 17.5 17.0 17.1 15.8 20.6 20.5 20.2 17.2 16.7 Altitude mm. 15.1 15.5 12.7 13.2 13.4 11.6 15.5 18.5 15.3 13.6 14.1 Diameter Umbilicus 2.0 2.0 1.8 1.8 2.3 1.5 Condition of Umbilicus nearly covered nearly covered partly covered partly covered partly covered partly covered partly covered covered covered partly covered nearly covered Aperture deflection of last specimen mentioned in table, 50°. Material has been examined as follows: No. Spec- Locality imens 3 Base of San Jacinto Mts., W. of Snow Or. Canyon 7 Slope back of Palm Springs, San Jacinto Mts. 9 do (i do 100% Entrance to Tahquitz Can- yon, San Jacinto Mts. 1 (i Murray Canyon, San Jacinto Mts. 9 West Fork Palm Canyon, San Jacinto Mts. 12 West side PalmCanyon, San Jacinto Mts. 20 East side Palm Canyon, Santa Rosa Mts. 1 Little Palm Canyon, Santa Rosa Mts. 2 Promontory E. of Palm Valley, Santa Rosa Mts. Altitude Collector Date Condition 1,500 ft. Sta. XV11 Apr. 3, 1920 dead 500ft. Geo. Willett Mar. 18, 1919 living " ft. A. G. Smith Mar. 25, 1920 1 living " ft. Sta. IV Apr. 1, 1920 dead A. G. Smith Mar. 25, 1920 living 1,500- 2,000 ft. A.G.Smith Mar. 24, 1920 living 750 ft. Sta. IX 100- 1,100 ft. Sta. X 900- 1 ,300 ft. Sta. XI 1,200ft, Sta. XIV 500 ft. Sta. Vlll Apr. 2, 1920 dead Apr. 2, 1920 dead 2 adults Apr. 2-3, 1920 1 juv. living Apr. 3, 1920 dead Apr. 2, 1920 dead One of the principal objects of our expedition of April, 1920, was to establish certain facts regarding the range of this most conspicuous of the desert snails. While its extreme limits were probably not ascertained, we collected it at many stations, from Station Y1II on the promontory at the mouth of Palm Valley on the east, up Palm Canyon and Little Palm Canyon to Stations XI and XIV, and thence around Palm Valley via Stations XII, IX, and IV to Palm Springs, and then again at Station XVII on the slope just west of the entrance to Snow Creek Canyon, well up into the San Gorgonie Pass. Mr. Smith had previously collected the species in some numbers in the lower part of Murray 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 91 Canyon (on both slopes), and more especially at the mouth of Tahquitz Canyon. He must have happened on a remarkably favored location at a fortunate time, for on the later expedition we failed to meet with living specimens in any numbers anywhere, whereas only a week before he had taken over a hundred in the open at the latter locality alone. On that occasion he found the snails abundant and crawling actively on the surface among big slabs of granite and under bushes on quite a moist slope, where they seemed to constitute quite a definite colony. The time was between 8:00 and 9:30 A. M. In Murray Canyon where he had collected the previous afternoon, Mr. Smith found dead shells fairly common on both slopes of the canyon along its lower course, but live shells were only scattering and mostly to be found under stones, indeed only one being found crawling on the surface. In this canyon he could detect no indication of any association in colonies, and we found conditions in Palm. Canyon altogether similar in this respect. The slope back of the Palm Springs Hotel, which, by the way, impressed us as by no means the best collecting ground, is reputed to be the type locality. This was our Station IV, or at any rate not far from it. Orcutt ('90, p. 67) has already recorded a snail which he collected at Snow Creek Canyon as Helix traskii, but at that time the peculiarities of the desert snails were little understood, and I think there is small doubt that his shells were really wolcottiana. The fact that we collected indubitable specimens of the species so near there and actually to the west supports this contention. True Epiphragmophora traskii is still unknown from the desert drainage. As is brought out in the table of measurements, wolcottiana is an extremely variable species even within the confines of a single circumscribed colony like that found at the mouth of Tahquitz Canyon. Some are fairly depressed, some strongly elevated, some large, some with less than one-half the bulk, some extremely thin, some thick and heavy, some with the narrow umbilicus left nearly free, others with it entirely closed, and so on. The color of the animal, too, shows a considerable range of variability, though always strikingly different from, that, for instance, of the following species. On the other hand the shells of adults vary little in color. Young shells are always much darker and brighter than adults, their bright snuff brown color being quite unlike that of any other species of desert snail. 92 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [VOL. LXXIV The canyons inhabited by this snail are generally noteworthy for their growth of the palm, Neowashingtonia, but the palms occur principally in close proximity to the creek bed, while the snails inhabit the immediately adjacent slopes. Micrarionta xerophila new species. Plate X, figs. 1-4. Shell strongly depressed, of moderate weight; whorls convex; sutures distinct; last whorl strongly descending behind peristome. Umbilicus of moderate width, being contained about seven times the diameter of the shell, funicular, permeable. Aperture strongly oblique, its deflexion about 45°. Peristome distinctly thickened, its margin somewhat reflected, especially near the umbilicus, the circular outline of which, however, is scarcely affected. Nuclear whorls heavily covered with elongate, moderately crowded papillae, more or less distinctly ranked in oblique, forward slanting lines; subsequent whorls showing gradually smaller, more granular, and less crowded papillae, which finally become practically obsolete on the body whorl both above and below. Spiral sculpture wanting. Periostracum, except for the papillae and numerous fine lines of growth, smooth, thin, lustrous. Shell moderately to conspicuously encircled by a narrow band, 0.5-1.0 mm. wide, varying in color from deep brownish vinaceous in light toned shells, to liver brown in darker ones, this band bordered above and below by very light bands about twice as wide, which vary from white to light ivory yellow; base of shell pale grayish vinaceous to avellaneous; region below suture pale grayish vinaceous to deep brownish vinaceous; shell on living animals pale olive buff, passing to cinnamon drab near suture, often much mottled or clouded. Body of animal varying from slate black to black, shading slightly lighter toward margin; mantle neutral gray to slate gray, without conspicuous pigment patches; sole of foot deep neutral gray, shading rather abruptly to blackish slate at margin. Maximum Minimum Diameter Number of Diameter Diameter Altitude Umbilicus Whorls mm. mm. mm. mm. hiratvpe (dead shell ). . 17.0 14.0 10.1 2.4 4% Paratype, Smith Coll... 16. S 13. S 9.3 2.3 4% Paratype (dead shell) . . 16.3 13.5 10.3 2.3 4% Type 16.7 13.5 9.2 2.3 4Y2 Paratype 14.0 11.7 8.2 2.0 4Y2 Type: Berry Collection Cat. No. 4,888. Paratypes in the museum of The Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, the California Academy of Sciences, and tin; private collection of Allyn G. Smith. Type Locality. Station VII; in crevices and under stones on slope on Ocean to Ocean Highway, 5 miles west of Indian Well, Riverside County, California; alt. 400-000 ft.; April 2, 1920, 4 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 93 living, 18 dead shells. Also found 1 mile south of Indian Well, Riverside County, California; George Willett, March, 1919; 6 liv- ing specimens. This very attractive little snail in many respects recalls Pilsbry's description of his Micrarionta rixfordi, but the umbilicus is narrower, and the sculpturing of the earlier whorls evidently quite different. As the two species come from different mountain systems, with the whole upper Cahuilla Basin between, it is doubtful if they are as nearly allied as the descriptions superficially indicate. To my notion, M. hidioensis is really the nearest akin to xerophila of any of those previously described. Its larger size, more elevated outline, and narrower umbilicus serve to distinguish it, but it is the same general type of shell, and it may be that enough inter- grades will come to light in intervening territory to reduce M. xerophila to the status of a subspecies. In fact, the small series of snails above noted which Mr. Willett collected to the south of Indian Well may represent one of the intermediate forms, as his specimens, though surely not all typical of indioensis, are yet not quite characteristic of xerophila. It seems best to refer them to the latter species at least tentatively, as the available information regarding the possible limits of variation in all these forms is still very scanty. The dead shells were either picked up on the surface or from among loose soil and rocks, but living ones could be obtained only by digging out the loose detritus in the lee of large rocks, following up crevices, or turning stones. They were generally within a few inches of the surface, and wherever deeper digging was attempted we met with no success. Micrarionta indioensis (Yates 1890) 1889. New species of Helix Orcutt, W. Am. Hoi., vol. 6, p. 96 (brief note). 1890. Helix Carpenteri var., Yates, Nautilus, vol. 4, p. 51. 1890. Helix (Arionta) Carpenteri var. Indioensis Yates, Nautilus, vol. 4, p. 63. 1S90. Helix Traskii, form, Orcutt, Nautilus, vol. 4, p. 07. 1891. Helix Traskii, var. Indioensis Orcutt, W. Am. Sci., vol. 7, p. 223 (brief note). 1892. Helix rowellii (pars) Cooper, Zoe, vol. 3, p. 19 (brief note). 1894. Epiphragmophora indioensis Pilsbry, Man. Conch., (2), vol. 9, p. 199 (teste Bartsch). 1896. Epiphragmophora indioensis Dall, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 19, p. 337, 366 (brief note). 1897. Epiphragmophora indioensis Pilsbry, Nautilus, vol. 11, p. 59 (merely catalogued). 1898. Epiphragmophora indioensis Pilsbry, Cat. Am. Land Sh., p. 5 (merely catalogued). 94 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [VOL. LXXIV 1900. Sonorella indioensis Pilsbry, Proc. Ac. Nat. »Sci. Phila., 1900, p. 550 (passing mention). 1904. Sonorella indioensis Bartsch, Smiths, Misc. Coll., vol. 47, p. 187, 189, pi. 33, fig. 1. 1908. Micrarionta indioensis Pilsbry & Ferriss, Nautilus, vol. 21, p. 135 (brief note). This is the longest known of the desert Helices, yet does not seem to have been collected many times, and I cannot find thai living specimens have ever been taken. In spite of much exertion, we ourselves were no more fortunate than our predecessors in this respect. The type locality is said to be "near Indio, " but without doubt this can be emended to "south of Indio," rather than north, as the dead shells found by us in the cove back of Indian Well are, except for their slightly smaller size, so nearly typical as to indicate I hat the original specimens could not have been collected so very far away. At this point the steep slope is, at the present time, very dry, supporting only the scantiest vegetation, and even dead shells proved difficult to find, although occurring scattered loosely on the surface from, near the base of the slope to the top of the ridge. Only 11 fairly good shells was the total catch of the party in an hour or so of work. This and M. xerophila appear to be species of the Santa Rosa Range; they are unknown from the Sau Jacintos. The largest specimen at hand measures: maximum diameter. 18.6; minimum diameter, 15.1 ; altitude, 10.5; diameter of umbilicus, 2.0 mm. It has 4 % whorls. Micrarionta harperi (Bryant 1900) Plate X, figs. 5-S. 1900. Epiphramophora harperi Bryant, Nautilus, vol. 13, p. 143. 1900. Epiphragmophora Harperi Bryant, W. Am. Sci., voi. 11, p. 30 (re- print of preceding). 1900. Epiphragmophora Harperi Orcutt, W. Am. Sci., vol. 11, no. 91, p. 70; no. 92, p. 28 (brief note). Shell strongly depressed, of moderate weight; whorls convex; sutures distinct; last whorl strong y descending behind peristome. Umbilicus wide and deep, contained about six times in the diameter of (he shell, funicular, permeable, all the whorls easily visible to the apex. Aperture strongly oblique, its deflexion about 45-50°. Peristome but little thickened hardly reflexed except slightly at the umbilicus, which it barely indents. Nuclear whorls heavily covered with narrow, elongate papillae, ranked in oblique, forward slanting lines so close together as to be almost or quite confluent. the lines thus be ng transformed practically into low lirae; papillae on subsequent whorls less crowded and always smaller and rounder than the foregoing , being very obscure on the upper surface of the 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 95 last turn, minute, well spaced, and granular on almost the whole of the basal surface. Spiral sculpture wanting. Periostracum, except for the papillae and numerous fine lines of growth, smooth, thin, and lustrous. Shell white or very light ivory yellow, passing to avellaneous on the spire; a narrow fawn band, about 0.7 mm. wide encircling the shoulder, flanked both above and below by an obscure whitish band of approximately the same width. Maximum Minimum Diameter Number of Diameter Diameter Altitude Umbilicus Whorls mm. mm. mm. mm. Cal. Ac. Sci. 8.676A . . 15.5 13.0 8 . 5 2.5 4M Berry Cull. 4,767 15.0 12.5 8.2 2.4 4% Type Locality: "San Jacinto Mts., California" (Bryant). Material has been examined as follows: No. of Specimens Locality Collector Where Deposited 4 Warner's Hot Springs, F. W. Bryant Cal. Ac. Sci. 8.676A San Diego Co., Cal. 2 do F. W. Bryant Berry Coll. 4,767 On a visit to the California Academy of Sciences in San Francisco a year or two ago, it was a matter of great interest to discover among the material acquired by the Academy from the collection of the late Henry Hemphill, a small series of the little-known Epiphrag- mophora harperi Bryant, evidently authentic since received from Bryant himself. As the original description was only a short notice of a few lines, and nothing further regarding the species was ever published, I have ventured to redescribe it and to add figures of the best of the Academy specimens. More important still it is now possible to give Warner's Hot Springs as the locality, perhaps even the original locality, where the species was found, Bryant having obscurely recorded it as "San Jacinto Mts." Such des- scriptions and records surely were better never published, as they are sure to lead to misunderstandings and confusion, and much laborious research and waste of time to unravel the tangle. If the present specimens are truly originals, the present species can be established as a typical Eremarionta, although the peculiarities of the sculpture on the early whorls seem to have been pushed farther than in any other of the described species. M. orcutti Bartsch, however, is very close to this, and when better material of it can be found, it may prove to be identical. M. xerophila is another somewhat similar species, but is smaller, has a more lively colora- tion, and the umbilicus is much narrower, besides there being- manifest differences in the embryonic sculpture. 96 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [VOL. LXXIV With Bryant's description, as far as it goes, the specimens ex- amined show fair agreement. The chief discrepancies are in the number of whorls, which he gives as 5, his account of the first three whorls as smooth (conceivably because he did not use a sufficiently powerful lens), and, more disturbingly, his description of the peri- stome as "broadly expanded." He also states that the umbilicus is "about one-fifth" the diameter of the shell. I am hopeful that (he slightly larger size of his type specimen as compared with the present specimens and its evidently more adult condition are suf- ficient to account for most of the contrariety. Micrarionta orcutti (Bartsch 1904) 1904. Sonorella baileyi orcutti Bartsch, Smiths, Misc. Coll., vol. 47, p. 96, pi. 33, fig. 5. The type locality of this species is given by Bartsch as simply "in the Colorado desert." I once asked Mr. C. R. Orcutt, who collected the original specimens, if he possessed any more explicit data than this regarding their source. He informed me that he was no longer entirely certain, but believed the specimens described came from near Mountain Springs, Imperial County. If so, it ought not to be very difficult to rediscover the species. An immature specimen from the original lot kindly given me by Mr. Orcutt (Berry Coll. Cat. No. 3204) shows that orcutti is a characteristic Eremarionta in fact dangerously near to M. (E.) harperi Bryant, which is four years antecedent.5 The nuclear sculpture is eroded on this specimen, but in good material may show valid differences from the very peculiar ornamentation of harperi. In their propor- tions, depressed outline, and wide umbilicus, the shells of the two forms are very close. Genus HELMINTHOGLYPTA Ancey 1887 Helminthoglypta tudiculata (Binney 1843) var. 1843. Helix tudiculata Binney, Bost. Jour. Nat. Hist., vol. 4. p. 360, pi. 20. The occurrence of this characteristic species of the coastal and 5 Were it not for this fact the inclusion of so many of the desert snails in Mic- rarionta would necessitate the renaming of this species, for the prior Epiphrag- mophora orcutti Dall 1904, belongs with kellettii and stearnsiana in Pilsbry's division Xerarionta of the former genus. There will, however, be plenty of time to suggest a name for it after the rediscovery of the type locality enables us to establish whether or not it is really taxonomically distinguishable from M. harperi. 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 97 interior valleys well within the desert drainage system6 was wholly unexpected, but it is apparently a common species in Whitewater Canyon in the San Bernardino Mountains, where a live adult and 3 dead juvenals were taken at Station I, a live juvenal and 9 dead shells of various ages at Station II, and an adult bleached shell at Station III. None of the shells is of the typical coastal form, nor do they seem exactly referable to the subdolus or rufiterrae types of the San Jacinto and San Bernardino Valleys, but the material is insufficient to justify one's saying more. ZONITIDAE Genus ZONITOIDES Pilsbry Zonitoides minuscula (Binney 1840) 1840. Helix minuscula Binney, Bost. Jour. Nat. Hist., vol. 3, p. 435, pi. 22, fig. 4. 1885. Zonites minusculus W. G. Binney, Man. Am. Land Sh., p. 19, 23, 25, 30, 31, 32, 35, 38, 57, 63, 479, fig. 18-20. Two specimens of this species were taken in the drift of Palm Canyon at Station XII. LIMACIDEA Genus AGRIOLIMAX Morch 1868 Agriolimax sp. Ten specimens of a small slug thought to be referable to this genus were taken on a moist slope in Little Palm Canyon, but the specific determination is still uncertain. They have been deposited in the collection of The Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. PUPILLIDAE Genus GASTROCOPTA Wollaston 1878 Gastrocopta pellucida hordeacella (Pilsbry 1890) 1890. Pupa hordeacella Pilsbry, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1890, p. 44, pi. 1, fig. g-k. 1916. Gastrocopta pellucida hordeacella, Pilsbry, Man. Conch., (2), vol. 24, p. 78, pi. 16; pi. 17, fig. 1-4. A scant dozen specimens o£ this minute Gastrocopta, picked from 6 It is appropriate to mention, however, that species of this genus must cross into the desert drainage at several points, for Mr. Smith has collected H. cuyama- censis in the wash at Warner's Hot Springs, and has found a large race of it (H. c. loivei Bartsch) at an elevation of 5,500 ft. on the east slope of Hot Springs Mountain in the same region. 98 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [VOL. LXXIV the drift of Palm Canyon at Station XII, represent a small, narrow, quite evenly cylindrical form, somewhat different from the majority of Arizona specimens (e.g., drift of Salt River near Tempe, collected by L. -E. Daniels; drift of San Pedro River near Benson, collected by H. A. Pilsbry and L. E. Daniels; foothills of Plumosa Range, Yuma County, collected by George S. Hutson) with which I have been able to compare them. Pilsbry 's original figure, drawn from a Texas specimen, differs in much the same way. The material is, however, too scanty to be considered as showing that the Palm Canyon specimens belong to a race or subspecies realty distinguish- Figs. 1-4. Gastrocopta pellucida hordeacella (Pilsbry). Camera outlines of four specimens from Station XII, Palm Canyon, California, showing variation in contour of shell and form of denticles in aperture. able from true hordeacella. The specimens are of most interest in that the known distribution of the group of Pupillidae which they represent is thus pushed many miles to the westward. Indeed it is thought that the species is recorded here from the state of California for the first time. SUCCINEIDAE Genus SUCCINEA Draparnaud 1801 Succinea avara Say 1824. 1824. Succinea avara Say, App. Long Exp., p. 2, 60, pi. 15, fig. 6. 1885. Succinea avara Binney, Man. Am. Land Sh., p. 31, 33, 36, 59, 337, 839, 497, fig. 369. 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 99 Two small specimens of this widespread species were taken under sticks at the margins of a springy spot at Station XVI in Palm Canyon. PHYSIDAE Genus PHYSA Draparnaud 1901 Physa sp. Specimens of a small Physa, which I have not ventured to deter- mine specifically, were found at three stations in Palm Canyon: dead in the drift at Station XII, living among algae in Little Palm Creek (Station XIII), and in a spring at Station XV farther down the main canyon. At this last point they were noted to be quite abundant. AMINICOLIDAE Genus PALUDESTRINA d'Orbigny 1S41 Paludestrina longinqua (Gould 1855) 1855. Amnicola longinqua Gould, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 5, p. 130. 1857. Amnicola longinqua Gould, Pac. R. R. Rep., vol. 5, p. 333, pi. 11, fig. 10-11. 1899. Paludestrena longinqua Pilsbry, Nautilus, vol. 12, p. 122. A single minute shell tak- en in the drift of Palm Can- yon at Station XII has some- what the aspect of a small Amnicola, but is probably merely a juvenal of the wide- spread P. longinqua, so com- mon in the semi-fossil state in the Cahuilla Basin, and known living from various localities in the Cuyamaca Mountains and elsewhere. A camera drawing of the pres- _FiS5- Paludestnna longinqua (Gouid)? ... . , Camera outline of juvenal shell from Sta- ent specimen is appended. tion XII, Palm Canyon, California. Explanation of Plates VIII, IX, X. Note: The microphotographs of periostracal sculpture reproduced in the accompanying plates were made by Mr. John Howard Paine. The remaining specimen photographs were made by Messrs. John Howard Paine and Berton W. Crandall. The illustrations on Plate VIII, and fig. 1 of Plate IX, are from field photographs taken by the author. Plate VIII. — Fig. 1. — Lower Whitewater Canyon, San Bernardino Mountains, California, looking north. Stations I and III of the present paper are at the base of the canyon wall in the distance at the left. The two palms in the foreground are probably the westernmost endemic specimens of Neo- washingtonia filamentosa Sudw. Photograph taken April 1, 1920. Fig. 2. — South slope of small side canyon tributary to Whitewater Canyon, San Bernardino Mountains, California. Station II, the type locality of Micrarionta aquae-albae, is under the small tree to the right of the center of the picture. Photograph taken April 1, 1920. Fig. 3. — Looking down Little Palm Canyon, Riverside County, California, from a point on the east wall above the junction with the main canyon; a characteristic habitat of the snail, Micrarionta wolcottiana. Stations XI and XIII are near the center of the picture. The desert slopes of the San Jacinto Range above Palm Springs loom in the background. Photo- graph taken April 3, 1920. Plate IX. — Fig. 1. — Looking up the main fork of Palm Canyon, Riverside County, California, from a point near its junction with Little Palm Creek. The abundant palms are Neowashingtonia filamentosa Sudw. Stations X and XII are visible in the nearer distance. Photograph taken April 3, ,. 192°- Figs. 2-4. — Micrarionta aquae-albae n. sp. Three views of the type specimen, from Station II, Whitewater Canyon, California; x 4. Fig. 5. — Micrarionta aquae-albae n. sp. Upper surface of part of body whorl of type specimen a little back of the aperture, greatly magnified to show the periostracal sculpture; enlarged about 18 diameters. Fig. 6. — Micrarionta aquae-albae n. sp. Greatly magnified view of apical whorls of specimen from Station I, Whitewater Canyon, California, showing the periostracal sculpture; enlarged about 18 diameters. Plate X. — Figs. 1-3. — Micrarionta xerophila n. sp. Three views of type speci- men from Station VII, west of Indian Well, California; x 2. Fig. 4. — Micrarionta xerophila n. sp. Greatly magnified view of apical whorls of type specimen, showing the periostracal sculpture; enlarged about 19 diameters. Figs. 5-7. — Micrarionta harperi Bryant. Three views of specimen collected by Bryant at Warner's Hot Springs, California; Cal. Ac. Sci. 8676A; x 2. Fig. 8. — Micrarionta harperi Bryant. Greatly magnified view of apical whorls of same specimen, showing the periostracal sculpture. KEELEYITE, A NEW LEAD SULFANTIMONITE FROM ORURO, BOLIVIA. By Samuel G. Gordon. The Oruro district of Bolivia has long been known to miner- alogists by the excellent crystals of andorite, stannite, and other rare minerals which the mines have produced. The present paper is descriptive of a new lead sulfantimonite, keeleyite, which was obtained on the Vaux-Academy Andean Expedition of 1921. The silver-tin mines of Oruro are situated in the hills at the western edge of the town, and are three in number: the Socavon, the San Jose, and the Itos. The keeleyite was obtained at the San Jose mine. The ore-veins are essentially pyritic bodies forming fissure fillings in a quartz-porphyry, and the dark Paleozoic slates into which the porphry has been intruded. The principal minerals are pyrite, light-brown massive cassiterite, tetrahedrite, and jamesonite(?). Andorite and stannite are extremely rare. The exact mode of occurrence of the keeleyite is not known, as the single specimen brought back was obtained at the cancha of the mine. This specimen, measuring 3 X 5 X 7 inches, is a mass of cavernous quartz, studded with small white quartz crystals. The cavities contain sheaf-like aggregates of acicular crystals of keeleyite, some pyrite, and an undetermined sulfide. General Description. Keeleyite is dark gray in color, and gives a grayish-black streak. The luster of the mineral is bright metallic. The hardness is about 2. The specific gravity was determined in H2Oin a 5 cc. pycnometer and gave the value 5.21 ±. The mineral occurs in aggregates, usually radiating, of acicular crystals which may measure an inch in length. The crystals are deeply striated and furrowed, due in part, perhaps, to parallel growth. No measurable crystals were found, but the mineral is probably orthorhombic. Keeleyite fuses at 1, and gives the same reactions before the blowpipe, etc., as the other lead sulfantimonites. A white sublimate of antimony oxide is obtained by heating in the closed tube, while dense white fumes are obtained in the open tube. The mineral is almost entirely volatilized on charcoal, with the formation of a (101) 102 PROCEEDING OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXXIV coating which is yellowish near the assay, and white farther out. Globules of lead are obtained by reduction with soda in the R. F. Composition. A preliminary determination of lead gave 27.78% Pb. A complete analysis (shown in Table I) was then made by Dr. J. Edward Whitfield on 1.25 grams of carefully selected acicular crystals. It was impossible to free the needles from some sulfides and quartz. The loss of 1.18% in the analysis is due to the latter mineral. Column II shows the analysis after deducting 8.15% sulphides, and recalculating to 100%. The ratios of the constitutents are shown in column III, and approximate Pb : Sb : S = 2:6:11, corresponding to Pb?Sb6 S„ or2PbS.3Sb2S3. Table I. Analysis of Keeleyite I. Analysis of keeleyite by Dr. J. Edward Whitfield. The 1.18% loss is clue to quartz. II. Analysis of keeleyite recalculated after deductiag 8.15% sulfides. III. Ratios of II. IV. Theory for Pb2Sb6Su or 2PbS. 3Sb2S3. I II III 1 IV Pb. 25.80 43.46 2.25 2.77 24.54 28.43 47.88 23.69 .1372 1.000 .3893 2.837 .7389. 5.385 2 6 11 27.86 Sb Cj 48.48 Fe S 23.66 98.82 100.00 100.00 The mineral thus belongs to the "Acidic Division" of Dana, with a ratio of PbS : Sb2S3of less than 1 : 1. Although no "Acidic" lead sulfantimonite has heretofore been discovered, an analagous sulfbismuthite, rezbanyite, has long been known: Rezbairyite 2PbS.3Bi2S3 Koeleyite 2PbS.3Sb2S3 The relation of keeleyite in composition to the other lead sulf- antimonites is shown in Table II, and Figure 1. Table II. Keeleyite Zinkenite Plagionite Heteromorphite Plumosite Semseyite Boulangerite Embrithite Meneghinite Geocronite The Lead Sulfantimonites 2PbS.3Sb2S3 Orthorhombic? PbS.Sb2S3 5PbS.4Sb2S3 7PbS.4Sb2S3 2PbS.Sb2S3 9PbS.4Sb2S3 5PbS.2Sb2S3 3PbS.Sb2S3 4PbS.Sb2S3 5PbS.Sb2S3 Orthorhombic Monoclinic Monoclinic Orthorhombic Monoclinic Orthorhombic ? Orthorhombic Orthorhombic 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 103 Fig. 1. Diagram showing the composition of the lead sulfantimonites. The writer takes pleasure in naming this mineral in honor of Mr. Frank J. Keeley, Curator of the William S. Vaux Collections of the Academy. CRYSTALLOGRAPHIC NOTES ON GLAUCOCHROITE, WILLEMITE, CELESTITE, AND CALCITE FROM FRANKLIN, NEW JERSEY By Samuel G. Gordon. On a recent trip to the famous zinc mines at Franklin, N. J. the writer secured a series of specimens for the Vaux Collections which included the following minerals: calcite, celestite, ga- lena, glaucochroite, hardy- stonite, willemite, and zincite. Crystallographic measure- ments of the glaucochroite, willemite and calcite showed the presence of new forms; while the celestite represents a new occurrence of this mineral. Glaucochroite Glaucochroite was described by Penfield and Warren1 in 1899. The original specimens consisted of small prismatic crystals in nasonite. As no terminal planes were found, the twin-plane (Oil) was used in calculating the axial ratios. Subsequently Palache2 de- scribed briefly the results of measurements on two ter- minated crystals. The specimens which form- ed the basis of the present study are far superior to those which have been heretofore found. Several large masses of franklinite- willemite ore Fig. 1. Glaucochroite, Franklin, N. J. contain fractures lined with small glaucochroite crystals associ- m 'Am. J. Sci. 8, 343-346, 1899. 2 Am. J. Sci. 29, 181-182, 1910. (105) 106 PROCEEDING OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXXIV ated with greenish-white crystals of willemite. The glaucochroite is readily identified by the remarkable fact that the mineral is bluish-green by daylight, but pink by artificial light. The largest crystals measure 2 mm. in length. Four crystals were measured the results being given in Table I. Six forms are new: r (130), z (270), d (101), k (Oil), 1 (131,) and Figs. 2-3. Glaucochroite, Franklin, N. J. y (122). The relative development of the faces and their position are shown in figures 1 to 4. Three types of crystals occur; these will be designated below as Types I, II, and III (figs. 1, 2, and 3, respectively). Type I (figure 1) is of rare occurrence, being limited to the smaller cavities where the conditions were most favorable to perfect growth The crystals show a well-developed prismatic zone, in which there may be an oscillation of a (100), and m (110) ; terminat- ed by a large, dull, and apparently etched dome, k(011); about which is a prominent zone including d (101), e (111), f (121), and 1 (131). Type II (figure 2) shows also a well-developed prismatic zone but the dominant terminal form is the pyramid f (121); h (021) and 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 107 b (010) show some oscillation, giving raise to characteristic striations on the latter form. This type shows great irregularities, due to parallel growth with other individuals. Type III (figure 3) was seen on some microscopic mounts. The tops of the crystals show a small crater with a jagged edge; the inner faces of which are irregular, and apparently curved. Ensconced in the crater is a small pyramid, probably f (121). The form b (Oil) is horizontally striated. The polar elements, pQ and q0 were calculated from the average angles of the forms d (101), h (021), e (111), f (121), 1 (131), m (110) Table I. Angle Table of Glaucochroite a:b :c=0,4606:l : 0.5899 p0= 1. 2806; q0= 0.5899 Letter Symbol Miller Gds. No. of faces Measured 9 ? Calculated cp p b a m -z *d x *k h e f *1 (010) Ooo 7 (100) oo0 8 (HO) 00 15 (120) oo2 13 (130) 003 3 (270) °°-o 1 (101) 10 5 003) 10 (011) 01 2 (021) 02 4 CI 11) 1 12 (121) 12 6 (131) 13 3 (122) *1 1 00 00± 4 90 02± 7 65 13±11 47 18±19 36 28±51 32 12 90 03± 6 00 18±16 00 03 ± 5 65 14±39 47 19± 6 35 52± 7 47 04 90 00±10 89 54± 6 89 57± 6 ^0 04± 7 89 39 ±26 90 16 51 55± 7 30 22± 6 49 56± 5 54 44 ±24 60 12 ±14 65 23 ± 6 41 02 00 00 90 00 65 16 47 21 35 53 31 49 90 00 90 00 00 00 00 00 65 16 47 21 35 53 47 21 90 00 90 00 90 00 90 00 90 00 90 00 52 01 23 07 30 32 49 43 54 39 60 OS 65 24 41 02 New forms marked * and s (120). The axial ratios were obtained from these values. The results are not concordant with those of Penfield and Palache : a :b :c = 0.440 : 1 .4409 : 1 .4606 : 1 0.566 (Penfield) .5808 (Palache) .5899 (Gordon) 108 PROCEEDING OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXXIV \ \ ^ \ \ ' < / / y (: , k h b / / ' fl i y ^v f ^\- z /. .1 \ ni r ' Fig. 4. Gnomonic projection of glaucochroite forms. The last value approaches that of tephroite, as shown in the following table, in which all the members of the Olivine group are listed in the order of increasing length of the a-axis: Monticellite CaMgSi04 a : b : c = 0.4337 1 0.575S Favalite Fe2SiO« .4584 1 0.5793 Tephroite Mn2SiO< .4600 1 0.5939 Glaucochroite CaMnSiO, .4606 1 0.5899 Forsterite Mg2Si04 .4648 1 0.5857 Olivine (Mg,Fe)2Si04 .4658 1 0.5865 The refractive indices of one of the crystals measured were higher than n 1.740, so that the present mineral is probabty inter- mediate in composition between glaucochroite and tephroite. WlLLEMITE One of the specimens obtained consisted essentially of frank- linite and willemite on which was a cavity containing a number of brilliant, greenish, transparent, highly modified crystals of willemite associated with glaucochroite. A single crystal, ^ x 1 mm. was measured. The general habit of the 'crystals is indicated in 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 109 Fig. Willemite, Franklin, N. J. figure 1. Several of the forms are new: v (4223), K (3142) ; (9.1.10.0), and (10.1.9.0); v and K were present as prominent faces, although v occurred but once on the crystal measured; the other two forms were represented by line faces in the prism zone. 110 PROCEEDING OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXXIV Table II. Willemite, Franklin, N. J. c = .6679; p6 = .4453 (Palache and Graham) Letter Symbol Faces r— - meas- G2 J Bravais ured Measured <P P Calculated 9 P o / o / o / O 1 c 0 (0001) 1 00 00 00 00 a ooO (1120) 6 89 57 00 00 90 00 * 8co (1) (9.1.10.0) 2 -35 08 90 00 -35 22 90 00 * 8oo(r) (10.1.9.0) 1 -24 59 90 00 -24 47 90 00 e _i (0112) 2 29 59 21 01 30 00 21 05 u 10(1) (2113) 2 00 02 24 01 00 00 24 00 s 01 (r) (1123) 2 60 05 23 54 60 00 24 00 r + 1 (1011) 3 00 04 37 35 30 00 37 39 v* 20(1) (4223) 1 00 02 41 45 00 00 41 40 d -2£(D (1232) 3 49 04 45 32 49 06 45 34 D -2|(r) (1322) 2 10 50 45 36 10 54 45 34 K* +fl(r) (3142) 2 -16 08 54 11 -16 06 54 17 X +41 (1) (3121) 3 -10 51 63 49 -10 54 63 53 y +41 (r) • (2131) 3 -49 03 63 52 -49 06 63 53 New forms marked * Celestite While appreciating the greatness of Franklin, N. J., as a mineral locality, and the extreme variety of minerals that have been dis- F*g. 6. Celestite, Franklin, N. J 19221 NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 111 covered there, it was still with considerable surprise to the writer that the material described here proved to be celestite, SrS04. The specimen consists of part of a vein of pink rhodochrosite on a mass of calcite through which is disseminated much franklinite. The rhodochrosite, which is quite crystalline, is filled with solution cavities which are coated with druses of brilliant colorless crystals, rarely over 1 mm. in size. The mineral was found to be biaxial, positive; * = 1.621, £ = 1.625, T = 1.631; all ± .003. A single crystal was measured with the results given in Table III. The habit of the crystal measured is shown in fig. 2; other crystals were tabular parallel to c (001). Table III. Celestite, Franklin, N. J. Let- Symbol Faces meas- ured Measured 9 P Calculated Gds. Miller 9 P c m z o d 0 CO 1 01 50 (001) (110) (111) (011) (102) 1 2 2 4 2 or o / 52 03 90 00 52 04 64 18 00 07 51 55 90 00 39 28 or or 00 00 00 00 52 00 90 00 52 00 64 22 00 00 52 04 90 00 39 23 Calcite The calcite occurs as a cavity lining on a calcite-zincite mixture Fig. 7. Calcite, Fianklin. N. J. 112 PROCEEDING OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXXIV which forms laminations in an ore consisting of franklinite and reddish serpentine. The crystals are rarely over 1X3 mm. in size; but are colorless and give good reflections. The habit of of the crystals is indicated in figure 7. Two forms are new: (3.0.3.16) and (3.0.3.16). Table IV. Calcite, Franklin, N. J. Let- ter Symbol Gds. Bravais Faces meas- ured Measured cp p Calculated <p p o / o / o / o / c 0 0001 2 00 00 00 00 * +A 3.0.3.16 6 30 05 10 32 ± 7' 30 00 10 29 * — 1 « 3.0.3.16 3 30 06 10 24 ±12' 30 00 10 29 P + 1 1011 6 30 02 44 34 30 00 44 36 V + 16.1 6.5.11.1 12 3 02 83 53 3 00 83 56 New forms marked * CRYSTALLOGRAPHIC NOTES ON WAVELLITE FROM BOLIVIA, PENNSYLVANIA, ARKANSAS, AND BOHEMIA. By Samuel G. Gordon. Wavellite usually occurs as hemispherical or globular aggregates with a radiated crystalline structure, or very rarely as druses of minute crystals. The crystallographic data on the mineral are rather unsatisfactory due to the small size of the crystals heretofore found and their imperfect character. On the 1921 Vaux- Academy Expedition to the Andes, the writer obtained large slabs of beautiful prismatic crystals measuring up to 2 X 3 X 6 mm. This material forms the basis of this investigation. A study was also made of the other specimens of wavellite in the collections, with the meas- urement of crystals from Pennsylvania, Arkansas, and Bohemia. Crystals of wavellite were first measured by Senff1 from Frank- enberg, Saxony. These showed the following forms: b (010), m (110), n (340), q (13.1.0), p (101), s (111), and o (121). Des Cloizeaux2 noted the following forms on wavellite from Montebras, France: b (010), m (110), n (340), s (111), and the doubtful form r (5.11.6). Cesaro3 described wavellite from Arbrefontaine, Belgium, with the forms b (010), a (100), m (110), s (111), o (121), and p (101). He suggested that the doubtful form r (5.11.6) of Des Cloizeaux was probably o (121). Further examination of a crystal from Montebras by Ungemach4 gave in addition the forms h (310), and 1 (430). Ungemach also measured good crystals from Moore's Mill, Cumberland County, Pennsylvania,5 which showed the combination b (010), a (100), m (110), 1 (430), i (320), h (320), o (121), and s(lll). Finally, Wherry6 listed the following forms on crystals from Hellertown, Lehigh County, Pennsylvania: b (010), a (100), 1 (430), m (110), n (340), p (101), s (111), and o (121). The axial ratios obtained by these writers are listed in Table I. A new value determined on crystals from Bolivia is given in Table II. lJ. Senff; Pogg. Annalen, 18, 474, 1830. 2 A. Des Cloizeaux; Manuel de Mineralogie, II, 455, 1874. 3G. Cesaro; Mem. Acad. Roy. Belgique, 53, 28, 1896. 4H. Ungemach; Bull. Soc. Franc. Min. 35, 536, 1912. 6 Erroneously given as Cly, York County, Penna., which was the site of the factory to which the mineral was shipped. 6 Edgar T. Wherry; Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 54, 379, 1918. (113) 114 PROCEEDING OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXXIV Table I. Axial Ratio of Wavellite Date Crystallographer Locality a c 9 m 1830 1897 1912 1917 Senff Cesaro Ungemach Wherry Saxony Belgium Pennsylvania and France Pennsylvania 0.5049 0.5573 0.5577 0.5640 0.3751 0.4084 0.4057 0.4040 o ' 63 13 60 52 60 51 60 35 Wavellite, Llallagua, Bolivia The Llallagua tin mines are situated on the northeast slope of Cerro de Llallagua, about . 100 kilometers southeast of Oruro, Bolivia. The deposits are phenomenal, and form the richest known mines of cassiterite. The ore bodies are distinct fissure fillings, or Fig. 1-3: Wavellite; 1. Llallagua, Bolivia; 2. Trimble's Mine, Chester County, Pennsylvania; 3. Hellertown, Lehigh County, Pennsylvania. mineralized brecciated zones, in a quartz-porphyry which forms the core of the mountain. The principal metallic minerals are cassit- erite, pyrite, wolframite, and bismuthinite. The wavellite occurs locally in vugs in the quartz-pyritic portions of the veins. Frequently three generations of wavellite crystals are to be seen. The crystals are colorless, the smaller individuals being quite limpid. The luster is vitreous, excepting on the unit prism m (110), which is pearly. The mineral also occurs at Llallagua in pale greenish stalactitic masses. The largest specimen in the Vaux Collections is a slab measuring 25 X 35 cm., and entirely covered with wavellite crystals. The crystals show the usual tendency to form subparallel aggregates, with distinct individuals in the cavities. Preliminary measurements were made on twelve crystals, of which half were rejected due to subparallel growth present in the 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 115 crystals, or to poor reflections. The results of the measurements of the others are given in Table II. The following forms were noted, (fig. 1) : a (100), b (010), m (110) w (650), 1 (430), B (10.7.0), z (850), and p (101), of which w, B, and z are new. Their characters in brief are: a (100) exists as a very narrow face; b (010) is a large brilliant face which usually gives multiple reflections; m (110) is a wide pearly face, free of striations, and usually giving fair, bright reflections; w (650), 1 (430), B (10.7.0), and z (850) are line faces forming a striated zone between m (110) and a (100); p (101) is a wide, deeply striated dome, giving a series of multiple reflections, of which the p angle is fairly constant. The average coordinate angles of m (110) and p (101) were used to determine the axial elements given at the top of Table II. The cleavage of wavellite was given by Senff as parallel to p (101) and b (010) rather perfect; and by Des Cloizeaux as parallel to m (110) and b (101). The only cleavage noted by the writer was a very perfect one parallel to m (110). Table II. Wavellite Forms, Llallagua, Bolivia a :b : c = .5520 : 1 : .4067 po = .7365; qo = .4067 Let- Form Faces ter meas- Calculated Measured Signal Miller Gds. ured <P P <P P 0 / o / o / o / a 100 ooO 7 90 00 90 00 89 52 89 48 Poor, faint b 010 Ooo 12 0 0 90 00 0 6 89 59 Fair, multiple m 110 00 21 61 6 90 00 61 6 89 52 Fair, bright w* 650 |oo 2 65 17 90 00 65 24 89 57 Fair, faint 1 430 foo 4 67 30 90 00 67 22 90 12 Fair, faint B* 10.7.0 V-a> 4 68 52 90 00 68 55 89 56 Poor, faint z* 850 '8 "5 00 3 70 58 90 00 70 52 89 59 Poor, faint P 101 10 12 90 00 36 23 90 1 36 23 Fair, multiple New forms marked * Wavellite, Trimble's Mine, Pennsylvania Trimble's mine is the famous locality for wavellite listed in the older books as "White Horse Station, Chester County." The old abandoned limonite pit so described is situated about a mile northwest of Planebrook Station on the Philadelphia and Chester Valley branch of the Philadelphia and Reading Railroad, in Chester 116 PROCEEDING OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXXIV County. The mineral occurred in the form of white stalactitic masses of cryptocrystalline to crystalline structure, and occasionally in druses of very minute crystals. A single crystal measuring 3^8 by 3^ mm. was measured. The results are given in Table III. The following combination of forms was noted, fig. 2: b (010); m (110), B (10.7.0), N (210), f (520), and y (122); of which B, N, f, and y are new. A crystal measured by Dr. Edgar T. Wherry7 from this locality showed the following forms: b (010), a (100), i (320), 1 (430), m (110), n (340), p (101), and o (121). Table III. Wavellite Forms, Trimble's Mine, Pennsylvania Let- Form Faces ter meas- ured Calculated 9 P Measured 9 P Signal Miller Gds. o / o / o / o / b 010 0°o 1 0 0 90 00 0 0 89 29 Poor, faint m 110 CO 4 61 6 90 00 61 4 89 48 Fair, bright B* 10.7.0 -V-oo 1 68 52 90 00 68 54 89 53 Poor, faint N* 210 2qo 1 74 33 90 00 74 43 90 00 Poor, faint. e* 520 loo 1 77 33 90 00 77 8 89 52 Poor, faint y* 122 il 2 42 9 28 45 45 29 28 38 Poor, faint New forms marked * Wavellite, Hellertown, Pennsylvania. As noted above, crystals from the Hellertown locality, Lehigh County, were described by Wherry. As the material collected by the writer at this mine were different in habit from those already described, a single crystal, | X 1 mm. in size was therefore measured. The results are given in Table IV. The following combination was found b (010), in (110), o (121), and y (122). The dominant pyramid y (122) is a new form. Table IV. Wavellite Forms, Hellertown, Pennsylvania Let- ter Miller 3rm Gds. Faces meas- ured Calculated 9 P Measured 9 P Signal b m 0 y* 010 110 121 122 0oo 00 12 2 4 4 4 O 1 O 1 0 0 90 00 61 6 90 00 42 9 47 39 42 9 28 45 o / o / 0 9 89 43 60 7 90 11 41 56 46 37 41 57 28 17 Fair, bright Fair, bright Poor, faint Poor, faint New form marked * 7 Private communication. 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 117 Wavellite, Moore's Mill, Pennsylvania The wavellite from Moore's Mill, Cumberland County, Penn- sylvania was described and figured by Ungemach. The locality is an abandoned wavellite mine about a mile south of Moore's Mill Station. Two crystals were measured by the writer. The results are given in Table V. The following forms were noted: a (100), b (010), c (001), m (110), w (650), R (970), 1 (430), i (320), N (210), h (310), k (510), t (710), g (270), and o (121), of which c, w, R, N, k, t, and g, are new. The habit of the crystals is like those of Ungemach, and the new forms excepting g are line faces occurring in the striations between a (100) and m (110) of his figure; g is a line face between b (010) and m (110). Table V. Wavellite Forms, Moore 's Mill, Pennsylvania Let- ter Form Miller Gds. Faces meas- ured Calculated 9 P Measured 9 P Signal o / 0 / o / o / a 100 Ooo 1 90 00 90 00 89 48 89 39 Poor, faint b 010 0oo 2 0 0 90 00 c* 001 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 Poor, faint m 110 00 8 61 6 90 0 61 12 89 47 Fair, faint w* 650 I CO 3 65 17 90 0 65 37 89 42 Poor, faint R* 970 f GO 1 66 45 90 0 66 44 89 42 Poor, faint 1 430 4 t GO 1 67 30 90 0 67 49 89 42 Poor, faint i? 320 1 00 1 69 47 90 0 70 14 90 0 Fair, faint N*? 210 ~2oo 1 74 33 90 0 73 59 90 0 Poor, faint h 310 3oo 1 79 36 90 0 79 31 90 16 Poor, faint k*? 510 5uo 2 83 42 90 0 84 12 90 2 Poor, faint t* 710 7oo 2 85 30 90 0 85 36 90 7 Fair, bright e-*? 270 oo I 2 27 21 90 0 27 55 89 58 Poor, faint o 121 12 1 42 9 47 39 42 10 47 9 Poor, faint New forms marked * Wavellite, Montgomery County, Arkansas Montgomery County, Arkansas, is the most famous of the American localities for wavellite. It produced in abundance beautiful green radiating aggregates of the mineral in fissures in a sandstone. Frequently the radiations terminate in druses of small crystals. A single crystal was examined, but gave very poor reflections. The forms noted were b (010), m (110), and p (101); the latter 118 PROCEEDING OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXXIV was striated. The habit of the crystals is similar to that of Llallagua (fig. 1). Crystals from the same locality measured by Dr. Edgar T. F'g. 4. Gnomonic projection of all wavellite forms. 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 119 Wherry8 showed the following forms: b (010), a (100), h (310), 1 (430), m (110), n (340, u (130), p (101), and s (111). Wavellite, Zbirow, Bohemia A single crystal from a druse associated with radiations of the mineral from Zbirow, Bohemia, was measured. The faces were very dull, and gave poor reflections. The following forms were noted b (010), m (110), and p (101). The latter was not striated. Table VI. Wavellite Angle Table Orthorhombic; a : b : c = .5520 : 1 : 4067 po = .7365; q0=.4067 Symbol Letter Calculated Observer Miller Gds. P <P o / o / c 001 0 Gordon b 010 0oo 0 0 90 0 Senff a 100 oo0 90 0 90 0 Cesaro m 110 CO 61 6 90 0 Senff w 650 I 00 65 17 90 0 Gordon R 970 9 00 66 45 90 0 Gordon 1 430 * 00 3 67 30 90 0 Ungemach B 10.7.0 -LP- 00 7 68 52 90 0 Gordon i 320 f °° 69 47 90 0 Ungemach z 850 8 00 71 58 90 0 Gordon N 210 5 2 °o 74 33 90 0 Gordon f 520 .5 CO 77 33 90 0 Gordon h 310 2 3 °° 79 36 90 0 Ungemach k 510 5 °° 83 42 90 0 Gordon t 710 7 co 85 30 90 0 Gordon q 13.1.0 1300 87 33 90 0 Senff n 340 00 t 53 42 90 0 Senff g 270 OO | 27 21 90 0 Gordon P 101 10 90 00 36 23 Senff s 111 1 61 6 40 4 Senff 0 121 12 42 9 47 39 Senff y 122 £1 42 9 28 45 Gordon r? 5.11.6 6 6 39 28 44 0 Des Cloizeaux 8Private communication. studies in malayan, melanesian and australian tettigoniidae (orthoptera). By Morgan Hebard. In 1920 the author published a first paper, dealing with that part of the collections here treated which covered the section be- longing to the family Mantidae.1 Though the present paper is considerably larger, the number 01 species of Tettigoniidae known from the regions under consideration is very much greater and, as a result, the present work is not intended to be in any way monographic. A number of difficulties have been cleared up and the proper sequence of species in some places we feel is now defined. Much work remains to be done, and the Tettigoniidae of these regions must be monographed before the student will be able to determine material in small series. The literature on the group is too vast and scattered to be accessible, unless a great amount of preliminary work has been done; and reference to a large and comprehensive library is a constant necessity. In order to aid in locating the literature, particularly that subsequent to Kirby's Catalogue, numerous references have been given in the present study. All of the material here recorded, unless otherwise stated, is in the author's collection at The Academy or Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, with the exception of duplicate specimens from Mr. C. F. Baker, representing species not in his collection; such will be forwarded to him whenever desired. Five hundred and thirty-one specimens are recorded, representing ninety-four genera and one hundred and ninety-one species, of which fourteen genera, one subgenus, seventy-three species, and one subspecies, are new. Unfortunately, the great majority of species are represented by but one or two specimens. We have found that Wallace's line separates quite as large a percentage of species of Tettigoniidae as of the Mantidae, clearly delimiting the Malayan from the Melanesian fauna. 1 Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1920, pp. 14 to 82. (121) 122 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXXIV ■ Accurate and full descriptions of the genitalia have been found of the greatest importance. Failure by Brunner and Redtenbacher to describe these parts adequately constitutes one of the most serious defects in their monographs. The accuracy and finish shown in the accompanying figures, particularly of the Listroscelid genitalia, are due to the exceptional skill of Miss Mary B. Lane. We are deeply indebted to her for the unusual effort which was required in reproducing these indescribably intricate parts. We have given the number of spines on the ventral femoral margins for many species, not because we believe the exact number to be diagnostic for any species, but because each species will probably be found to have a definite range in number and develop- ment2 of such spines, often differing from that of its nearest re- latives. In some groups we have already found these spines to be decidedly variable in certain species, quite constant in others. In our studies of the South American species of the genus Conocephalus, where we had large series of many species, the range in a species of such spines was found to constitute a valuable aid. PHANEROPTERINAE Group Elimaeae Elimaea insignis (Walker) 1869. Phaneroptera insignis Walker, Cat. Dermapt. Saltat. Br. Mus., II, p. 344. [<? , Silhet-.] Khasia Hills, Assam, 1 cf, 1 9. The treatment, by Brunner, of material from Assam, as the synonymous annulata,3 is much more satisfactory than Walker's diagnosis. Elimaea annamensis new species. Plate XI, figures 1 and 2. This relatively large species is of a general pale green coloration, excepting the dorsal surface of the head, pronotum and tegmina, which is uniform dark reddish brown, and the antennae, which are of a similar dark color ventrad, slightly paler dorsad and show a few, very small and widely separated, pale annuli distad. It is very closely related to E. schmidti Krausze, described from the same locality.4 It differs from that species in having the occiput and pronotal disk dark, in the shorter pronotum, more elongate tegmina and decidedly more elongate limbs. Six species have been described as members of the genus Elimaea 2 Highly specialized spines tjccur on the ventral femoral margins in the Pseudophyllid genus Morsimus and its allies. 3 Monogr. der Phaneropteriden, p. 92, pi. I, figs. 10, a to d, (1878). 4 Ins.-Borse, XX, p. 2, (1903). 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 123 from Than-Moi, Tonkin, alone, by Krausze and Carl. We are told by Dohrn5 that one of the former's species is referable to Hemielimaea and another to Ducetia. We believe, however, that the numerical abundance of the species of Elimaea in Indo-China is very large. In Brunner's key6 the species runs nearest to appendiculata Brunner. The insect is large, with comparatively broad tegmina for the genus, though not as large or with tegmina as broad as in E. insignis (Walker). Type: cf; Phuc-Son, Annam. November to December. (From H. Fruhstorfer.) [Hebard Collection, Type no. 783.] Cephalic femora slightly compressed and distinctly curved in a Phasmoid manner; dorsal surface convex, but with its internal margin weakly ridged, except in the more slender proximal portion. Cephalic coxae unarmed. Foramina of cephalic tibiae flattened conchate. Tegmina with median vein branching at end of proximal third, this branch sending three branches to the sutural margin distad. Pronotal disk with surface weakly convex to flattened caudal portion, lateral margins very broadly and evenly concave, the least width of disk meso-cephalad; lateral lobes slightly longer than greatest (caudal) depth, ventral margin weakly concave in cephalic half, weakly convex in caudal half, these portions forming a very weak rounded angulation at their juncture. Tegmina and wings fully developed, the former with greatest width decidedly greater than pronotal length, narrowing very slightly and evenly to the broadly rounded apex. Femora with genicular lobes bi- spinose. Caudal femora with dorsal surface deplanate in proximal three-quarters. Ventral femoral margins armed with minute but rather broad spines, as follows. Cephalic internal 11 and 12, cephalic external 6, median internal 0, median external 15, caudal internal 0 and 1, caudal external 12 and 15. Supra-anal plate elongate shield-shaped, with apex narrowly acute-angulate. Cerci cylindrical, curved and gradually tapering to near apex, where they are briny enlarged, the external margins showing weak emar- gination at base of this enlargement, the apical enlarged portion with a low, longitudinal ridge extending to the apex, which there projects as a short, stout tooth. Subgenital plate elongate and slenderly produced, cleft for slightly over half its length, the two distal portions thus formed slender, parallel, curving very weakly dorsad, of nearly equal width in distal portions to their rounded apices. Occiput and disk of pronotum victoria lake, this continued along the sutural margin of the tegmina as a broad suffusion, narrowing and disappearing near their apices. Disk of pronotum showing a 6Stett. Ent. Zeit., LXVI1, p. 352, (1906). 6 Monogr. der Phaneropteriden, p. 91, (1878). 124 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXXIV slightly paler coloration medio-longitudinally. Other portions probably light green in life, now yellowish with tegmina strongly tinged with green. Antennae blackish victoria lake ventrad, slightly paler dorsad; showing distad two widely spaced, very small buffy annuli. Tegmina with very minute flecks of victoria lake in all areas between veins of discoidal field, these more nu- merous toward sutural margin and mesad. Tarsi tinged with brown. Length of body (squeezed out) 30, length of pronotum 5.2, least width of pronotal disk 2, greatest (caudal) width of pronotal disk 3, greatest (caudal) depth of pronotal lateral lobe 3.4, length of pronotal lateral lobe 4, length of tegmen 39, greatest width of tegmen 7.2, width of tegmen near apex, 5.7, length of cephalic femur 10.2, length of caudal femur 28 mm. The type of this handsomely colored insect is unique. Elimaea lamellipes new species. Plate XI, figure 3. This species is closely related to E. caricifolia Haan,7 described from Loetontoer, Borneo. Brunner8 indicated that his E. femorata, described from Borneo, might represent that species. After careful comparison of the original descriptions, we follow Dohrn who, in 1906, placed femorata in synonymy under caricifolia. The present insect differs in the generally smaller size, with tegmina much narrower. Compared with the female, described by Brunner as femorata, further decided difference is found in the median vein of the tegmina, which does not branch mesad, the tegmina which do not widen distad and the median femora which are not carinate dorsad.9 Type: 9 ; Labuan, British North Borneo. [Hebard Collection, Type no. 784.] Cephalic femora very strongly compressed and strongly curved in a Phasmoid manner, lamellate dorsad except in immediate proximal portion, this formed by the external margin which longi- tudinally shows a broad convexity. Cephalic coxae unarmed. Foramina of cephalic tibiae flattened conchate. Face, to clypeal suture, strongly swollen. Tegmina with median vein branching at end of proximal two-fifths, this branch sending two branches to the sutural margin distad. Pronotal disk with surface flattened, showing very feeble convexity cephalad, lateral margins very broadly concave but showing irregularity by a minute emargination a1 the principal sulcus, caudad of this the disk is defined from the 7 Verh. Nat. Gesch. Nederl. overzee. bezitt., Zool., Ins., p. 195, (1842). 8 Monogr. der Phaneropteriden, p. 98, (1878). 9 This latter feature may, however, be due to an error in description No species of FJiimua is known to us having the median femora carinate like the cephalic femora. 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 125 lateral lobes by a strong but rounded angulation. Lateral lobes of pronotum with length equal to greatest (caudal) depth, ventral margin very broadly convex. Tegmina and wings fully developed the former with greatest width decidedly greater than pronotal length, narrowing slightly and evenly to the broadly rounded apex. Femora with genicular lobes bispinose, except the external of the caudal femora which are unispinose. Caudal femora with dorsal surface deplanate in proximal two-thirds. Ventral femoral margins armed with very minute spines, as follows. Cephalic internal 8 and 9, cephalic external 11, median internal 0, median external 14 and 16, caudal internal 0, caudal external 7 and 8. Supra-anal plate very elongate, symmetrically trapezoidal, the lateral margins showing traces of concavity, the truncate apex with margin showing a trace of bilobation. Ovipositor curved dorsad, this slightly strongest proximad, apex rounded; lateral faces with faint trans- verse rugae distad, dorsal margin serrulate to near base, ventral margin serrulate in distal portion, the distal serrulations all rounded. Subgenital plate very small, triangular, with apex broadly truncate. General coloration pale green. Antennae pale ventrad, suffused with brown dorsad in proximal portions (remainder missing). Tegmina with extremely numerous but exceedingly minute brown flecks in areas between the veinlets in the discoidal field, these fewer between median vein and its branch and absent between proximal portions of median and ulnar veins. Dorsal portions of lateral lobes of pronotum with minute dark brown dots, these more numerous at the juncture with the disk, which is defined by a faint yellowish line. Median limbs with small dark brown dots on external surface, cephalic and caudal limbs similarly marked with subobsolete dots. Tarsi tinged with brown. Length of body (squeezed out) 23.5, length of pronotum 4.1, least width of pronotal disk 2.1, greatest (caudal) width of pronotal disk 2.8, greatest (caudal) dspth of pronotal lateral lobe 3.3, length of pronotal lateral lobe 3.3, length of tegmen 35, greatest width of tegmen 7.1, width of tegmen near apex 5.3, length of cephalic femur 7.7, length of caudal femur 20.7, length of ovi- positor 6.4 mm. The type is unique. Elimaea bakeri10 new species. Plate XI, figures 4, 5 and 6. The present insect belongs to that section of the genus including forms with relatively less constricted pronotal disk and broader tegmina. It shows nearest agreement with the specimen de- scribed by Brunner as paru?npunctata (Serville)11 differing in the 10 Named in honor of Professor C. F. Baker, Dean of the College of Agriculture, University of the Philippines, through whose kind assistance a large portion of the material here studied, has been secured. 11 Monogr. der Phaneropteriden, p. 98, (1878). That specimen, a female from the Philippines, we do not believe represents Serville's parumpunctata, described 126 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXXIV coloration of the antennae, pronotum and limbs, while, though of the opposite sex, the tegmina are shorter and narrower and the caudal femora shorter, showing a differentiation in these proportions greater than we believe can be attributed to sexual differentiation. The present is a medium large species, in life probably of a pale green coloration, the lateral margins of the pronotal disk outlined in a series of brown flecks, the tegmina with brown flecks, the cephalic and median femora proximo-externally splotched and necked with brown and the median and caudal tibiae with a proximo-external fleck of the same color.12 The male subgenital plate is forked to near its base and divided into two strongly recurved, almost flagellate, processes, which proximad are embraced by the cerci. Type: cf ; Davao, Mindanao, Philippine Islands. (From C. F. Baker.) [Hebard Collection, Type no. 785.] Size and form medium for the genus. Cephalic femora rather strongly compressed and curved in a Phasmoid manner, lamellate dorsad except in immediate proximal portion, this formed by the external margin which longitudinally shows a very weak con- vexity. Cephalic coxae each armed with a very small spine. Foramen of cephalic tibiae conchate, deplanate dorsad and strongly flattened laterad. Face to clypeal suture somewhat swollen, bounded on each side by a broadly and shallowly concave area. Tegmina with median vein branching mesad, this branch sending two branches to the sutural margin distad. Pronotal disk with surface flattened, lateral margins very broadly and evenly concave. Lateral lobes of pronotum with length slightly greater than greatest (caudal) depth; ventral margin horizontal, almost straight, curving gently into the ventro-cephalic and ventro-caudal angles. Tegmina and wings fully developed, the former with greatest width de- from a female from Java (Hist. Nat. Ins., Orth., p. 418, (1839).) Dohrn, recog- nizing this difference, has named the species brunneri and has described very briefly the male sex. That sex is seen to differ from the male of baker i in having the supra-anal plate sharply acute distad, the cerci apparently more simple and not embracing the subgenital plate (Stelt. Ent. Zeit., LXVII, p. 348, (1906).) Unfortunately Karny overlooked this and has again renamed the species brunneri (Zool. Mededeel. Rijks Mus. Nat. Hist. Leiden, V, p. 183, (1920).) It would appear that Haan, describing a Javanese male as parumpunctata Serville, really had that species (Verh. Nat. Gcsch. Nederl. overzee. bezitt., Zool., Ins., p. 192, (1842).) If this is true, parumpunctata is a species belonging to t hat section of the genus in which the pronotal disk is more decidedly constricted and the tegmina narrower. u To this species, E. puncticosta Bolivar (Asoc. Espanola Prog. Cienc, Sec. 4a, Cien. Nat., Junio, p. 8, (1913)) is apparently also related, differing, however, in a number of important features. It is unfortunate that that author chose to describe as new an imperfect female of this genus which contains so very many species and more unfortunate that such important measurements as the pronotal width, proportions of its lateral lobes and tegminal width were not given. 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 127 cidedly greater than the pronotal length, scarcely narrowing to the broadly rounded apex, the curvature of which is stronger toward the costal than toward the sutural margin. Femora with genicular lobes bispinose, except those of caudal femora which are" unispinose. Caudal femora with dorsal surface deplanate in prox- imal half. Ventral femoral margins armed with very minute spines, as follows. Cephalic internal 13 and 14, cephalic external 8 and 10, median internal 0, median external 17, caudal internal 0, caudal external 11 and 13. Supra-anal plate very elongate, sym- metrically trapezoidal the lateral margins weakly convergent in proximal two-thirds, thence parallel but distad curving broadly into the truncate apex. Cerci elongate, cylindrical, curving inward, gradually and very feebly enlarging in proximal fourth, thence gradually tapering to near apex where they are suddenly thickened and truncate, the ventro-internal portion produced in a broad, acute, knife-like plate, resembling the dactyl of a mole- cricket. Subgenital plate very elongate, curving evenly dorsad with apices above distal portion of abdomen; cleft to near base and sulcate to base itself, the two processes thus formed slender and tapering, weakly divergent in proximal half, thence cylindrical weakly convergent and armed on the dorsal surface 13 with very minute teeth to their closely adjacent apices. General coloration yellowish brown, probably pale green in life. Antennae light brown ventrad, darker dorsad, with weakly defined dark annuli. Head immaculate. Pronotum with a series of blackish flecks and dots along area of intersection of disk and lateral lobes. Tegmina with an occasional fleck of dark brown in areas between veins of distal portion of section between median vein and its branch and throughout medio-ulnar section, areas between veins in ulnar-anal section with very numerous, exceed- ingly minute, dark brown flecks. Cephalic and median femora with a small longitudinal blotch and a few flecks of dark brown proximad on the external face near the ventral margin. Median and caudal tibiae with a minute fleck of dark brown proximad on the external face. Length of body 22, length of pronotum 4.7, least width of pronotal disk 2.4, greatest (caudal) width of pronotal disk 3.3, greatest (caudal) depth of pronotal lateral lobe 3.9, length of pronotal lateral lobe 4.1, length of tegmen 36.2, greatest width of tegmen 6.2, width of tegmen near apex 6, length of cephalic femur 8.1, length of caudal femur 25 mm. The type is unique. Elimaea filicauda new species. Plate XI, figure 7. This insect resembles more closely E. parumpunctata (Serville) in general form, but shows a type of genitalic specialization agreeing 13 Due to the curvature of the plate this surface, in the distal portion, faces ventrad. 128 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXXIV rather with that of E. bakeri here described and E. brunneri Dohrn. To the latter species closer relationship is shown. The male, however, may be quickly recognized by the great length of the two recurved, filiform processes into which the sub- genital plate, cleft to its base, is produced. Type: d" : Los Bafios, Laguna, Luzon, Phillipine Islands. Octo- ber 21, 1914. (E. F. Banzou.) [Hebard Collection, Type no. 855.] Size medium, form very slender for the genus. Cephalic femora and foramina of cephalic tibiae as described for bakeri. Cephalic coxae unarmed. Face to clypeal suture flattened, with lateral concave areas weaker than in bakeri. Tegmina very narrow, scarcely widening distad; median vein branching shortly before median point, this branch sending two branches to the sutural margin distad. Pronotum narrower but otherwise quite similar to that of bakeri, except that the ventro-cephalic angle of the lateral lobes is sharp, forming an angle very slightly greater than ninety degrees; lateral margins of pronotal disk rounded, parallel on prozona, then diverging evenly and weakly to caudal margin. Tegmina and wings fully developed, very narrow, the former slightly narrower than the pronotal length except in stridulating field, showing very faint widening to distal portion; apex well rounded, median in position. Genicular lobes of cephalic femora bispinose; of median femora unispinose, rounded, (caudal femora missing). Ventral femoral margins armed with very minute spines, as follows. Cephalic internal 8 and 8, cephalic external 0, median internal 0, median external 2. Supra-anal plate declivent, linguliform, distinctly over twice as long as basal width, with apex rounded. Cerci as described for bakeri, but tapering from the base and slightly more slender. Subgenital plate cleft to base, the lateral portions slender, narrowing evenly and produced caudad some distance, then curved dorsad and directed dorsad as two extremely elongate, nearly straight, thread-like processes, their apices reaching to the dorsal margins of the tegmina when these are in repose, their apices faintly thickened. General coloration buffy tinged with green, probably pale green in life. First joint of antennae buffy, tipped with brown (other portions missing). Head showing traces of a postocular yellowish line on each side, this continued along lateral margins of pronotal disk with minute scattered dots of dark brown (particularly ex- ternally), caudal margin of disk with regularly spaced dots of the same. Tegmina Veronese green, stridulating field and costal margin very narrowly buffy, areolae between median vein, its branch and ulnar vein, with brown flecks mesad, toward sutural margin the minute intervals between the veinlets are brown but inconspicuous, ^ephalic femora with a few flecks of dark brown on externa] face near ventral margin, this weaker on median femora; spines dark brown. 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 129 Length of body 17, length of pronotum 4.3, least width of pro- notal disk 1.8, greatest (caudal) width of pronotal disk 2.7, length of pronotal lateral lobe 3.2, greatest (caudal) depth of pronotal lateral lobe 3.1, length of tegmen 34.7, median width of tegmen 4.2 width of tegmen near apex 4.2 length of cephalic femur 8.2, length from base to tip of subgenital plate 8.6, approximate actual length of subgenital plate 14 mm. The type is unique. Elimaea parumpunctata (Serville) Plate XI, figures 8 and 9. 1839. Phaneroptera parumpunctata Serville, Hist. Nat. Ins., Orth., p. 418. [9, Java,] 1842. L[ocusta] parumpunctata Haan, Verh. Nat. Gesch. Nederl. overzee. bezitt,, Zool., Ins., p. 192. [d1, Java.] Batu Sangkar, Padangische Bovenland, Sumatra, August and September, 1901, (Harrison and Hiller), Id71, [Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.]. We have commented upon this species on page 125, footnote 11. For the individual before us we would note the following features: Head immaculate. Pronotum constricted, the disk with surface distinctly concave caudad and with lateral margins concave suf- fused with brown and necked with blackish, the lateral portions of the caudal margin narrowly black. Lateral lobes of pronotum very slightly longer than deep, ventral margin very weakly convex. Tegmina very narrow, widening slightly in distal portion to the rounded apex; median vein branching mesad, entire anal field velvety blackish, showing a maroon tinge, this continued very narrowly but solid to near end of sutural margin, adjacent intervals between veins with very numerous minute flecks of this color, other areas between veins of discoidal field usually with one or more similar flecks mesad, except in distal portion. Median femora with a larger brown fleck proximad on the external surface. Ce- phalic femora with spines and surface at their immediate bases embrowned. Limbs elongate and slender. Cephalic femora curved in a Phasmoid manner, with dorso-external margin de- cidedly lamellate except in proximal portion. Auditory foramen of cephalic tibiae conchate, but flattened dorsad and laterad. Ventral margins of femora armed, as follows. Cephalic internal 7 and 8, cephalic external 7 and 8, median internal 0, median external 11 and 12, caudal internal 0, caudal external 6 and 7. Genicular lobes of femora bi dentate, except the cephalic internal, one median external and one caudal external, which are unidentate. Supra - anal plate small, slightly longer than wide, evenly rounded distad. Cerci comparatively short, simple, curving evenly inward to the aciculate apex. Subgenital plate comparatively short, cleft in distal third, the slender apical fingers thus formed separated by a narrowly U-shaped interval. Length of body 17, length of pronotum 4, least (meso-cephalic) width of pronotal disk 1.2, greatest width of pronotal disk 2.4, 130 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXXIV length of tegmen 34.4, least (median) width of tegmen 4.3, greatest (distal) width of tegmen 4.8, length of cephalic femur 9.6, length of caudal femur 23.7 mm. Elimaea roseo-alata Brunner. Plate XI, figures 10 and 11. 1891. Elimaea roseo-alata Brunner, Verh. Zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, XL1, p. 49. [ 9 ; Deli, Sumatra.] Goenong Soegi, Lampond, Sumatra, October and November, 1901, (Harrison and Hiller), lcf, [Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.]. We do not agree with Dohrn in considering roseo-alata a synonym of parumpunctata (Serville). The following characters are given for the hitherto undescribed male sex. Tegmina widest meso-proximad, narrowing strongly mesad, then very slightly to the broadly rounded apex; anal field dark brown, with veinlets light brown; discoidal field light brown with very numerous minute flecks of dark brown toward anal vein and larger (twenty or more) flecks mesad in areolae of discoidal field. Wings with veins pink and intervening portions hyaline and strongly (pink and green) iridescent. Dorsal surface of ab- domen pink. Tibiae suffused distad. Supra-anal plate nearly twice as long as proximal width, lateral margins weakly convergent proximad, then nearly parallel, rounding into the truncate apex. Cerci cylindrical, strongly curved inward, particularly distad, there tapering sharply off into a long, sharp, slightly curved, apical spine. Subgenital plate elongate, tapering strongly proximad, the long and narrow shaft beyond with lateral margins very weakly concave, the apex itself rather deeply cleft; the two portions thus formed projecting latero-distad and acute-angulate. Length of body 17, length of pronotum 4.3, least width of pro- notum 1.3, greatest (caudal) width of pronotum 2.7, length of tegmen 30, greatest (meso-proximal) width of tegmen 6.4, least (distal) width of tegmen 3.8, length of cephalic femur 8, length of caudal femur 21.8 mm. Mirollia aeta new species. Plate XI, figures 12 and 13. This insect is readily distinguished from the Javanese genotype, carinata, by its smaller size, weak though distinct limb spination and, in the male sex, the strikingly distinctive genitalic special- ization.14 A full generic diagnosis has been given by Brunner.15 14 It is very possible that the female recorded by Karny as M. carinata (Haan), from Mount Makiling, Luzon, Philippine Islands, represents this species (Philip- pine Jour. Sci., XVIII, p. 6 IS, {1921).) 16 Monogr. der Phaneropteriden, p. 106 and pi. I, figs, a to c, (1875). 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 131 Type: c? ; Dapitan, Mindanao, Philippine Islands. (From C. F. Baker.) [Hebard Collection, Type no. 786.] Size small, form compact, limbs short. Vertex weakly silicate and moderately declivent to acutely rounded apex, which is strongly sulcate to the apical marginal border and fails to extend cephalad as far as the plane of the face by half the width of the first antennal joint. Maxillary palpi very elongate, fourth joint two-thirds as long as the third, fifth two and one-half times as long as the fourth. Margin of pronotal lateral lobes broadly convex from the rather deep humeral sinus to the ventro-cephalic angle. Metanotum hyaline and swollen beneath the stridulating field of the tegmina. Dorsal abdominal tergites unspecialized, but those proximad thickly supplied with fine hairs. Supra-anal plate very small and inconspicuous. Cerci very elongate, curving weakly outward, then strongly inward distad; shaft swollen proximad, then tapering, the distal portion slender and cylindrical to the bifid apex. Apex itself rounded conical, with a projection at its base on the inner side slightly more slender but twice as long, tapering to a minute uncinate tooth, which is curved ventrad. Subgenital plate tapering strongly proximad, thence elongate and slender but extending caudad only as far as proximal two-thirds of cercus; apex deeply and narrowly V-emarginate, the slender fingers thus formed very delicate, with apices rounded. Genicular lobes of femora rounded. Ventral femoral margins with the following minute spines distad. Cephalic internal 2 and 3, cephalic external 0, median internal 0, median external 3 and 3, caudal internal 1 and 1, caudal external 4 and 5. General coloration pale yellowish green, probably pale green in life. Antennae with first two joints suffused with whitish dorsad and with large brown suffusions ventrad, succeeding joints with homologous brown suffusions, which become rapidly weaker and disappear distad. Pronotum with symmetrically arranged streaks of heavier pigmentation and with a minute brown fleck between the sulci on each side of the median carina. Tegmina immaculate except for a small brown suffusion mesad in the stridulating field. Limbs immaculate except for a brown line on each side of the enlarged proximal portions of the cephalic tibiae. Length of body 14, length of pronotum 4.7, length of pronotal lateral lobe 3.4, greatest (caudal) height of pronotal lateral lobe 3.4, length of tegmen 21.2, width of tegmen 5.7, length of cephalic femur 3.8, length of caudal femur 11.8, length of cercus 5 mm. The type of this interesting species is unique. Mirollia cerciata new species. Plate XI, figures 14, 15 and 16. This insect agrees closely with M. aeta here described, in general form, but is quickly separated by the very different vertex, punctate tegmina and distinctive male genitalia. Type: c? ; Labuan, British North Borneo. [Hebard Collection, Type no. 787.] 132 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXXIV Vertex sulcate proximad, thence suddenly and sharply declivent, the distal portion represented by a delicate rounded ridge, which fails to extend cephalad as far as the plane of the face by half the width of the first antennal joint. Maxillary palpi elongate but much shorter than in aeta, fourth joint slightly shorter than third and slightly over half as long as fifth. Margin of pronotal lateral lobes less broadly and evenly convex than in aeta, with humeral sinus weaker, the ventro-caudal angle broadly but more strongly rounded and the ventral margin thence nearly straight to the ventro-cephalic angle. Metanotum hyaline and swollen beneath stridulating field of tegmina. Median segment with a transverse proximal ridge adjacent to that area. First abdominal tergite with a large round area mesad which is deeply covered with a wax- like substance, second tergite with a smaller but similar area, third tergite with a much smaller and weaker area. Supra-anal plate very small and inconspicuous, rounded trigonal, with dorsal surface concave and lateral margins wrinkled mesad. Cerci very elongate, very weakly sigmoid except distad where they are strongly curved inward, shaft swollen and gradually enlarging in proximal half, this swelling occurring on the internal portion only, thence tapering and slender to the incurved, enlarged and bluntly rounded apex, at the base of which proximad is a small process directed distad and parallel to the true apex, beyond which it projects slightly and is there terminated in a small, chitinous, sharply decurved tooth. Subgenital plate extending caudad to near cereal apices, narrowing gradually in proximal portions and thence medio- longitudinally caiinate, deeply and very narrowly V-emarginate distad, the broad fingers thus formed with apices more strongly convex externally than internally. Limbs as in aeta. Ventral femoral margins with the following minute spines distad. Cephalic internal 0, cephalic external 0, median internal 0, median external 0 and 3, caudal internal 0 and 1, caudal external 2 and 3. General coloration pale yellowish green, probably pale green in life. Antennae with first two joints suffused with whitish dorsad and with large brown suffusions ventrad, remaining portions yellowish with weakly defined, narrow, suffused brown annuli. Stridulating field of sinistral tegmen showing a large median suf- fusion of dark brown; other portions of tegmina with a small but visible fleck of blackish brown mesad in all the larger areolae except distad in scapular field and with all the countless and microscopic intervals between the veinlets toward the sutural margin black, these areas so minute that they are invisible to the naked eye and do not even cause the tegmina to there appear darker in shade. Pronotum with all but lower portions of lateral lobes showing a profusion of minutely microscopic brown dots and with one larger, though minute, brown dot between the transverse sulci on each side of the median carina. Cephalic femora with a weak suffusion and flecks of brown proximad on the external surface. Cephalic tibiae with enlarged proximal portions suffused with 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 133 brown and with a dark brown line on each side. Other portions of limbs immaculate. Allotype: 9 ; Sandakan, British North Borneo. (From C. F. Baker.) [Hebard Collection.] Agrees closely with male except that the pronotum lacks all but the larger of the minute flecks. Ovipositor broad, angularly bent upward in proximal portion, greatest width meso-distad, apex rotundato-truncate; ventral margin evenly convex, very minutely serrulate at apex, dorsal margin very minutely serrulate except in brief proximal portion. Subgenital plate quadrate-emarginate meso-distad, the lateral portions rotundato-acute-angulate. Length of body d71 14, 9 15; length of pronotum a71 4.6, 9 4.1; greatest (caudal) depth of pronotal lateral lobe d71 3.3, 9 2.8; length of pronotal lateral lobe d71 3.3, 9 2.8; length of tegmen & 20, 9 20.7; width of tegmen d1 5.7, 9 5.5; length of cephalic femur d71 3.7, 9 3.7; length of caudal femur cf 11, 9 11; length of male cercus 5.2, length of ovipositor 5.3, greatest width of ovi- positor 2.7 mm. The species is known from the described pair. Ducetia thymifolia (Fabricius) 1775. L[ocusta] thymifolia Fabricius, Syst. Ent., p. 283. [New Holland (= Australia).] Chandkhira, Silhet, Assam, 1 d71 . Singapore, British Straits Settlements, (from C. F. Baker), 2 9 . Labuan, British North Borneo, 1 d71 • Baguio, Benguet, Luzon, Philippine Islands, (from C. F. Baker), 1 d". Los Banos, Laguna, Luzon, Phillipine Islands, (from C. F. Baker), 1 <? . Mount Makiling, Luzon, Philippine Islands, (from C. F. Baker), 2 9. Malinao, Tayabas, Luzon, Phillippine Islands, (from C. F. Baker), 1 tf . The Mount Makiling individual is the only wholly brown speci- men in the present series, the others showing various types of the green color phase. PROHIMERTA new genus. This genus is an aberrant member of the Group Letanae, as the cephalic tibiae do not entirely lack dorsal spines. In general appearance the insect agrees best with species of Letana Walker, (of which Pyrrhicia Stal is a synonym), differing in the even broader 134 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXXIV tegmina with distinctive venation, spinafcion of the cephalic tibiae and different type of male genitalic devlopment. Nearest actual agreement, however, is with Himerta, the male genitalia being similar in type, but Prohimerta differs in the weakly sulcate vertex, lateral lobes of pronotum which are not longer than high, much larger size, much longer and broader tegmina (with branches of the median vein strongly oblique, as in the genus Phaula Brunner) and spination of the cephalic tibiae. Though the dorsal margins of the cephalic tibiae bear a few spines, the sudden constriction beyond the auditory foramina and the male genitalic development show the position of the genus to be in the Group Letanae and not in the Group Ducetiae. Genotype.- — Prohimerta annamensis new species. Cephalic coxae unarmed. Pronotum with disk flattened and caudal margin broadly convex, the lateral lobes roundly inserted but with angulation distinct, humeral sinus distinct. Vertex weakly sulcate and declivent to the rounded, horizontal distal extremity, which is separated by a considerable gap from the small, erect, rounded frontal fastigium. Male subgenital plate without styles, deeply cleft, with the fingers thus formed nearly parallel. Cephalic tibiae with apert auditory foramina, these members there stout but suddenly constricted beyond; sulcate dorsad bearing a proximo-external, meso-distal-external and on each side a distal very small spine. Pronotum and limbs, except caudal tibiae, rather thickly supplied with very small, stiff, short, erect hairs. Tegmina decidedly wider than pronotal length with branches of median vein strongly oblique. Prosternum unarmed. Mesosternum weakly lobate, metasternum sublobate. Prohimerta annamensis new species. Plate XI, figures 17, 18 and 19. This is a striking species, due to the conspicuous pale annuli of the dark antennae, the dotted tegmina and dark cephalic feet and caudal tibiae. Type: cf; Phuc-Son, Annam. November and December. (From H. Fruhstorfer.) [Hebard Collection, Type no. 788.] Head with occiput convex. Eyes prominent, globose. Maxil- lary palpi with fourth joint two-thirds as long as third and slightly over half as long as fifth. Pronotal sulci distinct on lateral lobes, principal sulcus indicated on disk by a median Y-shaped impression with arms convex and base short. Tegmina and wings fully de- veloped, extending well beyond apices of caudal femora. Tegmina broad, narrowing very slightly to the broadly rounded apex; ulnar vein reaching sutural margin very slightly beyond median point; median vein sending four oblique branches to that margin. Femora with genicular lobes bispinose, the spines of the median 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 135 external and caudal external lobes very small. Ventral femoral margins armed with minute spines, as follows. Cephalic internal 4 and 4, cephalic external 4 and 6, median internal 0, median external 6 and 7, caudal internal 0 and 1, caudal external 8 and 8. Supra-anal plate very small, triangularly convex, deflexed between the cereal bases. Cercus with base small, stout conical, its apex produced inward in a sharp, slender blade nearly twice the length of the shaft, directed at right-angles to the shaft; this blade is longitudinally tri-lamellate and curves evenly and weakly to its sharp apex. Subgenital plate strongly narrowing at base, the distal portion very deeply and narrowly cleft and extending caudad of the cerci; the fingers thus formed stout, with external surface moderately supplied with short hairs and internal surface very thickly supplied with very short, erect hairs. General coloration of tegmina and exposed portions of wings light green (in life probably including body and limbs), faded to yellowish brown over greater part of other portions. Head with vertex pinkish and two postocular suffusions of pinkish brown on each side. Antennae beautifully annulate, each of these annuli first briefly blackish brown, then fading over a considerable space to pinkish brown, terminated by a brief buffy area; these annuli become more elongate distad in strongly increasing ratio. Teg- mina green, stridulating field pinkish brown, caudad of it a paler area and the pinkish brown narrowing beyond along the sutural margin and disappearing mesad; intervals between veins minutely flecked with brown, these flecks clustering to form distinct small patches at considerable intervals mesad between the veins. Ce- phalic femora and proximal portions of cephalic tibiae heavily suffused and dotted with brown, distal portions of cephalic limbs darkened. Median and caudal limbs with many minute dots of brown, the tibiae with a dark proximal fleck externally, caudal tibiae in large portion and caudal tarsi very dark. Length of body 20, length of pronotum 4.8, least width of pro- notum 2.2, greatest (caudal) width of pronotum 3.2, length of pronotal lateral lobe 3.8, depth of pronotal lateral lobe 3.9, length of tegmen 31.2, greatest width of tegmen 7.8, least width (near apex) of tegmen 7, length of cephalic femur 7.3, length of caudal femur 26.7 mm. The type is unique. Letana brunneri (Krausze) 1904. Pyrrhizia brunneri Krausze, Insekten Borse, XXI, p. 29. [ 9 ; Than-Moi, Tonkin.] Phuc-Son, Annam, (from H. Fruhstorfer), 1 9 . This specimen agrees closely with the original description except that the pronotal disk is not only punctate with a dull pink, but is also medio-longitudinally suffused with the same color, while the pronotal length does not equal the tegminal width. The femora 136 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXXIV are armed with very minute spines along their ventral margins, as follows. Cephalic internal 3 and 4, cephalic external 0, median internal 0, median external 3, caudal internal 8 and 10, caudal external 10 and 12. The subgenital plate is rather broadly truncate and sub-bilobate distad. Scambophyllum albomarginatum new species. Plate XII, figure l. This species is related to the Sumatran S. sanguineolentum (Westwood). Females before us differ from females of that species in the narrower tegmina, which narrow gradually distad from the median point, with meso-proximal concavity of the costal margin decidely less and in the flattened subsulcate dorsal surface of the cephalic femora. Difference in coloration is shown by the broad white ventral margins of the pronotal lateral lobes and the narrow white costal margins of the tegmina. Type: 9 : Labuan, British North Borneo. [Hebard Collection, Type no. 805.] Vertex represented by a small rounded, subsulcate projection, not extending as far cephalad and a very brief distance above the more narrowly rounded facial fastigium. Pronotum short, disk rounding broadly into lateral lobes, broader than long, with transverse sulci decided, its caudal margin broadly convex and showing faint angulation mesad; lateral lobes with ventral margin weakly oblique and very broadly convex (straight in paratype), caudal margin weakly oblique to the broad and weakly indicated humeral sinus. Tegmina very narrowly elongate-oval, narrowing gradually from the median point to the broadly rounded apex, the costal margin showing a broad and weak concavity meso- proximad; mediastine vein very weak, but as heavy as the more than usually heavy transverse veins; discoidal vein curving to costal margin at end of its proximal three-fifths; median vein straight to costal margin near apex, branching at base of distal curvature of discoidal vein, this branch nearly longitudinal and running to apex; ulnar vein with a proximal branch running to median vein, this branch from that point running parallel to ulnar vein to opposite branch of median vein, there ceasing; the ulnar vein itself running nearly parallel to the median vein and branch. Wings Gryllacroid, parachute -like, not full and thus apparently showing incipient atrophy. Ovipositor strongly re- curved at base, broad, broadly rounded at apex, disk distad sca- brous, dorsal margin in distal portion and ventral margin toward apex with heavy triangular teeth. Subgenital plate triangular with broad truncate apex rounded, chitinous only in narrow mar- ginal portions. Genicular lobes and ventral margins of femora unarmed. Caudal tibiae unspined dorsad, armed distad with a dorso-lateral minute pair of spurs and a median pair of heavier spurs. 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 137 Head biscay green, face yellowish, a very broad postocular bar of mummy brown which is continued on the sides of the body below the pronotum. Antennae with proximal joints marked with blackish, in remaining portions black with light buff, widely spaced annuli, of which the second is much the largest, occupying three joints. Pronotum biscay green, the lateral lobes very broadly margined ventrad with cream color, this showing traces of mars brown along its inner margin. Tegmina serpentine green with countless microscopic flecks of dark vinaceous (the intervals between the very closely packed veinlets), costal margin white, with a slightly narrower internal border of dark vinaceous, sutural margin more broadly black between the brown veins, this occupying all of the anal field. Wings apricot buff, the anterior field suffused with acajou red and the transverse veins of the radiate field strongly defined in that color. Abdomen washed with acajou red dorsad. Ovipositor green, suffused with brown distad. Limbs green and brown, the tibiae with dark dorsal margins, the femora tipped dorsad with black, with a white area immediately preceding and in strong contrast. Length of body 27 and 19 (the latter specimen shrunken, the measurements of the type being given first), length of pronotum 4.5 and 4.7, caudal width of pronotal disk 4.8 and 4.9, length of tegmen 26.8 and 24, greatest (median) width of tegmen 8.7 and 6.9, meso-distal width of tegmen 7 and 5.8, length of cephalic femur 9.8 and 9.6, length of caudal femur 17.8 and 16.4, length of ovi- positor 8.2 and 8.1 mm. A female paratype, bearing the same data as the type, is before us. Scambophyllum sanguineolentum (Westwood) 1848. Phylloptera sanguineolenta Westwood, Cab. Oriental Ent., p. 52, pi. XXV, fig. 3. [<?, 9 ; Sumatra.] Goenong Soegi, Lampong, Sumatra, October and November, (Harrison and Hiller)j 1 juv. & , [A.N.S.P.]. This small immature individual is dark brown, beautifully marked with buff and white. There is no question that it represents the genus, but we can not say with certainty the same for the specific determination. One species only, however, has been recorded from Sumatra. Scambophyllum sandakanae new species. Plate XII, figures 2, 3 and 4. The unicolorous wings and lateral margins of pronotal disk defined by dark markings are striking features of difference in this insect. In addition, though the emargination of the costal margins of the tegmina is more sudden even than in S. sanguineolentum (Westwood), these organs taper more strongly distad even than in S. albomarginatuni here described, with venation more delicate and different in several important respects. 138 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXXIV The present appears to be a dully colored species, showing none of the brilliant and striking contrasts found in the other known forms of this extraordinary genus. Type : 9 ; Sandakan, British North Borneo. (From C. F. Baker.) [Hebard Collection, Type, no. 806.] Agrees with albomarginatum except as follows. Vertex more sulcate, distinctly so. Pronotum slightly longer than broad, with lateral margins of disk defined from lateral lobes by color, though not bjr contour. Tegmina broader, with a strong sub-angular concavity of the costal margin meso-proximad thence narrowing more strongly to the more strongly rounded apex, the sutural mar- gin showing greater convexity, the axis of the distal portion of the tegmen being at a slight angle to the axis of its proximal portion; mediastine and transverse veins much weaker, scarcely visible to the naked eye, principal veins proportionately weaker; discoidal vein curving to costal margin at end of its proximal two-thirds; median vein showing a weak angulation mesad, reaching costal margin near apex, branching at base of distal curvature of disco- idal vein and again distad, its first branch forked dbtad, these branches curving but in large part longitudinal; ulnar vein follow- ing margin of anal field for two -thirds its length, thence longitu - dinal, running straight to sutural margin at base of distal third. Wings with area proportionately slightly less, contour slightly more parachute-like. Caudal tibiae with dorso-distal spurs absent on all but one side of one tibia, (present on all in paratype). Allotype : cf ; same data as type. [Hebard Collection.] Size decidedly smaller than female. Vertex more distinctly sulcate, the apex of the facial fastigium also sulcate. Pronotal disk as long as broad. Stridulating field of tegmina large, with stridulating vein very short and heavy; concavity of costal margin weaker; distal portion of tegmina tapering much more strongly to the more sharply rounded apex; first branch of median vein not forked. Ultimate tergite broadly and narrowly concave above the rotundato-trigonal supra-anal plate, which is slightly broader than long. Cerci moderately stout, straight, cylindrical, tapering slightly to the apex which is armed with a single sharp tooth, directed inward at slightly less than a right angle to the shaft. Subgenital plate short, simple, transverse, with distal margin convex. General coloration greenish yellow, (discolored, probably green in life). Antennae suffused with brown and showing small, widely spaced, buffy annuli. Head with a broad, irregular postocular suffusion of mummy brown, this continued on lateral lobes of pronotum, proximad there extending to near the ventral margin, the dorsal margin of this marking, though not continuous, clearly defining the lateral margins of the pronotal disk. Tegmina with areas between veins of anal field, except meso-distad, prouts 1922 1 NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 139 brown, this continued as a narrow black margin around the apex; other portions of tegmina, including costal margin, uniform greenish yellow. Wings unicolorous, vinaceous-buff, the anterior field tinged with the greenish yellow of the tegmina. Limbs much as described for albo marginatum, except that the pale pre -apical dorsal markings of the femora are buffy. Length of body tf 16, 9 21.3; length of pronotum & 3.8, 9 4.7; caudal width of pronotal disk cf 3.8, 9 4.2; length of tegmen c? 17, 9 23; greatest (median) width of tegmen d1 7.7, 9 8.8; meso-distal width of tegmen a71 5, 9 6; length of cephalic femur c? 8.4, 9 9.8; length of caudal femur cf 14, 9 18; length of ovi- positor 7.2 mm. The species is known from the described pair. Acrypeza reticulata Guerin. 1829. Acrypeza reticulata Guerin, Voyage de La Coquille, II, part II, p. 152, Atlas Zool., Ins. pi. X, figs. 2 and 2a. [[cfl; Port Jackson, Australia.] Jenolan, New South Wales, Australia, (from H. de Saussure), 2(^,2 9, [A. N. S. P.]. Leptodera ornatipennis Servllle. 1839. Leptodera ornatipennis Serville, Hist. Nat. Ins., Orth., p. 410. [cf, Java.] Labuan, British North Borneo, 1 9 . Sandakan, British North Borneo, (from C. F. Baker), 1 cf. The best figure of this extraordinary and handsome insect is that given by Saussure, as the synonymous Euparthenus gratiosa.16 Length of body cf 28, 9 30; length of pronotum cf 9, 9 9; least (cephalic) width of pronotum cf 1.8, 9 1.8; greatest (caudal) width of pronotum cf 4.2, 9 4.2; length of tegmen cf 40, 9 44; median width of tegmen cf 15.7, 9 18; greatest (distal) width of tegmen & 18.8, 9 20.3; length of cephalic femur cf 5.8, 9 7; length of caudal femur cf 17.8, 9 20.3; length of ovipositor 8.9 mm. Ancylecha fenestrata (Fabricius) Plate XI, figure 20. 1793. L[ocusta] fenestrata Fabricius, Ent. Syst., II, P- 34. [East India.] Sandakan, British North Borneo, (from C. F. Baker), 1 d". This handsome insect, which in form reminds one of species of the New World genus Stilpnochlora, is readily recognized by the lamellate spinose plates on the limbs and the striking crescentric markings on the tegmina. The male cerci have not been described, they are figured in the present paper. The bluntly serrate dorsal lamella of the distal arm is chitinous and dark, in striking contrast to the pale shaft. 16 Rev. Suisse Zool, pi. IX, fig. 9, (1898). 140 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXXIV Length of body 30, length of pronotum 9.7, greatest (caudal) width of pronotum 6.8, length of tegmen 66.4, greatest width of tegmen 25.5, length of caudal femur 35 mm. Phygela haani Still. Plate XI, figures 21 and 22. 1876.. P[hygela] haani St&l, Bih. K. Svenska Vet.-Akad. Handl., IV, No. 5, p. 57. [ 9 , Malacca, [Malay Peninsula].] Singapore, British Straits Settlements, (from C. F. Baker), 2 d\3 9. The previously unknown male of this species shows the following genital characters: supra-anal plate elongate linguliform, deflexed between the cerci. Cerci elongate, cylindrical, tapering to the apex which is bifid, each of these projections armed with a tooth, the more distal projection heavier and with apical tooth larger. Subgenital plate elongate, extending slightly beyond cereal apices, tapering strongly proximad, thence weakly to apex which is rather strongly though transversely emarginate, this emargination sym- metrically trapezoidal, the short lateral projections cylindrical and supplied with very slightly more slender, straight styles, which are about three times as long as wide. Length of body c? 24 and 23, 9 29 to 30; length of pronotum tf 6.2 and 6.3, 9 6.9 to 7.1; length of tegmen & 38.7 and 41.2, 9 46.9 to 49; greatest (meso-distal) width of tegmen d" 10.9 and 11.8; 9 13.8 to 14; length of caudal femur <? 25 and 25.7, 9 29 to 30.2; length of ovipositor 10.4 to 10.2 mm. Arnobia pilipes (Haan) 1842. L[ocusta] (Phaneroptera) pilipes Haan, in Temminck, Verh. Nat. Geschied. Nederl. oversee, bezitt., Zool., Ins., p. 194. [ 9 , Japan.17] Labuan, British North Borneo, 1 cf . The male genitalia of this interesting katydid have been de- scribed by Rehn,18 from a specimen taken at Bah Soemboe, Sumatra. Tapiena cerciata new species. Plate XI, figures 23 and 24. 19 The present insect is distinguished from the previously known species of the genus by its larger size and broader tegmina. The male ultimate tergite is not produced and in this respect agrees with the Sumatran T. truncata (Brunner). Type: cf1; Davao, Mindanao, Philippine Islands. (From C. F. Baker.) [Hebard Collection, Type no. 792.] 17 There is practically no doubt that this locality was given in error, the genus not having been subsequently found north of Borneo. 18 Bull. Arner. Mus. Nat. Hist., XXVI, p. 192, (1909). 19 Brunner's Tapeina is preoccupied by Tapeinus Laporte, 1832, and Tapiena lias been proposed by Bolivar to replace it {Mem. Soc. Espan. Hist. Arat., I, p. 334, (1906). 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 141 Occiput and pronotum strongly impresso-punctulate, femora and other portions of head less strongly so. Occiput flattened, very weakly convex; vertex very small, narrowing strongly and sulcate proximad, the apex thickened, convex and subattingent to frontal fastigium, nearly half as wide as the proximal antennal joint. Pronotal disk deplanate, scarcely wider caudad than cephalad; lateral lobes vertical and forming a sharply rounded angle with the disk, slightly higher than wide. Tegmina and wings fully de- veloped. Tegmina broad, narrowing gradually distad to the rounded apex; ulnar vein sending three branches to the sutural margin; median vein branching distinctly proximad of its median point and with one more distinct, oblique, distal branch, the first branch forking before its median point. Supra-anal plate small, elongate, rounded triangular, deflexed between the cereal bases. Cerci large, base briefly cylindrical, the ventral margin thence curving evenly to the acute apex, the dorsal margin strongly pro- duced and lamellate, the knife-edge thus formed rounding to base in proximal portion, thence evenly and gradually narrowing and concave to the recurved apex. Subgenital plate elongate but not extending as far as the cereal apices, tapering strongly proximad, thence weakly to apex, which is rather strongly transversely emar- ginate, this emargination rotundato-quadrate, the short lateral projections cylindrical and supplied with slightly more slender, straight styles, which are about seven times as long as wide. Ventral femoral margins armed with small teeth as follows. Ce- phalic internal cf 4, 9 3 and 4; cephalic external 0; median in- ternal 0; median external d1 0, 9 1 and 1; caudal internal c? 4, 9 3 and 5; caudal external cf 5, 9 4 and 5. Genicular lobes of femora rounded and unarmed. Allotype: 9 ; Dapitan, Zamboanga District, Mindanao, Phi- lippine Islands. (From C. F. Baker.) [Hebard Collection.] Agrees closely with male, size slightly larger. Ovipositor broad, tapering evenly to the acute apex; dorsal margin subserrulate in distal portion, ventral margin serrulate near apex. Subgenital plate triangular, with apex sharply acute. General coloration immaculate green. The type is discolored. The allotype has the ovipositor light brown, darkened at apex. Length of body <? 28, 9 31.7; length of pronotum cf 7, 9 7.3; cephalic width of pronotum cf 4.5. 9 4.8; caudal width of pro- notum c? 5, 9 5.2; depth of pronotal lateral lobe cf 5.8, 9 6; greatest (dorsal) width of pronotal lateral lobe cf 5, 9 5.2; length of tegmen cT 43.7, 9 43.8; greatest width of tegmen c? 10.7, 9 11.9; length of ovipositor 9.2 mm. The species is known from the described pair. 142 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXXIV Casigneta cochleata Brunner. 1878. C[asigneta] cochleata Brunner, Monogr. der Phaneropteriden, p .164, pi. Ill, fig. 46. [d\ 9; Moluccas; Amboina, [Moluccas].] Amboina Island, Moluccas, 1 9 , [A. N. S. P.] Length of body 26.5, length of pronotum 5.6, length of tegmen 38.3, greatest width of tegmen 8.5, length of caudal femur 26.3, length of ovipositor 9.7 mm. Casigneta lamellosa Brunner. 1891. Casigneta lamellosa Brunner, Verb.. Zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, XLI, p. 77. [d\ Celebes.] Obi Island, Moluccas, 2 9 . Without males we are unable to determine these specimens with certainty. Brunner has described lamellosa from the male genitalia alone, but the measurements show it to be a species with more slender tegmina than cochleata. As the present specimens agree in this respect, we have assigned them accordingly. In all other features, except those of proportion, they are similar to the Amboina female here recorded as cochleata. In these females as well as in the specimen of cochleata, the teg- mina have the veinlets of the distal section of the enlarged portion of the anal field buffy, with minute intervals dark brown. From there to the apex the sutural margin has the minute spaces between the green veinlets similarly dark brown. These latter markings are so fine that they are scarcely distinguishable to the naked eye. Length of body 24.5 and 25, length of pronotum 5.4 and 5.8, length of tegmen 38 and 39.3, greatest width of tegmen 6.9 and 7, length of caudal femur 26.7 and 27, length of ovipositor 10 and 10.9 mm. Casigneta pellucida Brunner. 1878. C[asigneia] pellucida Brunner, Monogr. der Phaneropteriden, p. 165. [d\ 9 ; Philippine Islands.] Dapitan, Zamboanga District, Mindanao, Philippine Islands, (from C. F. Baker), 1 9 . As stated by Brunner, this species differs from C. cochleata Brunner mainly in the paler general coloration and the triangular female subgenital plate. The tegmina show the same delicate marking we have noted for C. lamellosa Brunner, and in addition have a very small blackish brown fleck at the base of the anal vein. Length of body 23, length of pronotum 5.8, length of tegmen 38, greatest width of tegmen 7.6, length of caudal femur 28.7, length of ovipositor 8.3 mm. 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 143 Elbenia tenera Brunner. 1S78. E[lbenia] lenera Brunner, Monogr. der Phaneropteriden, p. 166. [ 9 , Borneo.] 1898. Elb[enia] triangularis Brunner, Abh. Senckenb. Naturfors. Ges., XXIV, p. 255, pi. XVIII, fig. 42. [d*; Kina Balu, Borneo.] Labuan, British North Borneo, 2 d\ 1 9 . The present material proves conclusively the synonymy indi- cated above, caused by Brunner's failure to associate the sexes of this species. The anal tergite of the female has not been described. It is strongly specialized, being produced in a pair of slender, straight processes above the small, shield-shaped supra-anal plate. Length of body (all squeezed out) cT 24 and 24.7, 9 24.5; length of pronotum tf 5 and 4.8, 9 5.3; caudal width of pronotal disk c? 2.9 and 3, 9 3; length of tegmen & 34.5 and 32.8, 9 34.5; greatest width of tegmen cf 5.7 and 5.8, 9 6.5; length of cephalic femur cf 6.2 and 6.2, 9 6.5; length of caudal femur cT 20.8 and 20.8, 9 22; length of ovipositor 9.8 mm. Elbenia nigro-signata Stal. 1876. Elbenia nigro-signata Stal, Bih. K. Svenska Vet. Akad. Hand]., IV, No. 5, p. 56. [c?: Malacca, British Straits Settlements.] Singapore, British Straits Settlements, (from C. F. Baker), 1 9 . The present female apparently represents the previously unknown female of nigro-signata. It agrees closely with that sex of E. tenera Brunner. In addition to having the forking of the branch of the median vein more distal in position, the present female has the anal tergite produced in a pair of very slender, slightly decurved and divergent, straight processes, above the shield-shaped supra- anal plate, these processes more slender and elongate and more widely separated than in tenera. Length of body 16.7 (shrivelled), length of pronotum 5.3, caudal width of pronotal disk 3.4, length of tegmen 36.7, greatest tegminal width 7.3, length of cephalic femur 6.2, length of caudal femur 20.8, length of ovipositor 10.7 mm. Elbenia makilingae new species. Plate XIII, figures 1 and 2. Known from a unique female, this sex differs from any pre- viously described female of the genus, except E. manillensis Pictet,22 in the brevity of the ovipositor. From that insect the present differs in the smaller size and shorter pronotum, with lateral lobes no deeper than wide. 20 It appears very possible that Brunner's E. modesla, described from the Philippines, will prove to be a synonym of manillensis. Pictet describes the ovipositor of that species as short, but does not give the length. 144 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXXIV Type: 9 ; Mount Makiling, Luzon, Philippine Islands. (From C. F. Baker.) [Hebard Collection, Type no. 793.] Vertex small, very narrowly V-shaped and deeply sulcate to near apex; as characteristic of genus. Pronotum with lateral lobes no deeper than wide. Tegmina and wings fully developed. Tegmina with median vein branching a brief distance before its median point, this branch forking nearly at its median point, these veins running longitudinally and showing only weak obliquity; near its extremity the median vein sends one or two, poorly defined, branches to the sutural margin and apex. Anal tergite simple, triangularly emarginate above the small, short, shield-shaped supra-anal plate. Ovipositor short for the genus, dorsal margin strongly concave proximad, ventral margin evenly convex to the acute apex; dorsal and ventral margins distinctly serrulate, surface of dorsal valves to near proximal portion with minute nodules, the other portions of the lateral surfaces of the valves with even smaller, very minute nodules. The ovipositor is much shorter and more strongly curved, with apex more acute than in E. tenera Brunner. Subgenital plate broad and short, its distal margin broadly convex but showing a slight flattening of this convexity laterad. Limbs elongate. Caudal femora heavy in proximal portions, very slender in distal portions. Genicular lobes of femora all bispinose, except one internal lobe of the cephalic femora which is unispinose. Ventral femoral margins armed as follows. Cephalic internal 2 and 4, cephalic external 0, median internal 0, median external 3 and 3, caudal internal 4, caudal external 5. The unique type is badly discolored. It would appear to have been pale green in life, immaculate except for a delicate marking along the sutural margins of the tegmina, much as here described for Casigneta himellosa Brunner on page 142. Length of body 22.5, length of pronotum 5.1, caudal width of pronotum 3.1, depth of pronotal lateral lobe 3.7, width of pro- notal lateral lobe 3.7, length of tegmen 36, greatest width of tegmen 7, distal width of tegmen 5.4, length of cephalic femur 8, length of median femur 10.9, length of caudal femur 25.2, proximal width of caudal femur 3.4, length of ovispositor 7.6, greatest width of ovipositor 2.1 mm. The species is known from a single specimen. Elbenia serraticauda new species. Plate XIII, figures 3 and 4. This remarkable insect has the male genitalia of the general type found in the Sumatran E. appendiculata Brunner, but shows de- cidedly greater specialization and several differences of striking character. It agrees very closely with the Malaccan E. nigrosignata Stal in these features, but the bifid production of the anal segment has 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 145 its arms parallel, becoming weakly convergent distad, the cerci are proportionately shorter and do not extend as far caudad as does the subgenital plate, with a small cylindrical projection above their bases and the subgenital plate is straight-produced to the elongate and recurved, divided and internally serrulate distal portion. In other features these species appear to agree very closely, except that in serraticauda the tegmina are slightly wider, with first branch of the median vein forking mesad. Though agreeing closely in general appearance with the female, here described as E. makilingae, the present male differs con- spicuously in the pronotal lateral lobes, which are distinctly higher than wide and in the shorter limbs. Type: cf1; Puerto Princesa, Palawan, Philippine Islands. (From C. F. Baker.) [Hebard Collection, Type no. 794.] Vertex as described for makilingae. Pronotum with lateral lobes distinctly higher than wide. Tegmina with median vein branching at about end of its proximal two-fifths, this branch forking at nearly its median point, these veins running longitudinally and showing very weak obliquity; near its distal extremity the median vein sends another poorly defined branch to the apex.21 Anal tergite produced mesad in two slender, narrowly separated, pro- cesses which are parallel proximad and converge weakly distad, with delicate, lamellate, rounded apices vertical. Below this tergite and above the cerci is a small projection bearing a small, straight, cylindrical projection, with apex rounded, directed caudad. Cercus cylindrical, tapering, curved evenly inward distad to the acute apex. Subgenital plate trough shaped, straight- produced proximad and narrowly V-emarginate in distal portion of this section, the two distal portions thus formed suddenly and strongly recurved, directed dorso-cephalad, each straight and gradually tapering, with internal margin armed with a regular row of small, stout teeth. Limbs as described for makilingae, except that they are decidedly shorter. Genicular lobes of femora all rounded and unarmed, except the internal of the caudal femora which are unispinose. Ventral femoral margins armed as follows. Cephalic internal 4 and 4, cephalic external 0, median internal 0, median external 2 and 3, caudal internal 2 and 3, caudal external 1 and 2. The unique type is badly discolored but shows the entire proximal portions of the tegminal stridulating field, to and including the stridulating vein, very dark brown. The other portions were apparently immaculate, light green in life. 2* The venation of the sinistral tegmen is distorted in this specimen, the ulnar fusing with the first branch of the median vein, that branch forking twice instead of once, meso-proximad and meso-distad. 146 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXXIV Length of body 23.5, length of pronotum 5.4, caudal width of pronotum 3.6, depth of pronotal lateral lobe 4.3, width of pronotal lateral lobe 3.8, length of tegmen 35.3, greatest width of tegmen 7.3, distal width of tegmen 6.3, length of cephalic femur 6.2, length of median femur 8.8, length of caudal femur 21.8, proximal width of caudal femur 2.9 mm. The type is unique. Furnia bakeri Karny. 1921. Furnia bakeri Karny, Philippine Jour. Sci., XVIII, p. 617. [9; Mount Makiling, [Luzon, Philippine Islands].] Mount Makiling, Luzon, Philippine Islands, 1 9 . We find that the genus Furnia agrees so closely with Elbenia in the great majority of generic and group characters that we refer it, without hesitation, to the present position in the Group Psyrae. The auditory foramina of the cephalic tibiae are conchate on both sides in this genus and, for this reason alone, it had been assigned a position in the Group Anaulocomerae. The specimen before us agrees closely with the original de- scription. We would note that the vertex, at its base only, is nearly as wide as the first antennal joint. The triangular pro- jections of the anal tergite lie on each side of the shield-shaped supra-anal plate. The tegmina show a small brown suffusion proximo-laterad in the anal field. Length of body 23.5, length of pronotum 5.8, length of tegmen 40.7, greatest width of tegmen 8.8, length of cephalic femur 7.8, length of caudal femur 23. 3, 22 length of ovipositor 11 mm. Phaula rugulosa Brunner. 1878. Ph[aula] rugulosa Brunner, Monogr. der Phaneropteriden, p. 167. [ 9, Philippine Islands.] Butuan, Mindanao, Philippine Islands, (from C. F. Baker), 1 9 . Surigao, Mindanao, Philippine Islands, (from C. F. Baker), 1 9 . Labuan, British North Borneo, 1 9 . The last two specimens are larger than the type, but agree closely in all proportions and other characters given. Males may prove the presence of more than one species having the pronotum shal- lowly though thickly impresso-punctulate. Length of body (the measurements of the Philippine specimens are given first) 23.3, 24 and 24.2, length of pronotum 4.8, 5.6 and 5.6, caudal width of pronotal disk 3.1, 3.3-3.3, length of tegmen 31.2, 35 and 36.2, width of tegmen 6.8, 8.2 and 8, length of caudal 2 This dimension is given by Karny as 35.5, probably a printers error for 25.5. 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 147 femur 19.7, 20.5 and 20.8, length of ovipositor 10.3, 11.7 and 12.2 mm. Phaula phaneropteroides Brunner. 1891. Phaula phaneropteroides Brunner, Verh. Zool.-bot. Ges. Wien., xli, p. 81. [c71; Manila, [Luzon, Philippine Islands].] 1921. Phaula tereliuscula Karny, Philippine Jour. Sci., XVIII, p. 614. [9; Los Bafios, [Luzon, Philippine Islands].] Los Bafios, Laguna, Luzon, Philippine Islands, (from C. F. Baker), 1 <?, 1 9. Mount Makiling, Luzon, Philippine Islands, (from C. F. Baker), 1 d%2 9. Failure to associate the sexes which show a decided contrast in size, led to the synonymy indicated above. The present material enables us to establish this synonymy without hesitation. The male genitalia have been very superficially described for the species. The anal tergite is truncate, with a small, shallow, triangular impression above the elongate-trigonal supra-anal plate. The cerci are ovate enlarged in distal two -fifths, the external surfaces of this portion being concave, the internal surface armed mesad with a large, erect tooth. The subgenital plate is short, extending caudad to the median portion of the cerci; it is carinate mesad, with apex very broadly emarginate, the lateral portions short, straight, styliform but not articulated. Measurements (in millimeters) & Los Bafios Mount Makiling 9 Los Bafios Mount Makiling Mount Makiling Length of body 13.2 14.2 18 19.8 19 Length of pro- notum 3.3 3.7 4.8 4.7 4.7 Length of tegmen 21 23.3 30 29.8 29.3 Width of tegmen 4 4.2 6.6 6.3 6.3 Length of caudal femur 16.2 16.7 20 19.4 19.2 Length of ovi- positor 9.5 9.8 9.4 Phaula luzonica new species. Plate XIII, figures 5, 6 and 7. This insect is nearest in relationship to P. phaneropteroides Brunner, differing in the larger size, dark marking of the cephalic tibiae at the auditory foramina, male genitalia (which, however, are of the same general type) and much shorter ovipositor. Type: d71 ; Baguio, Benguet, Luzon, Philippine Islands. (From C. F. Baker.) [Hebard Collection, Type no. 795.] Vertex rather narrowly V-shaped and shallowly sulcate, the lateral margins weakly concave and expanding weakly in distal 148 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXXIV portion, instead of being there parallel as in phaneropteroides. Pronotum with surface smooth, the lateral lobes very slightly deeper than wide. Tegmina and wings fully developed. Tegmina with costal margin of stridulating field convex, not produced at stridulating vein; median vein with four oblique branches which do not fork. Anal tergite hooded, produced to opposite proximal portions of cochleate cereal apices, there truncate, the lateral margins obliquely ascendant and broadly concave to that point. Supra-anal plate concealed. Cerci cylindrical in slightly over proximal* half, the remaining distal portion expanded into a de- licate, vertical, lamellate plate, which is irregularly quadrate with angles rounded, bearing mesad on its concave internal surface a large erect tooth.23 Subgenital plate small, short, extending cauclad as far as median portion of cerci, carinate mesad, with apex broadly U-emarginate, the lateral portions thus formed short, straight, styliform but not articulated. Genicular lobes of caudal femora very weakly bispinose, of other femora bluntly or triangularly rounded. Ventral femoral margins armed with small teeth, those of the cephalic and median femora being minutely microscopic, as follows. Cephalic internal cf 2 to 3, 9 3 to 6, cephalic external 0, median internal 0, median external o71 and 9 5, caudal internal c71 5 to 7, 9 4 to 5, caudal external c71 7, 9 10 to 11. Allotype: 9 ; same data as type. [Hebard Collection.] Larger and more robust than male, but not showing as great sexual contrast as does phaneropteroides. Coloration similar, the marking of the cephalic tibiae of apparent decided specific diag- nostic value. Ovipositor very short for the genus, curving very gradually upward to the acute apex, dorsal and ventral margins very finely serrulate an equal distance distad, lateral surface without nodes or grooves. Subgenital plate triangular with apex bluntly rounded and ventral surface showing a strong, very slenderly lamellate medio-longitudinal carina, percurrent to near apex. General coloration immaculate yellowish oil green, the bodies of the specimens before us being much faded. Tegmina along sutural margin, immediately beyond stridulating area, with veins brown and interspaces toward anal vein blackish, this continued to apex of tegmina along the edge, but the veins become green and the interspaces so small that they are visible only under the lens. Pronotum, abdomen and femora microscopically dotted with hydrangea red. Cephalic tibiae in area of auditory foramen washed with hydrangea red and there, on dorsal surface, suffused with blackish. Length of body d71 (shrivelled) 15, 9 22.3; length of pronotum cf 4.7, 9 4.8; caudal width of pronotum <? 2.7, 9 3; depth of 23 The general type is as in phaneropteroides, the lamellate distal portion in that species being, however, proportionately smaller, narrower, ovate and in position decidedly beyond the apex of the decidedly less produced anal tergite. 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 149 pronotal lateral lobe & 3.7, 9 3.8; width of pronotal lateral lobe c? 3.4, 9 3.3; length of tegmen cT 31.7, 9 33.3; greatest width of tegmen (estimated, tegmina curled) cT 6, 9 7.7; length of cephalic femur d1 4.8, 9 5; length of caudal femur cf 16.4, 9 16.9; length of ovipositor 7.8 mm. This interesting species is known from the described pair. Phaula galeata new species. Plate XIII, figures 8 and 9. This species belongs to the second section of the genus, as recognized by Brunner, in which the first branch of the median vein of the tegmina is forked. This should be noted as a feature of convergence toward the type characteristic of the genus Elbenia. It would appear probable that in this section of the genus several distinct generic units are involved and the present species may require generic separation when the group is comprehensively studied. At the present time insufficient material is at hand for this to be accomplished, though we feel justified in separating, on page 150, one of the units included by Brunner. The remarkably crested and undivided anal tergite of the male, readily separates it from males of the species of apparently nearest affinity, the Bornean P. gracilis Brunner. Type: d\ Davao, Mindanao, Philippine Islands. (From C. F. Baker.) [Hebard Collection, Type no. 796.] Vertex narrowly V-shaped and sulcate to near apex, the lateral margins parallel in distal portion as in P. phaneropteroides Brunner. Pronotum with surface smooth, the lateral lobes very slightly wider than deep. Tegmina and wings fully developed. Tegmina with costal margin of stridulating area convex, not produced at stridulating vein; median vein with first branch forked slightly beyond median point and weakly oblique, the median vein with a second undivided oblique branch distad; ulnar vein reaching sutural margin at end of its proximal two-thirds. Anal tergite produced mesad in a vertical lobe, this lobe higher than long, its dorsal and ventral margins moderately divergent to its broadfy convex distal margin, the dorso-distal angle bluntly rounded, the ventro-distal angle delicately lipped. Cercus cylindrical, tapered and curving evenly inward to the irregularly enlarged apex, which is produced in a long, weakly sigmoid tooth. These organs reach to the base of the produced lobe of the anal tergite. Subgenital plate small, triangular, medio -longitudinally cleft to its base. This plate suggests the usual triangular type found in females rather than the type developed in males of any species we can recall. Ventral femoral margins armed with very small spines as follows. Cephalic internal 5, cephalic external 0, median internal 0 and 1, median external 6 and 7, caudal internal 3 and 5, caudal external 7 and 7. 150 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXXIV The specimen is much discolored. General coloration immac- ulate, apparently pale green in life, except that the stridulating area is suffused and the sutural margin very narrowly blackish brown to its extremity. Occiput, genae, pronotum and femora microscopically clotted with hydrangea red; these dots, however, fewer and averaging larger than in P. luzonica, here described. Length of body 19.5, length of pronotum 5, caudal width of pronotum 2.9, depth of pronotal lateral lobe 3.7, width of pro- notal lateral lobe 4, length of tegmen 30, greatest width of tegmen 5.6, length of cephalic femur 5.9, length of caudal femur 19.3 mm. The type is unique. STICTOPHAULA new genus This genus is erected to include Phaneroptera trichopus Haan,24 Phaula spinoso-laminata, Phaula chlorotica Brunner and the three species described in the present paper. Genotype.- — Stictophaula bakeri new species. It is closely related to the genus Phaula, agreeing in all char- acters of group or higher importance. It differs in the very strongly declivent vertex, weaker tegminal venation, with veinlets fully as multitudinous, but with veins of discoidal field and cross-veins irregularly flexuous, sutural margin of male stridulating area produced at stridulating vein, cephalic femora with internal audi- tory foramen conchate,25 simple male anal tergite, supra-anal plate and cerci and ovipositor of female with margins entirely unarmed, the dorsal valves weakly concave on their ventral margins distad, into which fit the apices of the ventral valves. The tegminal surfaces are weakly convex and the character of their venation gives to individuals of this genus a general facies, contrasting with the species of Phaula much as does that of the species of the North American genus Amblycorypha when compared with the North American genus Phaneroptera.26 Stictophaula bakeri new species. Plate XIII, figures 10, 11 and 12. This insect is closely related to S. spinoso-laminata (Brunner). The apparent features of difference are the minutely but thickly pink-speckled pronotum, abdomen and median and caudal femora; 24 Under this name chlorotica has been placed as a synonym by Dohrn. We do not believe that this synonymy can be recognized until material from Java and Singapore can be compared. 25 Not flattened conchate as in the species of Phaula. ?6 Caudell has recently fixed the genotype of Phaneroptera as curvicauda (De Geer). As this is the first valid designation, Scudderia falls as a synonym of Phaneroptera, while the Old World genus, previously recognized as Phaner- optera, is renamed Anerota by Caudell (Jour. Washington Acad. Sci., XI, p. 488, (1921).) 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 151 similarly black -speckled cephalic femora, which, however, bear four striking, opaque, buffy patches; tegmina which have the median vein with two weak branches beyond the forked first branch,27 and male subgenital plate which is produced distad in two tri- angular and not lobate projections, each showing on its inner margin a minute rectangular offset, rather than an acuminate tooth. Type: tf ; Singapore, British Straits Settlements. (From C. F. Baker.) [Hebard Collection, Type no. 797.] Vertex narrowly V-shaped and sulcate to near apex. Maxillary palpi exceedingly elongate and slender, fourth joint half as long- as third and one-third as long as fifth. Pronotum with surface smooth, disk defined from lateral lobes by the broadly rounded lateral margins, lateral lobes decidedly deeper than wide, with humeral sinus deep. Tegmina and wings fully developed, the delicate but close veinulation of the former giving them somewhat the appearance of ground-glass; tegmina with ulnar vein reaching sutural margin slightly beyond end of its proximal two-thirds, median vein branching distinctly before median point, two strongly oblique and irregular branches of the median vein distad. Supra- anal plate strongly deflexed, short, slightly broader than long, triangular, with lateral margins broadly convex. Anal tergite truncate distad. Cercus elongate, slender, weakly and evenly curved inward, tapering gradually to its acute apex. Subgenital plate narrowing proximad, distal portion V-emarginate, the lateral portions thus formed narrowly triangular with apices rounded, their internal margins each with a minute rectangular offset mesad. Genicular lobes of femora unarmed, except those of caudal femora which are unispinose. Ventral femoral margins armed with minute spines as follows. Cephalic internal 8, cephalic external 0, median internal 0, median external 8 and 9, caudal internal 6 and 7, caudal external 5 and 7. Tegmina translucent light grape green, body and limbs in life apparently of this color. Maxillary palpi immaculate. Pronotum, abdomen, median and caudal femora minutely and thickly dotted with hydrangea red. Cephalic femora very thickly dotted with black, with five opaque buffy areas on dorsal surface, spines of these members black. Cephalic tibiae with a few black dots prox- imad, particularly dorsad on the auditory foramina. Tegmina, in areolae on each side of the ulnar vein with a few of the minute intervals between the veinlets mesad black, six or seven cross- veins near median vein gathering knots of veinlets near their bases, which are buffy; stridulating field with intervals between veinlets embrowned latero-proximad and mesad, sutural margin beyond very narrowly darkened, with veins brown and intervals between veinlets blackish, to apex. 27 In this feature alone is closer agreement with S. chlorotica (Brunner) shown 152 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXXIV Length of body 24, length of pronotum 6.2, caudal width of pronotum 3.4, depth of pronotal lateral lobe 5, width of pronotal lateral lobe 4.2, length of tegmen 35.3, greatest width of tegmen 8.3, length of cephalic femur 6.7, length of caudal femur 19.7 mm. The type is unique. Stictophaula quadridens new species. Plate XIII, figure 13. Nearest the Javan S. spinoso-laminata (Brunner), the male of this insect may be quickly distinguished by the subgenital plate, which is produced distad in two slenderly acute-conical projections, between the bases of which are two sharp, straight teeth, one-third as long. Un.ike that species and S. bakeri here described, the present insect has the pronotum and limbs immaculate. The tegmina have the stridulating field more extensively suffused with blackish brown than in bakeri, but with brown areolae along the sutural margin much less conspicuous. The tegminal venation is much as in bakeri, differing as described below. Type: cf1 ; Singapore, British Straits Settlements. (From C. F. Baker.) [Hebard Collection, Type no. 854.] Agrees with the description of bakeri in all details except the following. Tegmina with median vein branching mesad, the cross-veinlets to the median vein more distinct and not gathering knots of veinlets near their bases. Subgenital plate narrowing proximad, mesad with a weak medio-longitudinal carina, distal portion briefly produced, terminating on each side in a slenderly acute-conical spike, each of these slightly longer than the distance between their bases, that interval supplied with two sharp, straight teeth of one- third the length, the narrowly U-shaped interval between these slightly deeper than the similar intervals between them and the lateral projections. Ventral femoral margins armed with minute spines as follows. Cephalic internal 5 and 7, cephalic external 0, median internal 0, median external 9 and 10, caudal internal 4 and 4, caudal external 9 and 9. Tegmina translucent light grape green, body and limbs im- maculate (discolored, in life probably the same color). Tegmina in areolae on each side of ulnar and principal branch of median vein with a few of the minute intervals between the veinlets mesad black; stridulating field blackish brown in proximal half, sutural margin beyond stridulating field very narrowly and weakly suffused, with veins brown and very minute intervals between veinlets blackish, to apex. Length of body 21 Cshrivelled), length of pronotum 6.2, caudal width of pronotum 3.7, depth of pronotal lateral lobe 4.9, width of pronotal lateral lobe 4.2, length of tegmen 36, greatest width 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 153 of tegmen 8.8, length of cephalic femur 6, length of caudal femur 18.3 mm. The type is unique. Stictophaula micra new species. Plate XIII, figures 14 and 15. Known form a unique female, the present species is seen to agree closely with S. spinoso-laminata (Brunner) and S. bakeri here described, except for its decidedly smaller size. In tegminal venation it agrees with spinoso-laminata in having the median vein with a single branch beyond its forked first branch, while it appears also to agree closely with that species in coloration. We believe that the male genitalia will show signal differentiation. Type: 9 ; Singapore, British Straits Settlements. (From C. F. Baker.) [Hebard Collection, Type no. 798.] Size small for the genus. Vertex narrowly V-shaped and sulcate to near apex. Maxillary palpi exceedingly elongate and slender, fourth joint slightly over half as long as third, slightly over one- third as long as fifth. Pronotum with surface smooth, disk round- ing broadly into lateral lobes, these very slightly higher than wide, with humeral sinus deep. Tegmina and wings fully developed, the tegminal structure and venation as described for bakeri except that the median vein has but a single strongly oblique and irregular branch beyond the forked first branch. Ovipositor slightly longer than pronotum, its structure as characteristic of the genus. Sub- genital plate very short, triangular. Genicular lobes unarmed except those of the caudal femora, the internal of those portions each with a large and very minute spine, the external of those portions unispinose. Ventral femoral margins armed with minute spines as follows. Cephalic internal 7 and 9, cephalic external 0, median internal 0, median external 8, caudal internal 4 and 6, caudal external 8 and 9. Tegmina biscay green proximad (other portions, body and limbs faded, probably that color in life). Maxillary palpi with distal portion of terminal joint suffused with blackish. Cephalic femora very thickly dotted with black, the dorsal surface with these dots clustered, so as to appear subannulate but without inter- vening opaque patches, spines of these members black. Cephalic tibiae with a few black dots proximad, particularly dorsad of the auditory foramina. Tegmina in all areolae of discoidal field formed between ulnar, branches of median and median veins, except distad, with a few of the intervals between the veinlets mesad black, as are the intervals between the minute veinlets along the sutural margin for some distance caudad from the anal field. Head, pronotum, abdomen and other portions of limbs immaculate. Length of body (shrivelled) 14, length of pronotum 5.3, caudal width of pronotum 2.8, depth of pronotal lateral lobe 3.8, width of pronotal lateral lobe 3.5, length of tegmen 30.8, greatest width 154 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXXIV of tegmen 6.7, length of cephalic femur 5.4, length of caudal femur 17, length of ovipositor 6.7 mm.28 The type is unique. Psyra brunneri Karny. 1878. Ps[yra] ensis Brunner, (not Phaneroptera ensis Haan, 1842), Monogr der Phaneropteriden., p. 171, pi. Ill, figs. 49a, 49b. [cf1, 9; Amboina, [Moluccas].] 1920. [Psyra] brunneri Karny, ZooL Mededeel. Rijks Mus. Nat. Hist. Leiden, V, p. 192. (New name.) Obi Island, Moluccas, 1 cf . Amboina Island, Moluccas, 1 cf , [A. N. S. P.]. The specimen from Amboina agrees fully with Brunner's de- scription in form of the male cerci. In the Obi male the minute subapical internal tooth is absent from the cerci. The literature on this genus is extremely unsatisfactory and without more material we cannot solve the problems which at present confront the student. It would appear very probable that melanonota Stal is a synonym of ensis (Haan), as is also marginata Fritze, in Karl.29 Until a complete revision of the genus is accomplished we can only state that in the material before us two distinct species are represented, one unquestionably brunneri of Karny, the other melanonota of Stal. Psyra melanonota Stal. 1876. P[syra] melanonota Stal, Bih. Svenska Vet. Akad. Handl., IV, No. 5, p. 56. [ 9 : Malacca, [Malay Peninsula].] Davao, Mindanao, Philippine Islands, (from C. F. Baker), 1 cf, 1 9. Surigao, Mindanao, Philippine Islands, (from C. F. Baker), 1 9 Obi Island, Moluccas, 5 cf , 2 9. Amboina Island, Moluccas, 1 9 , [A. N. S. P.]. Java (from H. de Saussure), 1 9 , [A. N. S. P.]. The Moluccan series has the pronotum immaculate except for a broad transverse band of blackish across the caudal portion of the disk above the humeral sinus. This band is sometimes paler in its cephalic half. The two distal cereal teeth in the males vary in their curvature and in the first tooth, which in form ranges from chisel-shaped to acute. PSEUDOPSYRA new genus Known only from the male sex, we are in consequence unable to state whether this genus should be referred to the Group Psyrae or 28 Described for spinoso-laminata as scarcely longer than the pronotum, (7 millimeters), by Brunner, Verh. Zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, XLI, p. 80, (1891). 29 Mitth. Schweizer Ent. Ges., XI, p. 299, (1908). 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 155 the Group Holochlorae, while in the astonishing male genitalic development closest approach appears to be found in the Group Isopserae. In general appearance, however, the insect strongly suggests a small, uniformly colored species of the genus Psyra. Genotype. — Pseudopsyra mirabilis new species. Size medium for the group, form much as in the genus Psyra. Head with eyes extremely prominent, bead-like. Vertex very small, in dorsal aspect appearing only as a smooth narrowing of the occiput cephalad without sulcatum, in cephalic aspect with face nearly vertical, narrowly and irregularly sulcate to ventral margin, where it is briefly separated from the facial fastigium, its lateral surfaces fully occupied by the large lateral ocelli. Pronotum much as in Psyra, surface smooth, lateral lobes with length equal to width and with humeral sinus decided. Tegmina and wings fully de- veloped, the former with venation much as in Psyra. Tegmina with mediastine vein distinct, median vein sending a forked branch and two or three distal branches obliquely across the discoidal field. Mesosteriium with lobes small, triangular with apices rounded, metasternum with lobes much larger and more rounded. Male genitalia very highly specialized, the subgenital plate bearing ex- tremely elongate styles. Femora supplied with minute spines on the usual margins for the group, genicular lobes bispinose. Ce- phalic tibiae with auditory foramina internally conchate, externally apert; dorsal surface weakly sulcate, its internal margin with three and one distal, small spines. Pseudopsyra mirabilis new species. Plate XIII, figures 16 and 17. This plainly colored species shows one of the highest types of male genitalic specialization we have encountered, such occurring not only in the ultimate tergite but in the cerci and subgenital plate as well. Type: d1 ; Island of Penang, Malay Peninsula. (From C. F. Baker.) [Hebard Collection, Type no. 799.] In addition to the characters given in the generic treatment, we note the following. Tegmina with ulnar vein distad sending a branch to the nearer fork of the first branch of the median vein, from there to the sutural margin strongly flexuous. Cross- veins of tegmina numerous, many of these straight and transverse. Anal tergite produced in a large shield-shaped plate, which is strongly deflexed with dorsal surface concave, this plate distad is nearly rectangulate emarginate, the emargination with lateral margins weakly divergent to its base, where the dorsal surface of the plate is briefly and very strongly concave in a V-shaped area. Supra-anal plate concealed beneath production of anal tergite. Cercus very large and elongate cylindrical, extending as far caudad as the subgenital plate, weakly tapering and directed ventro- 156 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXXIV caudacl in proximal half, there curving strongly up so that the distal portion is directed dorsad and weakly curved, that portion flattened with a percurrent knife-edge dorsad, which terminates in a minute, straight, aciculate spine at the apex. Subgenital plate tapering strongly proximad, then produced in a long narrow shaft with lateral margins parallel, weakly diverging distad with apex tri- angularly emarginate, the lateral portions produced beyond, straight and very slender, bearing at their apices extremely long, very slender, nearly straight, weakly sigmoid styles. Ventral femoral margins armed with the following number of spines. Cephalic internal 6 and 6, cephalic external 0, median internal 0, median external 5 and 6, caudal internal 5 and 6, caudal external 5 and 5. General coloration yellowish green, probably rich green in life, Antennae with distal joints brown, their intersections yellowish. Length of body 24.3, length of pronotum 6, caudal width of pronotum 3.7, depth of pronotal lateral lobe 4.2, width of pro- notal lateral lobe 4.3, length of tegmen 36.4, greatest width of tegmen 9, length of cephalic femur 7, length of caudal femur 24.7. length of cercus 4 mm. The type of this remarkable species is unique. Holochlora venosa Stal. Plate XIII, figure 18 1873. H[olochlnra] venosa Stal, Of v. Kongl. Vet. Akad. Forh., 1873, p. 43. [ 9, Java.] Singapore, British Straits Settlements (from C. F. Baker), 1 cT. This specimen agrees closely with Brunner's description of the male sex. Length of body 19, length of pronotum 5.8, length of tegmen 33, greatest width of tegmen 6.8, length of caudal femur 24 mm. Holochlora mindanao new species. Plate XIII, figures 20, 21 and 22. Related to H. japonica Brunner30 (see Plate XIII, figure 19), the present insect differs in having proportionately longer limbs with femoral spines more decidedly darkened. The male sex is further distinguished by the shorter and much more deeply cleft anal segment, the two portions of which are not produced and lamellate laterad and thus do not conceal the cerci, and by the much longer and much more deeply cleft subgenital plate, with distal portions moderately expanded and supplied with longer styles. In the females the genitalia are the same, except that in min- danao the dorsal portion of the ovipositor plica is almost black, like the distal portion of the ovipositor. \ large series of that species is before us, from Hawaii, Japan and China 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 157 Type: c? ; Davao, Mindanao, Philippine Islands. (From C. F. Baker.) [Hebard Collection, Type no. 800.] Size medium small for the males of this genus. Head, pronotum, tegmina and wings much as in japonica. Anal tergite deeply U-emarginate to near its base, bearing two lobate fingers which are weakly curved downward, with dorsal surface weakly convex and very hairy, their truncate apices with a very small deflexed inner and a slightly larger deflexed outer projection. Cerci ex- tending slightly caudad of apices of these, cylindrical, straight, tapering to the apex which curves up into an erect spine, directed dorsad and curving slightly cephalad. Subgenital plate narrow and elongate, extending far beyond cereal apices, proximal portion medio-longitudinally carinate, distal third deeply V-emarginate, the lateral portions thus formed vertical, expanding slightly and then narrowing to their truncate apices, which are each supplied with a straight flattened style, three times as long as broad, with apex rounded. Femoral genicular lobes bispinose. Ventral fem- oral margins armed with spines as follows, those of the caudal femora being heavy. Cephalic internal 5 and 5, cephalic external 0, median internal — , median external 4 and 4, caudal internal 5 and 6, caudal external 6. Allotype: 9 ; Zamboanga, Mindanao, Philippine Islands. (From C. F. Baker.) [Hebard Collection.] Differs from the male as follows. Size much larger, form broader, the contrast between the sexes much as in japonica. Ovipositor as characteristic of genus, with proximal plica of dorsal valves acute; distance from base of ovipositor to end of plica distinctly less than half that to end of ovipositor. Subgenital plate shorter than basal width, triangular, with apex acute, medio- longitudinally carinate. General coloration immaculate, bright green, the dried specimens before us much discolored. Tegmina with mediastine vein and adjacent veinlets buffy. Spines of femoral margins brown, those of caudal femora blackish to near bases. Length of body rf1 22.5, 9 32; length of pronotum <? 6.2, 9 7.7; caudal width of pronotum cf 3.6, 9 5.2; length of tegmen cf 36, 9 49; greatest width of tegmen cf 7.8, 9 12.5; length of cephalic femur cf 8, 9 12.4; length of caudal femur tf 31.8, 9 33.7; length of ovipositor 10 mm. The species is known only from the pair here described. Holochlora signata Bruimer. Plate XIII, figure 23. 1891. Holochlora signata Brunner, Verh. Zool.-bot. Ges. Wien., XLI, p. 92. [cT, 9 ' Borneo; Singapore, [British Straits Settlements].] Goenong Soegi, Lampong, Sumatra, October and November, 1901,. (Harrison and Hiller), 1 9 , [A. N. S. P.]. The markings of this very small species, though inconspicuous,, are very distinctive. 158 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXXIV Length of body 20, length of pronotum 6, length of tegmen 40, greatest width of tegmen 8.5, length of caudal femur 25.5, length of ovipositor 5.8 mm. Holochlora fusco-spinosa Brunner. Plate XIV, figures 1 and 2. 1891. Holochlora fusco-spinosa Brunner, Verh. Zool.-bot. Ges. Wien., XLI, p. 92. [cf, Luzon, [Philippine Islands].] Los Bafios, Laguna, Luzon, Philippine Islands, August 26, 1915, (L. Uichanco), 1 cf ; 1913, (Ledyard), 1 cf. Mount Makiling, Luzon, Philippine Islands, (from C. F. Baker), 1 cf. Luzon, Philippine Islands, (from C. F. Baker), 1 9. Polillo Island, Luzon, Philippine Islands, (from C. F. Baker) ,19. This species is closely related to H. javanica Brunner, differing in the tegmina which are obscurely maculate and which, in the females, narrow less evenly distad and are, in consequence, broader meso-distad. A short, suffused postocular line of brown is found on each side of the head, this continued as a short line of the same color along the lateral margins of the pronotal disk at its cephalic margin. Brunner does not mention the striclulating area of the tegmina in the male type. In the male before us this area is occupied by a close network of veinlets, the striclulating vein itself subobsolete with no distinct convexity at the costal margin. This appears to agree closely with the type described for the male of H. javanica Brunner. The female subgenital plate is minutely emarginate distad, this affording a feature of decided difference from javanica. Length of body cf 28, 9 31 and 32; length of pronotum cf 7.2, 9 8.8 and 8.8; length of tegmen cf 45, 9 56.7 and 57.8; greatest width of tegmen cf 11, 9 15.2 and 15.7, meso-caudal width of tegmen cf 10.1, 9 13.8 and 14.5; length of cephalic femur cf 6.3, 9 8 and 8.2; length of caudal femur cf 27.5, 9 34.8, and -: length of ovipositor 9.8 and 10.1 mm. Holochlora maxima new species. Plate XII, figure 5; plate XIV, figure 3. This insect, known from a single female, is closely related tc H. fusco-spinosa Brunner. It differs in the larger size, pale im- maculate femoral spines and more deeply cleft apex of the sub- genital plate. The tegmina are similar but more heavily maculate, this being, however, probably no stronger than in maximum in- tensive individuals of that species. 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 159 From the female sex of H. javanica Brunner it differs in all the features given here under fusco-spinosa to distinguish females of that species. Type: 9 ; Surigao, Mindanao, Philippine Islands. (From C. F. Baker.) [Hebard Collection, Type no. 701.] Size very large, form robust. Tegmina tapering very gradually distad to meso-distal point, thence tapering strongly to the rather broadly rounded apex. Ovipositor as characteristic of the genus; proximal plica of dorsal valves acute dorsad but rounded ventrad, distance from base of ovipositor to end of plica slightly less than half that to apex of ovipositor. Subgenital plate elongate, medio- longitudinally carinate, lateral margins concave convergent to apex, which is V-emarginate a distance equal to the width of one of the two lateral, rounded apices thus formed. This emargination is distinctly larger than in fusco-spinosa. General coloration yellowish, probably green in life. Head with a subobsolete postocular fleck of brown, which is continued very briefly on the lateral margin of the pronotal disk at the cephalic margin as a short linear suffusion. Tegmina with (six and seven) dark brown spots in proximal two -thirds of discoidal field near median vein and with much weaker but similar spots near ulnar vein toward the sutural margin and in areas between the ulnar and branches of the median vein.31 Limbs immaculate, except that the last joint of the caudal tarsi is dark brown to near its base; spines darkened only at their very tips. Abdomen with a large blackish blotch laterad on penultimate tergite. Ovipositor with dorsal portion of plica darkened, ovipositor valves embrowned except mesad toward base, becoming very dark distad. Length of body 33.5, length of pronotum 9, caudal width of pronotal disk 6.7, length of tegmen 63.9, greatest width of tegmen 17.8, meso-distal width of tegmen 15.8, length of cephalic femur 8.3, length of caudal femur 35.3, length of ovipositor 11 mm. The type is unique. Holochlora javanica Brunner. Plate XIV, figure 4. 1878. H [olochlor a] javanica Brunner, Monogr. der Phaneropteriden, p. 180. [d1, 9 ; Java; Sumatra; interior of India.] Sandakan, British North Borneo, (from C. F. Baker), 1 9 . The immaculate tegmina, and subgenital plate of the female which is cleft in its distal two-fifths, quickly distinguish this insect from H. fuscospinosa Brunner and H . maxima here described. Length of body 32, length of pronotum 8.2, length of tegmen 54.5, greatest width of tegmen 15.2, meso-caudal width of tegmen 13.8, length of cephalic femur 7.3, length of caudal femur 27.8, length of ovipositor 9.2 mm. 31 Similar but much weaker tegminal spots are indicated in two specimens of fusco-spinosa before us. 160 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXXIV EULOPHOPHYLLUM new genus The single species, to include which the present genus is proposed, is one of the most distinctive of the Orthoptera. This insect runs to the Group Holochlorae, nearest the genus Liotrachela, from which it is widely separated by features of the vertex, pronotum, tegmina, limbs and ovipositor. In the form and venation of the tegmina widest differentiation from any other known katydid is found. Genotype. — Eulophophyllum thaumasium new species. Head deep, occiput convex with vertex curving and very strongly declivent to the facial fastigium, medio-longitudinally sulcate. Eyes elongate, vertical, not projecting strongly for the Group and very weakly so laterad. Pronotum short, surface of disk weakly concave with lateral margins raised in a rounded ridge; lateral lobes vertical, with width approximating depth, ventro-caudal portion decidedly produced cauclad and broadly rounded. Teg- mina very broad; costal margin nearly straight, very weakly and evenly convex; sutural margin broadly and evenly convex proximad, becoming strongly convex distad, to the rather sharply rounded apex at the costal margin. Tegmina with discoidal vein weakly and evenly curved to apex, sending seven straight and moderately oblique veins to the costal margin, which are parallel to and as heavy as the mediastine vein; median vein with two weak distal branches which curve distad in brief proximal portion, then recurve and run back to the sutural margin as weakly curved veins parallel to the similar branches of the ulnar vein. Ulnar vein separated a brief distance from the median vein, running to end of proximal three-fifths of tegmen, with three branches (the last actually the recurved portion of the ulnar vein itself) which recurve sharply and run back to the sutural margin as weakly curved, parallel and equally separated veins. The branches of these tegminal veins are all subparallel with intervening sections of the tegminal surface weakly concave. Wings with intercalated triangle apical and large. Mesosternal and metasternal lobes small, rounded quad- rate. Ovipositor large, broad to the rounded apex, dorsal margin denticulate to near base, ventral margin denticulate distad; basal plica present, but weakly defined and rounded. Female subgenital plate simple. Cephalic coxae spined. Femora moderately heavy. Cephalic tibiae with dorsal surface flattened, subsulcate, bearing on its internal margin a proximal and an apical spine; auditory foramina flattened conchate internally, apert externally. Eulophophyllum thaumasium new species. Plate XII, figures 6 and 7. The remarkable tegmina, with costal margin nearly straight and sutural margin strongly convex distad, give to the organs of flight, when these are spread, a strongly Lepidopteroid contour. 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 161 Type: 9 ; Labuan, British North Borneo. [Hebard Collection, Type no. 802.] The following features are noteworthy, in addition to those given in the generic diagnosis. Antennae, beyond first two joints, exceedingly slender. Pro- notal disk with cephalic margin weakly concave and caudal margin broadly convex, lateral margins straight and moderately divergent caudad. Ultimate tergite with a small, transverse, rectangular impressed area above the median portion of the supra-anal plate; the latter broader than long, simple, triangular. Lateral surfaces of ovipositor showing very faint, delicate, transverse striation in distal portions. Subgenital plate with lateral portion reflexed, roughly triangular, the weakly concave lateral margins converging to the rather broadly convex apex. Ventral femoral margins specialized as indicated and armed with the following spines. Cephalic internal (lamellate) 6 and 6, cephalic external 0 and 1, median internal 0, median external (lamellate) 6 and 7, caudal internal 3, caudal external 6. General coloration ochraceous buff, the following portions baryta yellow; a vertical subocular line, a very faint postocular line, the broad lateral margins of the pronotal disk, the transverse veins of the tegmina and a broad stripe including the ulnar vein but evenly continued an even distance from the median vein to the tegminal apex. Interval between ulnar stripe and median vein of tegmen greenish, the surfaces adjacent to the transverse veins showing a faint greenish tinge. Antennae of general coloration with very widely separated, rather broad annuli, which in proximal half are whitish and in distal half very dark brown. Length of body 26, length of pronotum 5.9, cephalic width of pronotal disk 3.8, caudal width of pronotal disk 5.2, depth of pronotal lateral lobe 5, width of pronotal lateral lobe 4.7, length of tegmen 32.8, greatest width of tegmen 19, length of cephalic femur 7.2, length of caudal femur 20.8, length of ovipositor 18, greatest (meso-distal) width of ovipositor 3.8 mm. The type of this extraordinary and leaf-like katydid is unique. Sympaestria lampra new species. Plate XIV, figures 5 and 6. This handsome species appears to resemble closely Haan's nitidifolia*2 in general appearance and tegminal venation, differing in having the auditory foramina of the cephalic femora conchate internally, apert externally. 32 Karny has recently shown that Dohrn was in error in supposing nitidifolia assignable to Sympaestria and in considering the Brazilian Slibara cornea Brunner a synonym of that species. The differences between those species are there dis- cussed, the decision being that nitidifolia is a species of Stibara or a member of a genus more nearly related to that entity than to any known Asiatic genus (Zool. Mededeel. Rijks Mus. Nat. Hist. Leiden, V, p. WO, (1920).). 162 PEOCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXXIV In the three specimens before us, the proximal fork of the first branch of the median vein runs to the sutural margin ; in the single male, however, the sinistral tegmen has this branch running di- rectly into the ulnar vein, as described for the genotype, Sympaestria acute-lobata Brunner. Unusual individual variation is shown by this same fork being before the middle of the branch in the male, beyond the middle of the branch in the Sandakan female and de- cidedly beyond the middle of the branch in the Labuan female. In the tegmina the ulnar vein to near its apex, the median, its first branch and forks of the same to near their apices and the dis- coidal veins are very heavily defined in the discoidal and scapular fields, other venation being scarcely noticeable to the naked eye. Type: 9 ; Labuan, British North Borneo. [Hebard Collection, Type no. 858.] Size large, form robust but graceful. Vertex rounding strongly ventrad, its surface flattened so that in dorsal aspect it appears truncate, as wide as first antennal joint, showing mesad a short but rather heavy medio-longitudinal sulcus. Pronotum with disk feebly convex, broadening evenly caudad to the nearly semicircular caudal margin, sharply defined from the vertical lateral lobes by well rounded lateral angulation; lateral lobes decidedly deeper than long, cephalic margin straight, broadly rounding into the briefly straight ventral margin, which rounds even more broadly into the weakly convex caudal margin, humeral sinus decided. Tegmina and wings fully developed, the former stiff, shell-like, glossy, ap- pearing smooth to the naked eye, but under the lens seen to be thickly and very finely impressed between the myriad of very minute veinlets; veins as described above; tegmina broadest meso- proximad, the sutural margin showing there a broadly convex angulation, margins convergent distad to the rather strongly rounded apex. Ovipositor broad, curved upward, apex rounded, dorsal and ventral margins armed distad with regular, small, rounded serrulations. Subgenital plate small, convex, longer than wide, triangularly acute-angulate produced with apex blunted. Cephalic coxae unarmed. Genicular lobes of cephalic and median femora rounded, of caudal femora bispinose. Ventral margins of cephalic and median femora unarmed, of caudal femora with 2 to 5 internal and 3 to 6 external, minute, almost microscopic spines. Cephalic tibiae rounded and with a single, minute disto-internal spine dorsad ; internal auditory foramen conchate (or better termed moderately swollen, rimate), external auditory foramen apert. Allotype: c? ; same data as type. [Hebard Collection.] Agrees with female except as follows. Form slightly more graceful, pronotum distinctly narrower cephalad. Tegmina with surface of stridulating field much as elsewhere, stridulating vein 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 163 weakly defined. Ultimate tergite produced, truncate distad, lateral portions convex, mesad showing an angulate concavity which is narrowest distad. Supra-anal plate beneath, shield- shaped. Cerci slender, simple, cylindrical, tapering and weakly curved inward to the apex, which is armed with a very minute tooth. Subgenital plate moderately produced, tri-carinate, with lateral carinae rounded; distad bluntly V-emarginate, the lateral portions truncate and surmounted by small, simple styles, slightly longer than the depth of the emargination and three times as long as wide. General coloration rich oil green. Lateral margins of pronotum and stridulating field of tegmen yellowish, beyond the sutural margin of the tegmina is blackish or has the minute intervals between the veinlets blackish, this continued to the apex. Proxi- mad on the tegmina, particularly in the marginal field, moderately large suffused flecks of darker green or purple drab are indicated. Caudal margin of pronotum immaculate in male, faintly margined with black in Labuan female, narrowly but distinctly margined with black in Sandakan female. Length of body d* 36, 9 34 and 35.8; length of pronotum d" 8.7, 9 8.9 and 9.4; caudal width of pronotum cf 7, 9 7.2 and 7.7; length of tegmen cf 53.8, 9 49.2 and 52.7; greatest width of tegmen c? 18, 9 17.8 and 18.2; length of caudal femur <? 22.3, 9 19.8 and 21.2; length of ovipositor 7 and 7.7 mm. This handsome species is known from the described pair and a paratypic female from Sandakan, British North Borneo, from C. F. Baker. Dysmorpha obesa Brunner. 1878. D[ysmorpha] obesa Brunner, Monogr. der Phaneropteriden, p. 355, pi. VIII, fig. 106. [ 9 ;33 Malacca, [Malay Peninsula].] Jelabu, British Straits Settlements, Malay Peninsula, 1 9 . This insect is clearly a higher development from a type similar to that of Sympaestria. Brunner separated these species very widely, due to the presence in Dysmorpha of apert auditory fora- mina on both faces of the cephalic tibiae. Though representing a Group, the Dysmorphae, we place it immediately after the genus Sy?npae stria. The female before us is found to resemble the type closely. The ovipositor is broad, upcurved, with apex rounded, suggesting the type developed in Eulophophyllum. The richness and beauty of the coloration in this insect is very striking. The tegmina are shell-like, glossy, with stridulating field blackish brown, except for a few small areas of javel green. 33 A Sumatran male of this species has subsequently been fully described by Griffini (Wiener Ent. Zeit, XXVIII, p. 105, {1909).) 164 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXXIV The other portions of the tegmina are javel green, with numerous short, linear streaks of purplish black, the sutural margin yellow ocher, interrupted by heavy flecks of blackish brown, which become smaller and are marginal in position distad. Length of body 32, length of pronotum 12.7,34 caudal width of pronotum 9.7, length of tegmen 41, greatest width of tegmen 22.1, length of caudal femur 16.7, length of ovipositor 12.8 mm. Liotrachela cryptisema35 new species^. Plate XIV, figure 7. The unique female before us of this species is distinguished from its close ally, L. minuta Brunner, by the more slender form, dis- tinctly narrower tegmina, slightly longer ovipositor and antennal coloration. In these appendages the first joint is blackish brown dorso-distad, the second joint solidly blackish brown, in striking contrast to the other portions which are of the pale general color- ation. Type: 9 ; Davao, Mindanao, Philippine Islands. (From C. F. Baker.) [Hebard Collection, Type no. 803.] Size small and form slender for the genus. Vertex narrow, scarcely wider than the first antennal joint proximad, narrowing strongly, then with margins parallel to the blunt apex, with a linear sulcation to near apex;declivent in proximal portion, weakly declivent in distal portion. Pronotum with disk flattened, its lateral margins sharply rounded; lateral lobes distinctly higher than wide. Tegmina elongate, slender for the genus; first branch of median vein very weakly oblique, branching a short distance beyond its median point; second branch distal, strongly oblique, unbranched. Cephalic tibiae flattened dorsad, subsulcate briefly beyond proximal portion. Ovipositor short, broad, with lateral surfaces weakly and minutely tuberculate, curved strongly upward proximad, apex rounded, dorsal margin to near base and distal third of ventral margin armed with minute, even, rounded teeth. Subgenital plate longer than broad, with lateral margins weakly convex and convergent to the sharply rounded apex. Ventral femoral margins armed with small spines as follows. Cephalic internal 3 and 4, cephalic external 0, median internal 0, median external 1 and 2, caudal internal 9 and 11, caudal external 10 and 11. Coloration yellowish, probably green in life, the antennae marked as described above. Spines black tipped, except those of cephalic tibiae. Length of body 20, length of pronotum 5.6, caudal width of pronotum 4.2, depth of pronotal lateral lobe 4.8, width of pronotal 34 Though given as 18 mm. for the type, the figure shows this dimension to be 11.9 for that specimen. 36 In allusion to the easily overlooked, but apparently diagnostic, antennal marking. 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 165 lateral lobe 3.7, length of tegmen 37.8, greatest width of tegmen 7.3, length of cephalic femur 6. length of caudal femur 25.7, length of ovipositor 6.9 mm. Liotrachela minuta Brunner. 1878. L[iotrachcla] minuta Brunner, Monogr. der Phaneropteriden, p. 184. [cf; Luzon, [Philippine Islands].] Los Bafios, Laguna, Luzon, Philippine Islands, February 21, 1919, (S. G. Yap), 1 <? . Mount Banahao, Luzon, Philippine Islands, (from C. F. Baker), 1 9. The previously unknown female of minuta differs only from the female of L. cryptisema, here described, in the vertex which is broader proximad, in the immaculare antennae and in the pro- portions of the pronotum, tegmina and ovipositor. Length of body 24.7, length of pronotum 6, caudal width of pronotum 4.8, depth of pronotal lateral lobe 5, width of pronotal lateral lobe 3.9, length of tegmen 39.3, greatest width of tegmen 8.7, length of cephalic femur 5.9; length of caudal femur 24.3, length of ovipositor 6 mm. Liotrachela iliganae new species. Plate XIV, figures 8, 9 and 10. Related to L. minuta Brunner, the male before us differs from the male type of that species in its slightly larger size, broader tegmina, distinctive genitalia and caudal tibiae which have a small dark brown suffusion on their external faces proximad. Type: cf, Iligan, Mindanao, Philippine Islands. (From C. F. Baker.) [Hebard Collection, Type no. 804.] Size slightly larger than minuta, form similar. Vertex much as here described for L. cryptisema, except that it is more evenly declivent. Pronotum as there described, except that it is slightly broader. Tegmina similar except that they are wider, the first branch of the median vein forking mesad. Supra -anal plate weakly produced to a bilobate apex, with emargination between very small and rounded, below which projects the small, acute, trian- gular supra-anal plate. Cerci extending caudad nearly to apex of subgenital plate, proximal portion cylindrical, feebly tapering and feebly recurved; external margin very weakly convex proximad and strongly so distad to the acute, toothed apex, which is horizontal and directed mesad; internal portion of distal half enlarged into a somewhat flattened, rounded triangular projection, the internal margin, from the apex of this projection to the apex of the cercus, strongly concave and armed to near apex with (9 to 11) minute, stout teeth. Subgenital plate with margins moderately convergent in proximal portion, produced in two slender, sharp, straight spikes in slightly over distal third, the interval between these very 166 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXXIV narrowly U-shaped. Ventral femoral margins armed as follows. Cephalic internal 3 and 4, cephalic external 0, median internal 0, median external 3 and 3, caudal internal 7 and 7, caudal external 6 and 6. Coloration yellowish, greenish on caudal limbs and tegmina, probably uniform green in life. The caudal tibiae are marked as described above. Length of body 25, length of pronotum 6.7, caudal width of pronotum 4.7, depth of pronotal lateral lobe 4.8, width of pronotal lateral lobe 4. length of tegmen 40, greatest width of tegmen 9, length of cephalic femur 5.8, length of caudal femur 27 mm. In addition to the type, a single immature male is before us, secured at Kolambugan, Mindanao, Philippine Islands, from C. F. Baker. Ephippitytha trigintiduoguttata Serville. 1839. Phaneroptera [Ephippitytha] trigintiduoguttata Serville, Hist. Nat. Ins., Orth., p. 422. [cf, Australia.! Queensland, Australia, 1 9 . In all, thirty eight small, transverse, brown marks are to be found on the tegmina of this specimen. Caedicia gloriosa new species. Plate XIV, figures 11 and 12. This beautiful insect in form reminds one of one of the species of the New World genus Phaneroptera (Scudderia of recent authors). It shows nearest relationship to C. marginata Brunner, differing in the unicolorous pronotal disk, more striking and varied coloration of head, abdomen and tegmina and in the much more elongate limbs. It runs to marginata in Brunner's key, except that the caudal margin of the pronotum is not margined with black (Monogr. der Phaneropteriden, p. 190, {1878).) Type : & ; Townsville, Queensland, Australia. [Hebard Col- lection, Type no. 789.] Vertex very slender, evenly and strongly declivent, longitudinally sulcate, its apex very slightly enlarged, minutely bilobate. Face convex, bounded laterad by a distinct impression which, in turn, is bounded by a low rounded ridge running from the eye to the clypeal suture. Maxillary palpi with fourth joint four-fifths as long as third, one-half as long as fifth. Pronotal disk deplanate, lateral margins straight and diverging very weakly caudad, round- ing strongly into the nearly vertical lateral lobes; the latter with depth subequal to width. Tegmina elongate and narrow, narrow- ing gradually distad to the rounded apex; stridulating field very narrow; median vein branching at end of proximal third and with two distal branches, the first branch curving and running longi- tudinally in median portion, forking at end of its proximal three- fifths. Supra-anal plate very small and deflexed between cereal 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 167 bases. Cerci moderately elongate, moderately stout, flattened cylindrical, curving gently inward to the truncate apex which is armed with a row of- minutely microscopic teeth. Subgenital plate small, extending caudad a decidedly lesser distance than the cerci, apex triangularly emarginate, the lateral extremities bluntly rounded. Genicular lobes of femora bidentate. Ventral femoral margins armed as follows with small teeth; cephalic internal 5 and 6, cephalic external 0, median internal 0, median external 5 and 6, caudal internal 7, caudal external 9. Cephalic tibiae with dorsal surface strongly sulcate, external margin with three and one distal small spines. Head clay color, a postocular buffy line continued on each side along the pronotum to its caudal margin and below eyes to clypeal suture, this line bordered internally on vertex with hydrangea red and with a short median streak of the same color below the eyes. Eyes auburn, with a slender longitudinal blackish line. Pronotum clay color, the disk evenly washed with hydrangea red. Femora clay color with spines mars brown, tibiae and tarsi mars brown. Abdomen clay color, with a series of blackish brown markings laterad, the dorsal surface showing traces of hydrangea pink. Tegmina with anal field ochraceous-tawny margined with black, this heavy in area of stridulating field; discoidal field light green, scapular field dark green proximad shading into vinaceous, the costal margin narrowly white with immediate margin black in proximal portions. Length of body 22.7, length of pronotum 5.8, cephalic width of pronotum 2.3, caudal width of pronotum 3.3, width of pronotal lateral lobe 4.2, depth of pronotal lateral lobe 4.1, length of tegmen 36.5, greatest (meso-proximal) width of tegmen 6.7, median width of tegmen 6, distal width of tegmen 3.9, length of cephalic femur 7.8, length of caudal femur 30 mm. The delicacy of coloration in this species, the type of which is unique, gives it an exceptional beauty. PLATTCAEDICIA new genus This genus is erected to include species which have a very dif- ferent general facies from the genotype of Caedicia, showing to it much the same general contrast which, in the New World is found between the genera Amblycorypha and Phaneroptera (Scudderia of recent authors) . A general revision of the species of Caedicia is evidently greatly needed, the species now included probably representing several distinct genera. To Platycaedicia belong major (Brunner), obiensis here described and very possibly hospes (Brunner). The latter species was described from Amboina and referred to by Brunner as an Asiatic species. This is incorrect, Amboina being far east of Wallace's line and its fauna distinctively Melanesian. 168 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXXTV Genotype. — Placycaedicia obiensis new species. Agrees closely with Caedicia differing in the following features. Cephalic tibiae nearly flat dorsad, showing subobsolete sulcation. Pronotum with disk widening distinctly caudad, lateral lobes with width distinctly less than depth. Tegmina broad, width much greater than the pronotal length, the branches of the median vein resultantly more oblique. Limbs decidedly shorter and heavier in proportion to the body bulk. Nothing is to be found of diagnostic importance in the shape of the mesosternal and metasternal lobes. It is surprising to find so little differe ce after a close comparison of obiensis with the very widely different appearing Caedicia gloriosa here described. Platycaedicia obiensis new species. Plate XIV. figures 13 and 14. This insect is closely related to P. major (Brunner), differing in the decidedly smaller size, narrower tegmina, less numerous spines of the dorso-external margin of the cephalic tibia and more numerous spines of the ventro -external margin of the caudal femora. To P. hospes (Brunner) it would appear to be nearest in the majority of features, but the slightly sulcate dorsal surface of the cephalic tibiae and tria gular mesosternal and metasternal lobes in that insect may indicate that these species are actually generically distinct. Type: 9 ; Obi Island, Moluccas. [Hebard Collection, Type no. 790.] Vertex narrow, narrowing and evenly and strongly declivent, longitudinally sulcate but with the sharply rounded apex entire. Face rather decidedly convex, the depression and ridge on each side less decided than in Caedicia gloriosa, here described. Maxil- lary palpi with fourth joint two -thirds as long as third, only two fifths as long as the very elongate fifth joint. Pronotal disk de- planate, lateral margins very weakly concave and diverging moder- ately caudad, rounding strongly into the nearly vertical lateral lobes ; the latter with depth distinctly greater than width. Tegmina elongate and broad sutural margin very broadly and weakly convex but curving more broadly into the rounded apex than does the costal margin; median vein branching slightly before its median point and with four more distal branches the first branch forking slightly before end of its proximal third, all of the branches of the median vein following a strongly oblique course throughout or in greater portion. Ovipositor minute, unarmed, the apices of the dorsal valves produced with extremities sharply rounded; basal plica with a large, stout, convex-conical projection meso -caudad, which is directed caudad, the entire median portion of the plate very deeply concave. Subgenital plate very small, rounded tri- angular, with apex very briefly and narrowly emarginate. Geni- 1922] NATUBAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 169 cular lobes of femora bidentate, except those of cephalic femora which are very weakly so or are very weakly unidentate. Ventral femoral margins armed as follows with small teeth ; cephalic internal 8 and 8, cephalic external 0, median internal 0, median external 9 and 9, caudal internal 12, caudal external 14. Cephalic tibiae with dorso-external margin armed with one proximal and one distal spine. General coloration apparently light apple green in life, faded in large part to light yellowish brown in this dried specimen. Head with a short blackish brown line margining the dorso-internal margins of the eyes and another blackish brown fleck immediately below each eye. Maxillary palpi with distal joint tipped with blackish brown. Pronotum with lateral margins of disk apparently weakly defined in more yellowish green, with a small blackish brown fleck on each side of cephalic margin immediately within the lateral margins. Tegmina with a few dark brown flecks, irregularly placed but the majority mesad in areas between the ulnar and median veins to the latters first branch; these flecks in- conspicuous, but seen under the microscope to be solid and not made up of a cluster of minute flecks. Limbs unicolorous. Length of body 22, length of pronotum 6.7, cephalic width of pronotum 2.6, caudal width of pronotum 4.2, width of pronotal lateral lobe 4.3, depth of pronotal lateral lobe 5.4, length of tegmen 42, greatest (median) width of tegmen 12.7, distal width of tegmen 9.8, length of cephalic femur 7, length of caudal femur 25.7, length of ovipositor 2.3 mm. The type is unique. Diastella maculata new species. Plate XV, figure 1. • This species, from Brunner's very inadequate description, appears to be closely related to that authors D. flexuoso-cercata, described from New Guinea. In the present insect the pronotal disk is not concave, while the tegmina are irregularly marked with large blotches of darker brown instead of being very weakly orna- mented with oblique darker markings. The heavier structure and pronotum which expands much more strongly caudad and has the ventral margins of the lateral lobes nearly straight and oblique in the Australian genotype, D. latifolia Brunner, may indicate that these species should be separated generically. The Melanesian species agree instead with Bolivar's genus Diastellida, but differ strikingly from that genus in the very conspicuous widening distad of the tegmina. Type: 9 ; Fakfak, Dutch New Guinea. [Hebard Collection, Type no. 481.] Vertex very strongly declivent, longitudinally sulcate but with small, rounded apex entire. Face tumid. Maxillary palpi with 170 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXXIV fourth joint three-quarters as long as third, two-fifths as long as the very elongate fifth joint. Pronotal disk deplanate, lateral margins very weakly concave and diverging moderately caudad, rounding strongly into the nearly vertical lateral lobes; the latter with width distinctly less than depth, margin from humeral sinus to ventro-cephalic angle rounded but showing some flattening ventrad. Tegmina coriaceous, due to the very close network of veinlets, elongate and broad, expanding with decidedly the greatest width distad; median vein branching slightly before its median point and with two more distal branches, the first branch forking near its base, all of these branches following a strongly oblique course. Ovipositor very minute, the genitalia as described on page 168 for Platycaedicia obiensis, except that the basal plica is not as deeply concave, its projection more slender and the subgenital plate has the apical emargination weaker. Ventral femoral margins armed with small teeth as follows; cephalic internal 4 and 4, ce- phal external 0, median internal 0, median external 4 and 5, caudal internal 7 and 8, caudal external 10 and 12. General coloration ochraceous-buff, showing a greenish tinge in the discoidal field of the tegmina. Head with vertex showing a mottled suffusion of snuff brown. Antennae snuff brown with numerous irregular minute annuli of ochraceous-buff. Dorsal surface of pronotum solidly snuff brown to slightly beyond lateral margins and thickly but microscopically speckled with bister. Tegmina maculate and spotted with bister as figured, the proximal suffusion deepening to blackish brown in median portion. Distal extremity of cephalic and median femora snuff brown microscop- ically speckled with bister, caudal femora similarly marked with two additional bands of the same in distal portion. Cephalic tibiae triannulate, median femora quinqueannulate with the same. Dorsal surface of caudal tibiae seal brown. Length of body 30, length of pronotum 6.1, cephalic width of pronotal disk 3, caudal width of pronotal disk 4.4, width of pronotal lateral lobe 4.7, depth of pronotal lateral lobe 5.2, length of tegmen 37, median width of tegmen 11.7, greatest (meso-distal) width of tegmen 14.6, length of cephalic femur 5.7, length of caudal femur 20.9, length of ovipositor 1.9 mm. The type of this handsome species is unique. Paracaedicia serrata Brunner. 1891. Paracaedicia serrata Brunner, Verh. Zool.-bot. Ges. Wien., XLI, d. 103. [ 9 ; Sekar, New Guinea.] Obi Island, Moluccas, 1 9 . This specimen agrees very closely with the original description as emended in Bolivar's key (Termes. Fuzetek, XXV, p. 190, (1902).) We find the dorsal surface of the cephalic and median tibiae to be deplanate but weakly sulcate. Length of body 32, length of pronotum 8, length of tegmen 49.8 greatest (median) width of tegmen 13.6, length of caudal femur 27.3, length of ovipositor 2 mm. 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 171 Polichne parvicauda (Stal) 1860. Phaneroptera parvicauda Stal, Kongl. Svenska Freg. Eugenie's Resa., Zool., I, p. 320. [ 9 ; Sydney, [New South Wales], Australia.] Queensland, Australia, 1 9 . Anerota36 subcarinata (Bolivar) 1899. Ph [aneroptera] subcarinata Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, LXVIII, p. 764. [<?, 9 ; Madura, Southern India.] Phuc-Son, Annam, November and December, (from H. Fruh- storfer), 1 cf. Mount Makiling, Luzon, Philippine Islands, (from C. F. Baker), 1 9. Iligan, Mindanao, Philippine Islands, (from C. F. Baker), 1 cf . Labuan, British North Borneo, 1 cf, 1 9 . These specimens agree closely with material from southern India in the collection of the author. The females from Mount Makiling and Obi Island, however, do not show the usual and minute pro- notal speckling. Anerota furcifera (Stal). 1874. P[haneroptera] furcifera Stal, Recensio Orth., II, p. 29. [<?, Philip- pine Islands.] Baguio, Benguet, Luzon, Philippine Islands, (from C. F. Baker), 2 9. Polillo Island, Luzon, Philippine Islands, (from C. F. Baker), 2 9 . Los Banos, Laguna, Luzon, Philippine Islands, (from C. F. Baker), 3 cf , 1 9. Mount Makilung, Luzon, Philippine Islands, (from C. F. Baker), 2 tf1 . We find no diagnostic difference in tegminal length between this species and A. gracilis (Burmeister). In all of the material before us of these two species, the tegmina fail to reach the apices of the caudal femora by a considerable interval, except in the female of the present species from Baguio. Anerota gracilis (Burmeister) 1838. Ph [aneroptera] gracilis Burmeister, Handb. Ent., II, Abth. II, pt. 1, p. 690. [<?, 9; Java.] 1839. Phaneroplera brevis Serville, Hist. Nat. Ins., Orth., p. 418. [d\ 9 ; Java.] Sandakan, British North Boreno, (from C. F. Baker), 1 cf. 36 This name has recently been proposed by Caudell, Jour. Washington Acad. Sci., XI, p. 488, (1921). It takes the place of Phaneroplera of recent authors and Gryllus falcatus Poda is designated genotype. That author there fixes the geno- type of Phaneroplera as Locusta curvicauda deGeer, this being the first valid genotypic fixation for that genus. As a result, the genus Phaneroptera now stands as valid for the North American genus recognized as Scudderia by recent authors, Scudderia falling as a synonym of Phaneroptera. 172 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXXIV Singapore, British Straits Settlements, (from C. F. Baker), 1 cT, 1 9. Kirby has already synonymized brevis and Stal's subnotata from the Philippines. Burmeister's gracilis is not preoccupied by gracilis of Germar, 1817, as supposed by Karny,37 Germar having described a Locusta gracilis. MECOPOD1NAE After careful consideration of the literature and comparison of the species before us, we believe it best to follow Bolivar's arrange- ment of the sections and genera of this subfamily.38 The remark- able development of the pronotum in the Section Phyllophori does not, in our opinion, warrant its recognition as a distinct subfamily.39 The Sections Phrictae and Segestini40 are, indeed, both more widely divergent from the Section Mecopodi. Section PHRICTAE CHLORACANTHA new genus This genus is based on a single remarkable species here described, differing in a number of important features from the other genera of Section Phrictae. In fact the wholly unarmed femora and caudal tibiae, which are armed distad with a single small pair of ventral spurs, may oblige placement of this insect in a section of its own. The single species known is of very small size for the Subfamily. Genotype. — Chloracantha lampra new species. Antennal scrobes very large, their margins moderately produced latero-ventrad and produced, attingent and rounding dorso-mesad; thus with narrowly triangular, sulcate vertex fitting tightly between them dorsad and the very narrowly triangular facial fastigium similarly fitting tightly between them on the cephalic face. Eyes globose and very prominent. Antennae very long, with proximal joints smooth. Frons reclinate, smooth, slightly higher than wide. Pronotum with disk flat, the two transverse sulci straight and deep, with a weakly indicated medio-longitudinal sulcus; cephalic and caudal margins of disk both very feebly convex and nodulose, lateral margins straight, nearly parallel, armed with large, rounded spines. Lateral lobes of pronotum vertical, decidedly longer than 37Zool. Mededeel, Rijks Mus. Nat. Hist. Leiden (1920); and Philippine Jour. Sci., XVIII, p. 616, (1921). 38 Ann. Mus. Nat. Hungarici, I, pp. 161 to 178, (1903). 39 Recognized by Caudell (Gen. his., Fasc. 188, Orth., Locustidae, p. 7, {1912).) 40 See page 176, for our reasons for changing the name of this section from the Moristini to the Segestini. 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 173 deep, humeral sinus subobsolete. Tegmina foliaceous, rounding broadly distad at apex, veins and veinlets strongly denned in color, stridulating area large, with a large oval veinless area caudad. Wings small, parachute like, showing distinct reduction and in- capable of sustained flight. Prosternum strongly bispinose. Meso- sternum with cephalic margin raised and tuberculate, this and the metasternum produced caudad in rounded -triangular lobes. Ce- phalic and median coxae bluntly angled proximad, the former with a heavy externo-lafceral spine. Limbs slender. Femora unarmed, the genicular lobes angulate-rotundate; cephalic femora carinate dorsad, much longer than the median femora. Cephalic tibiae flattened dorsad between the very slightly raised lateral margins, this surface entirely unarmed; auditory foramina apert on both sides. Chloracantha lampra new species. Plate XIV, figures 15 and 16; plate XV, figure 2. This species is widely distinguished from those of the genera, nearest to which it is placed, by its small size and great differences in the pronotal, tegminal and limb development. The heavily spined lateral margins of the pronotum and green coloration, with beautifully but delicately marked tegmina, give this little insect a very distinctive appearance. Type: cf1 ; Townsville, Queensland, Australia. [Hebard Col- lection, Type no. 807.] In addition to the characters given in the generic description, the following are noted. Size small, form moderately slender. Maxillary palpi moderately elongate, fourth joint slightly shorter than third, third three-quarters as long as the fifth, the latter ex- panding distad at the obliquely truncate apex. Lateral margins of pronotal disk with large, rather slender, blunt spines, directed laterad and weakly dorsad, two on the prozona, two on the meso- zona and three on the metazona on each side, the first and last much smaller than the others; lateral lobes with ventral margin nearly straight and weakly oblique, this margin and the rounded ventral angles supplied with irregular tubercles, three such tubercles being also present on the face of the lateral lobe. Tegminal vena- tion forming a large and rather irregular series of angular areas; apex of tegmen at costal margin,